NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
N-4, 1999-02-25
Previous: EMC CORP, 8-K, 1999-02-25
Next: NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCT C OF NORTHWESTERN MUT LIFE INS CO, 485APOS, 1999-02-25



<PAGE>
                                                Registration No. 333-_____

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C.  20549

                                 FORM N-4

                  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES
                                ACT OF 1933                       /  X  /

                      Pre-Effective Amendment No. ____            /     /
                       
                     Post-Effective Amendment No. ____            /    /
                                and/or

                  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT
                             COMPANY ACT OF 1940                  /     /

                                Amendment No. ____                /     /

                     (Check appropriate box or boxes.)
     
                    NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       (Exact Name of Registrant)
             THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY          
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       (Name of Depositor)
720 EAST WISCONSIN AVENUE, MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN                 53202
- -----------------------------------------------------         ----------
(Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices)          (Zip Code)

Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code  414-271-1444      
                                                  ----------------------
   JOHN M. BREMER, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
     720 EAST WISCONSIN AVENUE, MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN  53202      
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
                                          
              Approximate date of proposed public offering:  When the
                     Registration Statement becomes effective.
                                          
  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
                          1933 check the following box   / /
                                          
         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Proposed    Proposed
 Title of                       Maximum     Maximum
 Securities        Amount       Offering    Aggregate      Amount of
 Being             Being        Price per   Offering       Registration 
 Registered        Registered   Unit        Price          Fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>
 Variable Annuity  See Note 1   See Note 1  $100,000,000   $27,800
 Contracts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
1.   These contracts are not issued in predetermined amounts or units.
                            ------------------------
     The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall
file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration
statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

Earlier Registration Statement to which the Combined Prospectus Relates: 
Registration No. 333-22455



<PAGE>

                             NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
N-4, Part A                 Heading in
Item                        Prospectus
- -----------                 ----------
<C>                         <C>
     1 . . . . . . . . . .  Cover Page
     2 . . . . . . . . . .  Index of Special Terms
     3 . . . . . . . . . .  Expense Table
     4 . . . . . . . . . .  Accumulation Unit Values, Financial Statements
     5 . . . . . . . . . .  The Company, NML Variable Annuity Account A, The Funds
     6 . . . . . . . . . .  Deductions, Distribution of the Contracts
     7 . . . . . . . . . .  The Contracts, Owners of the Contracts, Application of 
                            Purchase Payments, Transfers Between Divisions and 
                            Payment Plans, Substitution and Change
     8 . . . . . . . . . .  Variable Payment Plans, Description of Payment Plans, Amount of 
                            Annuity Payments, Maturity Benefit, Assumed Investment Rate, 
                            Transfers Between Divisions and Payment Plans
     9 . . . . . . . . . .  Death Benefit
    10 . . . . . . . . . .  Amount and Frequency, Application of Purchase Payments, 
                            Net Investment Factor, Distribution of the Contracts
    11 . . . . . . . . . .  Withdrawal Amount, Deferment of Benefit Payments, Right to
                            Examine Contract
    12 . . . . . . . . . .  Federal Income Taxes
    13 . . . . . . . . . .  Not Applicable
    14 . . . . . . . . . .  Table of Contents for Statement of Additional Information
</TABLE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
N-4, Part B                 Heading in Statement
Item                        of Additional Information
- -----------                 -------------------------
<C>                         <S>
    15 . . . . . . . . . .  Cover Page
    16 . . . . . . . . . .  Table of Contents
    17 . . . . . . . . . .  Not Applicable
    18 . . . . . . . . . .  Experts
    19 . . . . . . . . . .  Not Applicable
    20 . . . . . . . . . .  Distribution of the Contracts
    21 . . . . . . . . . .  Not Applicable
    22 . . . . . . . . . .  Determination of Annuity Payments
    23 . . . . . . . . . .  Financial Statements
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
April 30, 1999


   
[LOGO]
The Quiet Company-Registered Trademark-
    


   
    NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A

            Individual Variable Annuity Contracts for Retirement

            Plans of Self-Employed Persons and Their Employees
    





   
                                 (PHOTO)
    









   
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and
Russell Insurance Funds
    

   
The Northwestern Mutual
Life Insurance Company
720 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
(414) 271-1444
    

   
PROSPECTUS
    

<PAGE>
   
CONTENTS FOR THIS PROSPECTUS
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    ----
<S>                                                 <C>
PROFILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .i-iv
PROSPECTUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
   NML Variable Annuity Account A. . . . . . . . . . .1
INDEX OF SPECIAL TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
EXPENSE TABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
THE COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
NML VARIABLE ANNUITY
   ACCOUNT A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
THE FUNDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
THE CONTRACTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
    Purchase Payments Under the Contracts. . . . . . .9
      Amount and Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
      Application of Purchase Payments . . . . . . . .9
    Net Investment Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
    Benefits Provided Under the
      Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
        Withdrawal Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
        Death Benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
        Maturity Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
      Variable Payment Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
        Description of Payment Plans . . . . . . . . 10
        Amount of Annuity Payments . . . . . . . . . 10
        Assumed Investment Rate. . . . . . . . . . . 11
      Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
</TABLE>
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    ----
<S>                                                 <C>
Transfers Between Divisions and
Payment Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
        Gender-Based Annuity Payment
          Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
        Owners of the Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . 12
        Disability Provision . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
        Deferment of Benefit Payments. . . . . . . . 12
        Dividends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
        Substitution and Change. . . . . . . . . . . 12
        Fixed Annuity Payment Plans. . . . . . . . . 12
        Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
THE GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
    Contribution Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
    Taxation of Contract Benefits. . . . . . . . . . 13
    Taxation of Northwestern Mutual Life . . . . . . 14
DEDUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    Contracts Issued Prior to
      March 31, 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
    Contracts Issued Prior to
      December 17, 1981. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
    Reduced Charges for Exchange
      Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
DISTRIBUTION OF THE
  CONTRACTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
YEAR 2000 ISSUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
</TABLE>
    

   
THE TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION APPEARS ON 
THE PAGE FOLLOWING PAGE 16 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
    

<PAGE>

   
[LOGO]     The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company        April 30, 1999
           NML Variable Annuity Account A
    

   
PROFILE OF THE VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
    

   
THIS PROFILE IS A SUMMARY OF SOME OF THE MORE IMPORTANT POINTS THAT YOU SHOULD
CONSIDER AND KNOW BEFORE PURCHASING THE CONTRACT.  WE DESCRIBE THE CONTRACT MORE
FULLY IN THE PROSPECTUS WHICH ACCOMPANIES THIS PROFILE.  PLEASE READ THE
PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY.
    


   
1.   THE ANNUITY CONTRACT  The Contract provides retirement annuity benefits 
for self-employed individuals (and their eligible employees).  The Contract 
will invest on a tax-deferred basis in your choice of sixteen investment 
portfolios. The Contract also allows investment on a fixed basis in a 
guaranteed account.
    

   
The Contract is intended for retirement savings or other long-term investment 
purposes. The Contract provides for a death benefit during the years when 
funds are being accumulated and for a variety of income options following 
retirement.
    

   
The sixteen investment portfolios are listed in Section 4 below.  These 
portfolios bear varying amounts of investment risk.  Those with more risk are 
designed to produce a better long-term return than those with less risk.  But 
this is not guaranteed.  You can also lose your money.
    

   
The amounts invested on a fixed basis earn interest at a rate we set once 
each year.  Both interest and principal are guaranteed by Northwestern Mutual 
Life.
    

   
You may invest in any or all of the sixteen investment portfolios.  You may 
move money among these portfolios without charge up to 12 times per year.  
After that, a charge of $25 may apply.  Transfers of amounts invested on a 
fixed basis are subject to restrictions.
    

   
During the years when funds are being paid into your Contract, known as the 
accumulation phase, the earnings accumulate on a tax-deferred basis.  The 
earnings are taxed as income if you make a withdrawal.  The income phase 
begins when you start receiving annuity payments from your Contract, usually 
at retirement.  Monthly annuity payments begin on the date you select.
    

   
The amount you accumulate in your Contract, including the results of 
investment performance, will determine the amount of your monthly annuity 
payments.
    

   
2.   ANNUITY PAYMENTS  If you decide to begin receiving monthly annuity 
payments from your Contract, you may choose one of three payment plans:  (1) 
monthly payments for a specified period of five to thirty years, as you 
select; (2) monthly payments for your life (assuming you are the annuitant), 
and you may choose to have payments continue to your beneficiary for the 
balance of ten or twenty years if you die sooner; or (3) monthly payments for 
your life and for the life of another person (usually your spouse) selected 
by you.  After you begin receiving monthly annuity payments you cannot change 
your selection if the payments depend on your life or the life of another.
    

   
These payment plans are available to you on a variable or fixed basis.  
Variable means that the amount accumulated in your Contract will continue to 
be invested in one or more of the eleven investment portfolios as you choose. 
Your monthly annuity payments will vary up or down to reflect continuing 
investment performance.  Or you may choose a fixed annuity payment plan which 
guarantees the amount you will receive each month. 
    

   
3.   PURCHASE  You may make purchase payments of $25 or more as you 
accumulate funds in your Contract.  The minimum initial purchase payment is 
$100, or $25 for Contracts used with some tax-qualified retirement plans.  We 
offer Front Load and Back Load Contracts, as briefly described in Section 5.  
For the Front Load Contract the minimum initial purchase payment is $10,000.  
Your Northwestern Mutual Life agent will help you complete a Contract 
application form.
    

   
4.   INVESTMENT CHOICES  You may invest in any or all of the following 
investment portfolios.  All of these are described in the attached 
prospectuses for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and the Russell 
Insurance Funds:
    

   
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.

     1.   Small Cap Growth Stock Portfolio
     2.   Aggressive Growth Stock Portfolio
     3.   International Equity Portfolio
     4.   Index 400 Stock Portfolio
     5.   Growth Stock Portfolio
     6.   Growth and Income Stock Portfolio
     7.   Index 500 Stock Portfolio
     8.   Balanced Portfolio
     9.   High Yield Bond Portfolio
     10.  Select Bond Portfolio
     11.  Money Market Portfolio
    


                               PROFILE-i

<PAGE>

   
Russell Insurance Funds

     1.   Multi-Style Equity Fund
     2.   Aggressive Equity Fund
     3.   Non-U.S. Fund
     4.   Real Estate Securities Fund
     5.   Core Bond Fund
    

   
You may also invest all or part of your funds on a fixed basis (the 
Guaranteed Interest Fund).
    

   
5.   EXPENSES  The Contract has insurance and investment features, and there 
are costs related to them.  For the Front Load Contract we deduct a sales 
load of 4% from your purchase payments.  The percentage is lower when 
cumulative purchase payments exceed $100,000.  For the Back Load Contract 
there is no sales load deducted from purchase payments but a withdrawal 
charge of 0% to 8% applies, depending on the length of time the money you 
withdraw has been in the Contract and the size of your Contract.
    

   
Each year we deduct a $30 Contract fee.  Currently this fee is waived if the 
value of your Contract is $50,000 or more.
    

   
We also deduct mortality and expense risk charges for the guarantees 
associated with your Contract.  These charges are at the annual rate of .40% 
for the Front Load Contract and 1.25% for the Back Load Contract.
    

   
The portfolios also bear investment charges that range from an annual rate of 
 .21% to  1.30% of the average daily value of the portfolio, depending on the 
investment portfolio you select.  The following charts are designed to help 
you understand the charges for the Front Load and Back Load Contracts.  The 
first three columns show the annual expenses as a percentage of assets 
including the risk charges, the portfolio charges and the total charges. 
Portfolio expenses are based on 1998 expenses for the thirteen portfolios 
that were in operation during 1998.  Portfolio expenses for the other three 
portfolios, which have not begun operations, are estimated for 1999 at an 
annualized rate.  The last two columns show you examples of the charges, in 
dollars, you would pay.  The examples reflect the impact of the asset based 
charges, any sales loads or withdrawals that would apply, and the $30 
Contract fee (expressed as a percentage of assets).  The examples assume that 
you invested $1,000 in a Contract which earns 5% annually and that you 
withdraw your money at the end of year one, and at the end of year ten.  Both 
of these examples, for both Contracts, reflect aggregate charges on a 
cumulative basis to the end of the 1 or 10-year period.
    

   
For more detailed information, see the Expense Table which begins on page 2 
of the attached prospectus for the Contracts.
    

   
                                     EXPENSES
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   FRONT LOAD CONTRACT   ANNUAL EXPENSES AS A PERCENTAGE OF ASSETS
                                                                                        EXAMPLES: *
                                Charges for                                             Total Expenses At End of
                                Mortality &           Portfolio        Total
   Portfolio                    Expense Risks         Expenses         Expenses         1 Year      10 Years
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                   <C>              <C>              <C>         <C>
   Northwestern Mutual
   Series Fund, Inc.
   -------------------
        Small Cap Growth Stock         .40%              .92%            1.32%           $53          $193
        Aggressive Growth Stock        .40               .52              .92            $49          $149
        International Equity           .40               .76             1.16            $51          $175
        Index 400 Stock                .40               .35              .75            $47          $129
        Growth Stock                   .40               .46              .86            $48          $142
        Growth and Income Stock        .40               .58              .98            $50          $155
        Index 500 Stock                .40               .21              .61            $46          $113
        Balanced                       .40               .30              .70            $47          $124
        High Yield Bond                .40               .50              .90            $49          $146
        Select Bond                    .40               .30              .70            $47          $124
        Money Market                   .40               .30              .70            $47          $124
   Russell Insurance Funds
   -----------------------
        Multi-Style Equity             .40               .92             1.32            $53          $193
        Aggressive Equity              .40              1.25             1.65            $56          $228
        Non-U.S.                       .40              1.30             1.70            $57          $233
        Real Estate Securities         .40              1.16             1.56            $55          $218
        Core Bond                      .40               .80             1.20            $52          $180
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    


   
NOTE:  THE MINIMUM INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT FOR A FRONT LOAD CONTRACT IS
$10,000.  THE NUMBERS ABOVE MUST BE MULTIPLIED BY 10 TO FIND THE EXPENSES
FOR A FRONT LOAD CONTRACT OF MINIMUM SIZE.
    



                               PROFILE-ii

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   BACK LOAD CONTRACT     ANNUAL EXPENSES AS A PERCENTAGE OF ASSETS
                                                                                 EXAMPLES: **
                                       Charges for                               Total Expenses At End of
                                       Mortality &     Portfolio   Total
   Portfolio                           Expense Risks   Expenses    Expenses       1 Year      10 Years
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.
- -------------------------------------
   Small Cap Growth Stock                  1.25%          .92%        2.17%          $92         $269
   Aggressive Growth Stock                 1.25           .52         1.77           $88         $227
   International Equity                    1.25           .76         2.01           $90         $252
   Index 400 Stock                         1.25           .35         1.60           $86         $209
   Growth Stock                            1.25           .46         1.71           $87         $221
   Growth and Income Stock                 1.25           .58         1.83           $89         $234
   Index 500 Stock                         1.25           .21         1.46           $85         $194
   Balanced                                1.25           .30         1.55           $86         $204
   High Yield Bond                         1.25           .50         1.75           $88         $225
   Select Bond                             1.25           .30         1.55           $86         $204
   Money Market                            1.25           .30         1.55           $86         $204
Russell Insurance Funds
- -----------------------
   Multi-Style Equity                      1.25           .92         2.17           $92         $269
   Aggressive Equity                       1.25          1.25         2.50           $95         $301
   Non-U.S.                                1.25          1.30         2.55           $96         $306
   Real Estate Securities                  1.25          1.16         2.41           $94         $292
   Core Bond                               1.25           .80         2.05           $91         $256
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    


   
*    THE $30 CONTRACT FEE IS ASSUMED NOT TO APPLY BASED ON AN AVERAGE CONTRACT
     SIZE OF $55,000.  
**   THE $30 CONTRACT FEE IS REFLECTED AS 0.20% OF THE ASSETS BASED ON AN
     AVERAGE CONTRACT SIZE OF $15,000.
    

   
6.   TAXES  As a general rule, earnings on your Contract are not taxed until 
they are withdrawn or taken as monthly annuity payments.  A 10% federal tax 
penalty may apply if you make withdrawals from the Contract before you reach 
age 59 1/2.
    

   
7.   ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY  You may take money out of your Contract at any 
time before monthly annuity payments begin.  For the Front Load Contract 
there is no charge for withdrawals.  For the Back Load Contract there is a 
withdrawal charge of 8% or less, depending on how much money has been paid 
into the Contract and how long it has been held there.  Each purchase payment 
has its own withdrawal charge period.  When you make a withdrawal, we use the 
oldest amounts first when the charge is calculated.  After the first year, 
part of any investment earnings may be withdrawn without a withdrawal charge. 
For both Front Load and Back Load Contracts, you may also have to pay income 
tax and a tax penalty on amounts you take out.
    

   
8.   PERFORMANCE  The value of your Contract will vary up or down reflecting 
the performance of the investment portfolios you select.  The chart below 
shows total returns for each of the investment portfolios that was in 
operation, and used with the Account, during the years shown.  These numbers, 
for the Front Load Contract and the Back Load Contract, reflect the 
asset-based charges for mortality and expense risks and investment expenses 
for each portfolio.  The numbers do not reflect deductions from purchase 
payments for the Front Load Contract or any withdrawal charge for the Back 
Load Contract.  The numbers also do not reflect the annuity Contract fee.  
Those charges, if applied, would reduce the performance.  Past performance 
does not guarantee future results.
    

   
                                 PERFORMANCE
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRONT LOAD CONTRACT

                                                                           CALENDAR YEAR

PORTFOLIO                         1998      1997      1996      1995      1994      1993      1992      1991      1990     1989
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
Aggressive Growth Stock           7.12     13.41     17.22     38.74      4.98     18.63      5.52     55.37       NA        NA
International Equity              4.40     11.83     20.53     14.12      -.50       NA        NA        NA        NA        NA
Growth Stock                     26.18     29.33     20.42     30.30       NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA
Growth and Income Stock          22.64     29.51     19.49     30.60       NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA
Index 500 Stock                  28.21     32.67     22.25     36.70       .79      9.33      6.83     29.04       NA        NA
Balanced                         18.40     21.03     13.00     25.88      -.42      9.14      4.90     23.44       .64     15.14
High Yield Bond                  -2.24     15.39     19.29     16.31       NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA
Select Bond                       6.64      9.03      2.90     18.62     -3.22      9.89      6.56     16.41      7.89     13.41
Money Market                      5.01      5.05      4.86      5.40      3.64      2.44      2.93      5.27      7.60      8.54
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    


                               PROFILE-iii

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BACK LOAD CONTRACT

                                                                         CALENDAR YEAR 

PORTFOLIO                         1998      1997      1996      1995      1994      1993      1992      1991      1990      1989
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
Aggressive Growth Stock           6.22     12.45     16.23     37.57      4.10     17.63      4.63     54.06        NA        NA
International Equity              3.52     10.89     19.50     13.16     -1.34        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA
Growth Stock                     25.12     28.24     19.40     29.20        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA
Growth and Income Stock          21.61     28.42     18.47     29.50        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA
Index 500 Stock                  27.13     31.55     21.22     35.56      -.06      8.41      5.92     27.95        NA        NA
Balanced                         17.40     20.01     12.04     24.83     -1.25      8.22      4.01     22.40      -.21     14.17
High Yield Bond                  -3.06     14.42     18.27     15.33        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA
Select Bond                       5.74      8.11      2.02     17.62     -4.04      8.97      5.66     15.43      6.98     12.46
Money Market                      4.12      4.16      3.97      4.51      2.77      1.58      2.05      4.38      6.69      7.63
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    

   
9.   DEATH BENEFIT  If you die before age 65, and before monthly annuity 
payments begin, your beneficiary will receive a death benefit.  The amount 
will be the value of your Contract or, if greater, the amount you have paid 
in.  The death benefit will be adjusted, of course, for any withdrawals you 
have made. The death benefit will be paid as a lump sum or your beneficiary 
may select a monthly annuity payment plan.
    

   
10.  OTHER INFORMATION
    

   
FREE LOOK.  If you return the Contract within ten days after you receive it 
(or whatever period is required in your state), we will send your money back. 
There is no charge for our expenses but the amount you receive may be more 
or less than what you paid, based on actual investment experience following 
the date we received your purchase payment.
    

   
AVOID PROBATE.  In most cases, when you die, your beneficiary will receive 
the full death benefit of your Contract without going through probate.
    

   
AUTOMATIC DOLLAR-COST AVERAGING.  With our Dollar-Cost Averaging Plan, you 
can arrange to have a regular amount of money ($100 minimum) automatically 
transferred from the Money Market Portfolio into the portfolio or portfolios 
you have chosen on a monthly or quarterly basis.
    

   
ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (EFT).  Another convenient way to invest using the 
dollar-cost averaging approach is through our EFT Plan.  These automatic 
checkbook withdrawals allow you to add to your portfolio(s) on a regular 
monthly basis through payments drawn directly on your checking account.
    

   
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLAN.  You can arrange to have regular amounts of money 
sent to you while your Contract is still in the accumulation phase.  Our 
Systematic Withdrawal Plan allows you to automatically redeem accumulation 
units to generate monthly payments.  Of course you will have to pay taxes on 
certain amounts of money you receive.
    

   
AUTOMATIC REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS.  You can arrange for annual 
required minimum distributions to be sent to you automatically once you turn 
age 70 1/2.
    

   
DIVIDENDS.  We are paying dividends on approximately 18% of our inforce 
variable annuity contracts in 1999, primarily older, larger contracts.  The 
dividends arise principally as a result of more favorable expense results 
than assumed in determining deductions on these contracts.
    

   
PORTFOLIO REBALANCING.  To help you maintain your asset allocation plan over 
time we offer a rebalancing service.  This will automatically readjust your 
investment option allocations, on a periodic basis, back to the allocation 
percentages you have selected.
    

   
INTEREST SWEEPS.  If you select this service we will automatically sweep or 
transfer interest from the Guaranteed Interest Fund to any combination of 
variable investment options.  Interest earnings can be swept monthly, 
quarterly, semi-annually or annually.
    

   
NML EXPRESS.  1-800-519-4NML (1-800-519-4665).  Get up-to-date information 
about your contract at your convenience with your contract number and your 
Personal Identification Number (PIN).  Call toll-free to review contract 
values and unit values, transfer among portfolios, change the allocation and 
obtain fund performance information.
    

   
INTERNET.  For information about Northwestern Mutual Life, visit us on our 
Website. Included are daily unit values and fund performance information.
    

   
                        www.northwesternmutual.com
    

   
11.  INQUIRIES  If you need more information, please contact us at: 
    

   
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, 720
EAST WISCONSIN AVENUE, MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53202;
(414) 271-1444.
    

                                PROFILE -iv

<PAGE>

   
P R O S P E C T U S
    

   
NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
    

   
This prospectus describes individual variable annuity contracts (the 
"Contracts") offered by The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company 
("Northwestern Mutual Life") to provide retirement annuity benefits for 
self-employed individuals (and their eligible employees) who adopt plans 
meeting the requirements of Sections 401 or 403(a) of the Internal Revenue 
Code of 1986, as amended.  These plans, popularly called HR-10 Plans, afford 
certain federal income tax benefits to employers and to employees and their 
beneficiaries. 
    

   
We use NML Variable Annuity Account A (the "Account") to keep the money you 
invest separate from our general assets.  The money in the Account is 
invested in the eleven portfolios of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. 
and the five Russell Insurance Funds.  You select the Portfolios or Funds in 
which you want to invest.  The Account has 16 Divisions that correspond to 
the 11 Portfolios and 5 Funds in which you may invest.  The Contracts also 
permit you to invest on a fixed basis, at rates that we determine.  This 
prospectus describes only the Account and the variable provisions of the 
Contracts except where there are specific references to the fixed provisions.
    

   
We offer two versions of the Contracts:  Front Load Contracts and Back Load 
Contracts.  See the Expense table on page 2 and the Deductions section, 
beginning on page 14.
    

   
This prospectus is a concise description of the information you should know 
before you buy a Contract.  We have filed additional information about the 
Contracts with the Securities and Exchange Commission in a Statement of 
Additional Information.  We incorporate the Statement of Additional 
Information into this prospectus by reference.  We will send you the 
Statement of Additional Information without charge if you write to The 
Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company, 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, 
Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53202, or call us at Telephone Number (414) 271-1444.  
You will find the table of contents for the Statement of Additional 
Information on the inside front cover of this prospectus.
    

   
THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE CURRENT PROSPECTUSES 
FOR NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC. AND THE RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS 
WHICH ARE ATTACHED HERETO, AND SHOULD BE RETAINED FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
    

   
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND 
EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR 
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL 
OFFENSE.
    

   
The Date of the Statement of Additional Information is April 30, 1999.
    


                                      1

<PAGE>

   
INDEX OF SPECIAL TERMS
    

   
THE FOLLOWING SPECIAL TERMS USED IN THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR ARE 
DISCUSSED AT THE PAGES INDICATED.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                           PAGE 
- ----                           ----
<S>                            <C>

ACCUMULATION UNIT                8
ANNUITY (or ANNUITY PAYMENTS)    9
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR            8
PAYMENT PLANS                    9
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
TERM                           PAGE 
- ----                           ----
<S>                            <C>

ANNUITANT                        9
MATURITY DATE                    9
OWNER                            8
WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT                9
</TABLE>
    

   
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSE TABLE
    


   
<TABLE>

<S>                                          <C>
FRONT LOAD CONTRACT
TRANSACTION EXPENSES FOR CONTRACTOWNERS
Maximum Sales Load (as a percentage 
of purchase payments).........................4%
Withdrawal Charge............................None


ANNUAL EXPENSES OF THE ACCOUNT
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF ASSETS)
Mortality Rate and Expense Guarantee
 Charge..................................... .40%


ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE
$30; waived if the Contract Value equals or exceeds
$50,000

BACK LOAD CONTRACT
TRANSACTION EXPENSES FOR CONTRACTOWNERS
Sales Load (as a percentage of purchase
payments)....................................None
Withdrawal Charge for Sales Expenses
(as a percentage of amounts paid)........... 0%-8%

ANNUAL EXPENSES OF THE ACCOUNT
 (AS A PERCENTAGE OF ASSETS)
Mortality Rate and Expense Guarantee
 Charge......................................1.25%

ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE
$30; waived if the Contract Value equals or
 exceeds $50,000
</TABLE>
    


   
ANNUAL EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND FUNDS
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE ASSETS)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              MANAGEMENT    CUSTODY     OTHER      TOTAL ANNUAL
                                                 FEES        FEES      EXPENSES      EXPENSES
                                              ----------    -------    --------    ------------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>
NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC.
- -------------------------------------
  Small Cap Growth Stock*                        .80%        .00%        .12%          .92%
  Aggressive Growth Stock                        .52%        .00%        .00%          .52%
  International Equity                           .67%        .08%        .01%          .76%
  Index 400 Stock*                               .25%        .00%        .10%          .35%
  Growth Stock                                   .45%        .00%        .01%          .46%
  Growth and Income Stock                        .57%        .00%        .01%          .58%
  Index 500 Stock                                .20%        .00%        .01%          .21%
  Balanced                                       .30%        .00%        .00%          .30%
  High Yield Bond                                .49%        .00%        .01%          .50%
  Select Bond                                    .30%        .00%        .00%          .30%
  Money Market                                   .30%        .00%        .00%          .30%
RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS
- -----------------------
  Multi-Style Equity                             .49%        .25%        .18%          .92%
  Aggressive Equity                              .53%        .45%        .27%         1.25%
  Non-U.S.                                       .00%       1.10%        .20%         1.30%
  Real Estate Securities*                        .85%        .12%        .19%         1.16%
  Core Bond                                      .12%        .39%        .29%          .80%
</TABLE>
    
   
- --------------------
(*) Expenses are estimated for these new Portfolios and Funds, for 1999 at 
annualized rates.  The estimates for the Russell Insurance Funds reflect fee 
waivers and reimbursements that the Funds' adviser has voluntarily agreed to 
make for 1999.  These may be changed at any time without notice.
    


                                      2


<PAGE>

   
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLE
FRONT LOAD CONTRACT - You would pay the following expenses on each $1,000
investment, assuming 5% annual return:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1 YEAR    3 YEARS   5 YEARS  10 YEARS
                                    ------    -------   -------  -------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>

Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.
- ------------------------------------
     Small Cap Growth Stock           $53       $80      $109      $193
     Aggressive Growth Stock          $49       $68       $89      $149
     International Equity             $51       $75      $101      $175
     Index 400 Stock                  $47       $63       $80      $129
     Growth Stock                     $48       $66       $86      $142
     Growth and Income Stock          $50       $70       $92      $155
     Index 500 Stock                  $46       $59       $73      $113
     Balanced                         $47       $61       $77      $124
     High Yield Bond                  $49       $68       $88      $146
     Select Bond                      $47       $61       $77      $124
     Money Market                     $47       $61       $77      $124
Russell Insurance Fund
- -----------------------
     Multi-Style Equity               $53       $80      $109      $193
     Aggressive Equity                $56       $90      $126      $228
     Non-U.S.                         $57       $91      $129      $233
     Real Estate Securities           $55       $87      $122      $218
     Core Bond                        $52       $77      $103      $180
</TABLE>
    

   
NOTE:  THE MINIMUM INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT FOR A FRONT-LOAD CONTRACT IS
$10,000.  YOU MUST MULTIPLY THE NUMBERS ABOVE BY 10 TO FIND THE EXPENSES FOR A
FRONT-LOAD CONTRACT OF MINIMUM SIZE.
    

   
EXAMPLE
    

   
BACK LOAD CONTRACT - You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000
investment, assuming (1) 5% annual return and (2) surrender at the end of each
time period:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS   10 YEARS
                                    ------   -------   -------   --------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.
- ------------------------------------
     Small Cap Growth Stock           $92      $122      $155      $269
     Aggressive Growth Stock          $88      $110      $134      $227
     International Equity             $90      $117      $146      $252
     Index 400 Stock                  $86      $105      $125      $209
     Growth Stock                     $87      $108      $131      $221
     Growth and Income Stock          $89      $112      $137      $234
     Index 500 Stock                  $85      $100      $118      $194
     Balanced                         $86      $103      $123      $204
     High Yield Bond                  $88      $109      $133      $225
     Select Bond                      $86      $103      $123      $204
     Money Market                     $86      $103      $123      $204
Russell Insurance Funds
- -----------------------
     Multi-Style Equity               $92      $122      $155      $269
     Aggressive Equity                $95      $132      $171      $301
     Non-U.S.                         $96      $133      $173      $306
     Real Estate Securities           $94      $129      $167      $292
     Core Bond                        $91      $118      $148      $256
</TABLE>
    

                                       3

<PAGE>

   
You would pay the following expenses on the same $1,000 investment, assuming NO
SURRENDER OR ANNUITIZATION:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS  10 YEARS
                                    ------   -------   -------  --------
<S>                                 <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. 
- -------------------------------------
     Small Cap Growth Stock           $22       $72      $125      $269
     Aggressive Growth Stock          $18       $60      $104      $227
     International Equity             $20       $67      $116      $252
     Index 400 Stock                  $16       $55       $95      $209
     Growth Stock                     $17       $58      $101      $221
     Growth and Income Stock          $19       $62      $107      $234
     Index 500 Stock                  $15       $50       $88      $194
     Balanced                         $16       $53       $93      $204
     High Yield Bond                  $18       $59      $103      $225
     Select Bond                      $16       $53       $93      $204
     Money Market                     $16       $53       $93      $204
Russell Insurance Funds
- -----------------------
     Multi-Style Equity               $22       $72      $125      $269
     Aggressive Equity                $25       $82      $141      $301
     Non-U.S.                         $26       $83      $143      $306
     Real Estate Securities           $24       $79      $137      $292
     Core Bond                        $21       $68      $118      $256
</TABLE>
    

   
The purpose of the table above is to assist a Contract Owner in understanding 
the expenses paid by the Account and the Portfolios and Funds and borne by 
investors in the Contracts.  The sales load for a Front Load Contract depends 
on the amount of cumulative purchase payments.  For the Back Load Contract 
the withdrawal charge depends on the length of time funds have been held 
under the Contract and the amounts held.  The $30 annual Contract fee is 
reflected as .2% of the assets in the Back Load Contract based on an average 
Contract size of $15,000.  The $30 annual Contract fee is not reflected in 
the Front Load Contract based on an average Contract size of $55,000.  The 
Contracts provide for charges for transfers between the Divisions of the 
Account and for premium taxes, but we are not currently making such charges. 
See "Transfers Between Divisions and Payment Plans", p. 10 and "Deductions", 
p. 13, for additional information about expenses for the Contracts. The 
expenses shown in the table for the Portfolios and Funds show the annual 
expenses for each, as a percentage of their average net assets, based on 1998 
operations for the Portfolios and their predecessors and the Funds.  Expenses 
for Portfolios and Funds which have not begun operations are estimated.  
Expenses for the Russell Insurance Funds reflect fee waivers and 
reimbursements that the Funds' adviser has voluntarily agreed to make for 
1999.  These may be changed at any time without notice.  For additional 
information about expenses of the Portfolios and Funds, see the prospectuses 
for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and the Russell Insurance Funds 
attached hereto. 
    

   
THE EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE 
EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN, SUBJECT TO 
THE GUARANTEES OF THE CONTRACTS.
    

   
The tables on the following pages present the accumulation unit values of the 
nine Divisions of the Account for the Contracts, including Contracts issued 
prior to the date of this prospectus.  These nine Divisions are those which 
were in operation in 1998 and prior years.  The Contracts issued prior to 
March 31, 1995 are different in certain material respects from Contracts 
offered currently, but the values shown below for Contracts issued after 
December 16, 1981 and prior to March 31, 1995 are calculated on the same 
basis as those for the Back Load Contracts described in this prospectus.  The 
Front Load Contracts described in this prospectus have a lower mortality rate 
and expense guarantee charge than any of the Contracts issued prior to March 
31, 1995.
    



                                      4

<PAGE>



   
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES
    

   
CONTRACTS ISSUED ON OR AFTER MARCH 31, 1995
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      FOR YEARS ENDED
                                         DECEMBER 31          FOR THE NINE
                                 ------------------------     MONTHS ENDED
                                  1998      1997     1996   DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                 ------   -------   ------  -----------------
<S>                              <C>      <C>       <C>     <C>

AGGRESSIVE GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period             $1.735    $1.530    $1.305        $1.00
 End of Period                   $1.859    $1.735    $1.530       $1.305
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period             $3.585    $3.188    $2.743       $2.115
 End of Period                   $3.808    $3.585    $3.188       $2.743
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period 
 Front Load                  1,195,051    832,513   568,732      255,895
 Back Load                   3,703,653  2,962,218 1,734,023      407,729

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period             $1.537    $1.374    $1.140        $1.00
 End of Period                   $1.605    $1.537    $1.374       $1.140
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period             $1.829    $1.649    $1.380       $1.218
 End of Period                   $1.893    $1.829    $1.649       $1.380
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period                   
 Front Load                     669,024   575,775   286,469       32,573
 Back Load                    3,028,502 2,488,184 1,281,128      374,986

GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period             $1.883    $1.456    $1.209        $1.00
 End of Period                   $2.375    $1.883    $1.456       $1.209
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period             $1.991    $1.552    $1.300       $1.082
 End of Period                   $2.491    $1.991    $1.552       $1.300
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                     447,934   422,029   257,158      103,292
 Back Load                    2,761,432 1,870,296   922,390      227,218

GROWTH AND INCOME STOCK DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period             $1.852    $1.430    $1.197        $1.00
 End of Period                   $2.271    $1.852    $1.430       $1.197
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period             $1.959    $1.525    $1.287       $1.083
 End of Period                   $2.382    $1.959    $1.525       $1.287
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                     736,836   540,977   208,323      114,414
 Back Load                    3,046,517 1,940,827 1,215,721      310,321

INDEX 500 STOCK DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period             $2.026    $1.527    $1.249        $1.00
 End of Period                   $2.597    $2.026    $1.527       $1.249
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period             $3.175    $2.414    $1.991       $1.604
 End of Period                   $4.037    $3.175    $2.414       $1.991
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                   1,057,935   690,248   454,096      278,235
 Back Load                    4,504,322 3,279,176 1,970,961      471,752
</TABLE>
    


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               FOR YEARS ENDED
                                                  DECEMBER 31                     FOR THE NINE
                                       ----------------------------------         MONTHS ENDED
                                        1998          1997          1996      DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                       ------        -------       ------     -----------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>

BALANCED DIVISION

Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period                   $1.615         $1.334         $1.181          $1.00
 End of Period                         $1.912         $1.615         $1.334         $1.181
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period                   $5.768         $4.806         $4.290         $3.655
 End of Period                         $6.771         $5.768         $4.806         $4.290
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                         1,768,955      1,296,330        786,271        164,302
 Back Load                          2,565,265      2,109,606      1,347,427        372,457

HIGH YIELD BOND DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period                   $1.530         $1.326         $1.112          $1.00
 End of Period                         $1.496         $1.530         $1.326         $1.112
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period                   $1.595         $1.394         $1.178         $1.067
 End of Period                         $1.546         $1.595         $1.394         $1.178
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                           400,132         95,718         55,625             --
 Back Load                          1,400,604        967,118        572,121        138,470

SELECT BOND DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period                   $1.266         $1.161         $1.129          $1.00
 End of Period                         $1.350         $1.266         $1.161         $1.129
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period                   $6.703         $6.201         $6.078         $5.419
 End of Period                         $7.088         $6.703         $6.201         $6.078
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
  Front Load                          159,609         72,941         38,713         26,732
  Back Load                           368,314        271,027        182,907         50,828

MONEY MARKET DIVISION
Front Load Version
 Beginning of Period                   $1.146         $1.091         $1.040          $1.00
 End of Period                         $1.203         $1.146         $1.091         $1.040
Back Load Version
 Beginning of Period                   $2.335         $2.241         $2.156         $2.086
 End of Period                         $2.431         $2.335         $2.241         $2.156
Number of Units
Outstanding, End of Period
 Front Load                         1,564,597      1,439,686      1,843,605        327,441
 Back Load                          1,515,128      1,081,227      1,123,081        379,473

</TABLE>
    

                                       5

<PAGE>
   
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES
CONTRACTS ISSUED AFTER DECEMBER 16, 1981 AND PRIOR TO MARCH 31, 1995
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       1998       1997         1996         1995        1994         1993  
<S>                                <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>

 AGGRESSIVE GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
    Beginning of Period*               $3.585     $3.188       $2.743       $1.994      $1.915       $1.628 
    End of Period                      $3.808     $3.585       $3.188       $2.743      $1.994       $1.915 
    Number of Units
    Outstanding, End of Period     18,213,135 20,861,309   21,479,837   19,083,707  17,290,856   11,319,698 

 INTERNATIONAL EQUITY DIVISION
   Beginning of Period**               $1.829     $1.649       $1.380       $1.220      $1.236       $1.000 
   End of Period                       $1.893     $1.829       $1.649       $1.380      $1.220       $1.236 
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period      19,261,448 22,910,908   22,132,206   21,338,267  21,538,113    8,548,091  

 GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
   Beginning of Period+                $1.991     $1.552       $1.300       $1.006      $1.000         --   
   End of Period                       $2.491     $1.991       $1.552       $1.300      $1.006         --   
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period       7,215,894  6,045,075    4,845,965    2,970,905   1,311,686         --    

 GROWTH AND INCOME STOCK DIVISION
   Beginning of Period+                $1.959     $1.525       $1.287       $0.994      $1.000         --   
   End of Period                       $2.382     $1.959       $1.525       $1.287      $0.994         --   
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period      10,866,893  8,963,724    7,054,484    5,605,215   3,129,287         --   

 INDEX 500 STOCK DIVISION
   Beginning of Period*                $3.175     $2.414       $1.991       $1.469      $1.470       $1.356 
   End of Period                       $4.037     $3.175       $2.414       $1.991      $1.469       $1.470 
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period      21,467,931 21,531,879   20,092,060   18,961,291  17,624,809   16,051,619 

 BALANCED DIVISION
   Beginning of Period                 $5.768     $4.806       $4.290       $3.436      $3.480       $3.216 
   End of Period                       $6.771     $5.768       $4.806       $4.290      $3.436       $3.480 
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period      40,487,926 44,638,127   48,457,793   52,575,295  59,200,252   63,940,609 

 HIGH YIELD BOND DIVISION
   Beginning of Period+                $1.595     $1.394       $1.178       $1.022      $1.000         --   
   End of Period                       $1.546     $1.595       $1.394       $1.178      $1.022         --   
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period       3,974,656  3,770,055    2,456,295    1,609,770   1,215,989         --    

 SELECT BOND DIVISION
   Beginning of Period                 $6.703     $6.201       $6.078       $5.167      $5.384       $4.941 
   End of Period                       $7.088     $6.703       $6.201       $6.078      $5.167       $5.384 
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period       2,171,879  2,252,704    2,691,481    2,778,441   2,923,557    2,937,137 

 MONEY MARKET DIVISION
   Beginning of Period                 $2.335     $2.241       $2.156       $2.063      $2.007       $1.976 
   End of Period                       $2.431     $2.335       $2.241       $2.156      $2.063       $2.007 
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period       6,699,739  6,270,333    7,029,739    7,896,022   8,608,326    7,614,186 
</TABLE>
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                   --------------------------------------------------
                                         1992        1991         1990         1989 
<S>                                    <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>

 AGGRESSIVE GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
   Beginning of Period*                 $1.556      $1.010       $1.000         --  
   End of Period                        $1.628      $1.556       $1.010         --  
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period        7,939,571   3,208,965       81,406         --    
                                                                                    
 INTERNATIONAL EQUITY DIVISION                                                      
   Beginning of Period**                  --          --           --           --  
   End of Period                          --          --           --           --  
   Number of Units                                                                  
   Outstanding, End of Period             --          --           --           --    
                                                                                    
 GROWTH STOCK DIVISION                                                              
   Beginning of Period+                   --          --           --           --  
   End of Period                          --          --           --           --  
   Number of Units                                                                  
   Outstanding, End of Period             --          --           --           --   
                                                                                    
 GROWTH AND INCOME STOCK DIVISION                                                   
   Beginning of Period+                   --          --           --           --  
   End of Period                          --          --           --           --  
   Number of Units                                                                  
   Outstanding, End of Period             --          --           --           --    
                                                                                    
 INDEX 500 STOCK DIVISION                                                           
   Beginning of Period*                 $1.280      $1.000       $1.000         --  
   End of Period                        $1.356      $1.280       $1.000         --  
   Number of Units                                                                  
   Outstanding, End of Period        4,774,008   2,593,051       30,451         --  
                                                                                    
 BALANCED DIVISION                                                                  
   Beginning of Period                  $3.092      $2.526       $2.531       $2.217
   End of Period                        $3.216      $3.092       $2.526       $2.531
   Number of Units                                                                  
   Outstanding, End of Period       62,756,051  59,013,262   58,632,612   59,790,768
                                                                                    
 HIGH YIELD BOND DIVISION                                                           
   Beginning of Period+                   --          --           --           --  
   End of Period                          --          --           --           --  
   Number of Units                                                                  
   Outstanding, End of Period             --          --           --           -- 
                                                                                    
 SELECT BOND DIVISION                                                               
   Beginning of Period                  $4.677      $4.052       $3.787       $3.368
   End of Period                        $4.941      $4.677       $4.052       $3.787
   Number of Units                                                                  
   Outstanding, End of Period        2,667,880   2,087,901    1,970,476    2,102,874
                                                                                    
 MONEY MARKET DIVISION                                                              
   Beginning of Period                  $1.936      $1.855       $1.739       $1.615
   End of Period                        $1.976      $1.936       $1.855       $1.739
   Number of Units                                                                  
   Outstanding, End of Period        8,478,941   9,098,558   10,506,714    8,094,998
</TABLE>
    

   
*    The initial investments in the Aggressive Growth Stock Division and Index
     500 Stock Division were made on December 12, 1990.
**   The initial investment in the International Equity Division was made on
     April 30, 1993.
+    The initial investments in the Growth Stock Division, Growth and Income
     Stock Division, and High Yield Bond Division were made on May 3, 1994.
    





                                       6


<PAGE>


   
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES
CONTRACTS ISSUED PRIOR TO DECEMBER 17, 1981 
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       1998       1997        1996         1995        1994         1993  
<S>                                 <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>

 AGGRESSIVE GROWTH STOCK DIVISION   
   Beginning of Period*               $3.714     $3.286      $2.813       $2.035      $1.945       $1.645  
   End of Period                      $3.965     $3.714      $3.286       $2.813      $2.035       $1.945  
   Number of Units                                                                                         
   Outstanding, End of Period        479,410    640,838     890,850      861,229     805,409      602,390  

 INTERNATIONAL EQUITY DIVISION
   Beginning of Period**              $1.872     $1.680      $1.398       $1.230      $1.240       $1.000 
   End of Period                      $1.947     $1.872      $1.680       $1.398      $1.230       $1.240 
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period        647,767  1,297,660   1,332,812    1,166,796   1,529,309      912,421 

 GROWTH STOCK DIVISION
   Beginning of Period+               $2.027     $1.573      $1.311       $1.009        --           --   
   End of Period                      $2.549     $2.027      $1.573       $1.311        --           --   
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period        247,491    327,731     118,168        1,782        --           --   

 GROWTH AND INCOME STOCK DIVISION
   Beginning of Period+               $1.995     $1.546      $1.298       $0.997        --           --   
   End of Period                      $2.438     $1.995      $1.546       $1.298        --           --   
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period        310,014    348,188      69,566        9,498        --           --   

 INDEX 500 STOCK DIVISION
   Beginning of Period*               $3.289     $2.488      $2.042       $1.499      $1.492       $1.370 
   End of Period                      $4.202     $3.289      $2.488       $2.042      $1.499       $1.492 
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period      7,343,357  8,175,537   9,600,286   10,111,615  10,735,943   12,320,684 

 BALANCED DIVISION
   Beginning of Period                $6.248     $5.180      $4.601       $3.667      $3.695       $3.398 
   End of Period                      $7.372     $6.248      $5.180       $4.601      $3.667       $3.695 
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period      3,013,626  3,845,538   4,743,812    5,651,599   6,525,821    7,060,303 

 HIGH YIELD BOND DIVISION
   Beginning of Period+               $1.624     $1.412      $1.188       $1.025        --           --   
   End of Period                      $1.582     $1.624      $1.412       $1.188        --           --   
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period        183,181    600,752     428,588         --          --           --   

 SELECT BOND DIVISION
   Beginning of Period                $7.263     $6.685      $6.520       $5.515      $5.719       $5.222 
   End of Period                      $7.719     $7.263      $6.685       $6.520      $5.515       $5.719 
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period        899,839  1,012,083   1,215,131    1,172,420   1,266,751    1,389,667 

 MONEY MARKET DIVISION
   Beginning of Period                $2.529     $2.416      $2.312       $2.201      $2.131       $2.088 
   End of Period                      $2.646     $2.529      $2.416       $2.312      $2.201       $2.131 
   Number of Units
   Outstanding, End of Period      1,723,332    893,452   1,103,625    1,264,988   1,020,911      788,050 
</TABLE>
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                    ----------------------------------------------
                                       1992       1991        1990         1989  
<S>                                  <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
                                     
 AGGRESSIVE GROWTH STOCK DIVISION    
   Beginning of Period*                $1.564     $1.010      $1.000         --    
   End of Period                       $1.645     $1.564      $1.010         --    
   Number of Units                                                                 
   Outstanding, End of Period         459,581    262,149       9,478         --                                                 
                                                                                                                                
 INTERNATIONAL EQUITY DIVISION                                                    
   Beginning of Period**                 --         --          --           --   
   End of Period                         --         --          --           --   
   Number of Units                                                                
   Outstanding, End of Period            --         --          --           --   

 GROWTH STOCK DIVISION                                                            
   Beginning of Period+                  --         --          --           --   
   End of Period                         --         --          --           --   
   Number of Units                                                                
   Outstanding, End of Period            --         --          --           --   
                                                                                  
 GROWTH AND INCOME STOCK DIVISION                                                 
   Beginning of Period+                  --         --          --           --   
   End of Period                         --         --          --           --   
   Number of Units                                                                
   Outstanding, End of Period            --         --          --           --   
                                                                                  
 INDEX 500 STOCK DIVISION                                                         
   Beginning of Period*                $1.287     $1.000      $1.000         --   
   End of Period                       $1.370     $1.287      $1.000         --   
   Number of Units                                                                
   Outstanding, End of Period         242,871     33,349      13,511         --     

 BALANCED DIVISION                                                                
   Beginning of Period                 $3.250     $2.642      $2.635       $2.296 
   End of Period                       $3.398     $3.250      $2.642       $2.635 
   Number of Units                                                                
   Outstanding, End of Period       8,324,438  8,795,056   9,637,964   11,002,773
                                                                                  
 HIGH YIELD BOND DIVISION                                                         
   Beginning of Period+                  --         --          --           --   
   End of Period                         --         --          --           --   
   Number of Units                                                                
   Outstanding, End of Period            --         --          --           --   
                                                                                  
 SELECT BOND DIVISION                                                             
   Beginning of Period                 $4.918     $4.239      $3.943       $3.488 
   End of Period                       $5.222     $4.918      $4.239       $3.943 
   Number of Units                                                                
   Outstanding, End of Period       1,411,347  1,590,698   1,590,884    1,854,807 

 MONEY MARKET DIVISION                                                            
   Beginning of Period                 $2.035     $1.940      $1.810       $1.673 
   End of Period                       $2.088     $2.035      $1.940       $1.810 
   Number of Units                                                                
   Outstanding, End of Period       1,231,018  1,393,920   2,143,153    1,590,479 
</TABLE>
    

   
*    The initial investments in the Index 500 Stock Division and Aggressive
     Growth Stock Division were made on December 12, 1990.
**   The initial investment in the International Equity Division was made on
     April 30, 1993.
+    The initial investments in the Growth Stock Division, Growth and Income
     Stock Division, and High Yield Bond Division were made on May 3, 1994.
    

                                       7

<PAGE>
   
THE COMPANY
    

   
The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company was organized by a special act of
the Wisconsin Legislature in 1857. It is the nation's fourth largest life
insurance company, based on total assets in excess of $77 billion on
December 31, 1998, and is licensed to conduct a conventional life insurance
business in the District of Columbia and in all states of the United States.
Northwestern Mutual Life sells life and disability income insurance policies and
annuity contracts through its own field force of approximately 6,000 full time
producing agents. The Home Office of Northwestern Mutual Life is located at 720
East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.
    

   
"We" in this prospectus means Northwestern Mutual Life.
    

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
    

   
We established the account on February 14, 1968 by action of our Board of 
Trustees in accordance with the provisions of the Wisconsin insurance law.
    

   
The Account has sixteen Divisions.  The money you invest to provide variable 
benefits under your Contract is placed in one or more of the Divisions as you 
direct.  
    

   
Under Wisconsin law, the investment operations of the Account are kept 
separate from our other operations.  The values for your Contract will not be 
affected by income, gains or losses for the rest of our business.  The 
income, gains or losses, realized or unrealized, for the assets we place in 
the Account for your Contract will determine the value of your Contract 
benefits and will not affect the rest of our business.  The assets in the 
Account are reserved for you and other Contract owners, although the assets 
belong to us and we do not hold the assets as a trustee.  We and our 
creditors cannot reach those assets to satisfy other obligations until our 
obligations under your Contract have been satisfied. But all of our assets 
(except those we hold in some other separate accounts) are available to 
satisfy our obligations under your Contract.
    

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
THE FUNDS
    

   
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. is composed of eleven separate portfolios
which operate as separate mutual funds.  The portfolios are the Small Cap Growth
Stock Portfolio, Aggressive Growth Stock Portfolio, International Equity
Portfolio, Index 400 Stock Portfolio, Growth Stock Portfolio, Growth and Income
Stock Portfolio, Index 500 Stock Portfolio, Balanced Portfolio, High Yield Bond
Portfolio, Select Bond Portfolio and Money Market Portfolio.  The Account buys
shares of each Portfolio at net asset value, that is, without any sales charge.
    

   
Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC ("NMIS"), our wholly-owned
subsidiary, is the investment adviser to the Fund.  We provide the people and
facilities that NMIS uses in performing its investment advisory functions, and
we are a party to the investment advisory agreement.  NMIS has retained J.P.
Morgan Investment Management, Inc. and Templeton Investment Counsel, Inc. under
investment sub-advisory agreements to provide investment advice to the Growth
and Income Stock Portfolio and the International Equity Portfolio.
    

   
The Russell Insurance Funds include five separate portfolios which operate as
separate mutual funds.  These are the Multi-Style Equity Fund, Aggressive Equity
Fund, Non-U.S. Fund, Real Estate Securities Fund and Core Bond Fund.  The
Account buys shares of each of the Russell Insurance Funds at net asset value,
that is, without any sales charge.
    

   
The assets of each of the Russell Insurance Funds are invested by one or more
investment management organizations researched and recommended by Frank Russell
Company ("Russell"), and an affiliate of Russell, Frank Russell Investment
Management Company ("FRIMCo").  FRIMCo also advises, operates and administers
the Russell Insurance Funds.  Russell is our majority-owned subsidiary.
    

   
FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING THE MUTUAL FUNDS, INCLUDING INFORMATION ABOUT
THEIR INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND EXPENSES, SEE THE PROSPECTUSES FOR NORTHWESTERN
MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC. AND RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS ATTACHED HERETO.  YOU
SHOULD READ THE MUTUAL FUND PROSPECTUSES CAREFULLY BEFORE YOU INVEST IN THE
CONTRACTS.
    

                                       8

<PAGE>

   
THE CONTRACTS
    

   
PURCHASE PAYMENTS UNDER THE CONTRACTS
    

   
AMOUNT AND FREQUENCY  A purchase payment is the money you give us to pay for 
your Contract.  You may make purchase payments monthly, quarterly, 
semiannually, annually or on any other frequency acceptable to us.
    

   
For Back Load Contracts the minimum amount for each purchase payment is $25. 
We will accept larger purchase payments than due, or payments at other times, 
but total purchase payments under any Contract may not exceed $5,000,000 
without our consent.  For Front Load Contracts the minimum initial purchase 
payment is $10,000. The minimum amount for each subsequent purchase payment 
is $25 for all Contracts.
    

   
Purchase payments may not exceed the applicable federal income tax limits. 
See "Federal Income Taxes", p. 12.
    

   
APPLICATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS  We credit net purchase payments, after 
deduction of any sales load,  to the Account and allocate them to one or more 
Divisions as you direct. We then invest those assets in shares of the 
Portfolio or Fund which corresponds to that Division.
    

   
We apply purchase payments to provide "Accumulation Units" in one or more 
Divisions. Accumulation Units represent your interest in the Account. The 
number of Accumulation Units you receive for each net purchase payment is 
determined by dividing the amount of the purchase payment to be allocated to 
a Division by the value of an Accumulation Unit in that Division, based upon 
the first valuation of the assets of the Division we make after we receive 
your purchase payment at our Home Office.  Receipt of purchase payments at a 
lockbox facility we have designated will be considered the same as receipt at 
the Home Office.  We value assets as of the close of trading on the New York 
Stock Exchange for each day the Exchange is open, and at any other time 
required by the Investment Company Act of 1940.
    

   
The number of your Accumulation Units will be increased by additional 
purchase payments or transfers into the Account and decreased by withdrawals 
or transfers out of the Account. The investment experience of the Account 
does not change the number (as distinguished from the value) of your 
Accumulation Units.
    

   
The value of an Accumulation Unit in each Division varies with the investment 
experience of the Division (which in turn is determined by the investment 
experience of the corresponding Portfolio or Fund).  We determine the value 
by multiplying the value on the immediately preceding valuation date by the 
net investment factor for the Division. (See "Net Investment Factor", below.) 
Since you bear the investment risk, there is no guarantee as to the aggregate 
value of your Accumulation Units;  that value may be less than, equal to, or 
more than the cumulative net purchase payments you have made.
    

   
You may direct all or part of a purchase payment to the Guaranteed Interest 
Fund.  Amounts you direct to the Guaranteed Interest Fund will be invested on 
a fixed basis.  See "The Guaranteed Interest Fund", p. 12.
    

   
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR
    

   
For each Division the net investment factor for any period ending on a 
valuation date is 1.000000 plus the net investment rate for the Division for 
that period. Under the Contract the net investment rate is related to the 
assets of the Division. However, since all amounts are simultaneously 
invested in shares of the corresponding Portfolio or Fund when allocated to 
the Division, calculation of the net investment rate for each of the 
Divisions may also be based upon the change in value of a single share of the 
corresponding Portfolio or Fund.
    

   
Thus, for example, in the case of the Balanced Division the net investment 
rate is equal to (a) the change in the net asset value of a Balanced 
Portfolio share for the period from the immediately preceding valuation date 
up to and including the current valuation date, plus the per share amount of 
any dividends and other distributions made by the Balanced Portfolio during 
the valuation period, less a deduction for any applicable taxes or for any 
expenses resulting from a substitution of securities, (b) divided by the net 
asset value of a Balanced Portfolio share on the valuation date immediately 
preceding the current valuation date, (c) less an adjustment to provide for 
the deduction for mortality rate and expense risks that we have assumed. (See 
"Deductions", p. 13.)  A penalty tax will apply to premature payments of 
Contract benefits.  A penalty tax of 10% of the amount of the payment which 
is includible in income will be imposed on non-exempt withdrawals under 
individual retirement annuities, tax deferred annuities and nonqualified 
deferred annuities.  Payments which are exempt from the penalty tax include 
payments upon disability, after age 59-1/2 or as substantially equal periodic 
payments for life.
    

   
The Portfolios and Funds will distribute investment income and realized 
capital gains to the Account Divisions.  We will reinvest those distributions 
in additional shares of the same Portfolio or Fund.  Unrealized capital gains 
and realized and unrealized capital losses will be reflected by changes in 
the value of the shares held by the Account. 
    


                                       9

<PAGE>

   
BENEFITS PROVIDED UNDER THE CONTRACTS
    

   
The benefits provided under the Contracts consist of a withdrawal amount, a 
death benefit and a maturity benefit. Subject to the restrictions noted 
below, we will pay all of these benefits in a lump sum or under the payment 
plans described below.
    

   
WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT  On or prior to the maturity date you are entitled to 
withdraw the Accumulation Units credited to your Contract and receive the 
value thereof less the applicable withdrawal charge. (See "Withdrawal 
Charge", p. 14.)  The value, which may be either greater or less than the 
amount you paid, is determined as of the valuation date coincident with or 
next following our receipt of your written request for withdrawal on a form 
we provide.  The forms are available from our Home Office and our agents.  
You may withdraw a portion of the Accumulation Units on the same basis, 
except that we will not grant a partial withdrawal which would result in less 
than 100 Accumulation Units remaining; we will treat a request for such a 
partial withdrawal as a request to surrender the entire Contract. Amounts 
distributed to an Annuitant upon withdrawal of all or a portion of 
Accumulation Units may be subject to federal income tax. (See "Federal Income 
Taxes", p. 12.)  A 10% penalty tax may be imposed on the taxable portion of 
premature payments of benefits (prior to age 59-1/2 or disability) unless 
payments are made after the employee separates from service and payments are 
either paid in substantially equal installments over the life or life 
expectancy of the employee or are paid on account of early retirement after 
age 55.
    

   
If annuity payments are being made under Payment Plan 1 the payee may 
surrender the Contract and receive the value of the Annuity Units credited to 
his Contract, less the applicable withdrawal charge. (See "Withdrawal 
Charge", p. 14.) Upon death during the certain period of the payee under Plan 
2 or both payees under Plan 3, the beneficiary may surrender the Contract and 
receive the withdrawal value of the unpaid payments for the certain period.  
The withdrawal value is based on the Annuity Unit value on the withdrawal 
date, with the unpaid payments discounted at the Assumed Investment Rate.  
(See "Description of Payment Plans", below.)
    

   
DEATH BENEFIT  Upon the death of the Annuitant prior to the maturity date, we 
will pay to the direct beneficiary a death benefit equal to the Contract 
value, as of the valuation date coincident with or next following the date on 
which proof of death is received at our Home Office or, if later, the date on 
which the beneficiary elects a method of payment.  If death occurs prior to 
the Annuitant's 65th birthday the death benefit, where permitted by state 
law, will be not less than the amount of purchase payments we received under 
the Contract, less withdrawals. The death benefit may be paid either in a 
lump sum or under a payment plan.
    

   
MATURITY BENEFIT  Purchase payments under the Contract are payable until the 
maturity date specified in the Contract.  You may select any date up to age 
90 as the maturity date, subject to applicable tax law requirements.  On the 
maturity date, if you have not elected any other permissible payment plan, we 
will change the maturity date to the Contract anniversary nearest the 
Annuitant's 90th birthday.  On that date, if you have not elected any other 
permissible payment plan, we will pay the value of the Contract in monthly 
payments for life under a variable payment plan with payments certain for ten 
years.
    

   
VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS
    

   
We will pay part or all of the benefits under a Contract under a variable 
payment plan you select. Under a variable plan, you bear the entire 
investment risk, since we make no guarantees of investment return. 
Accordingly, there is no guarantee of the amount of the variable payments, 
and you must expect the amount of such payments to change from month to 
month.  For a discussion of tax considerations and limitations regarding the 
election of payment plans, see "Federal Income Taxes", p. 12.
    

   
DESCRIPTION OF PAYMENT PLANS  The following payment plans are available:
    

   
1. PAYMENTS FOR A CERTAIN PERIOD. An annuity payable monthly for a specified 
period of five to 30 years.
    

   
2. LIFE ANNUITY WITH OR WITHOUT CERTAIN PERIOD. An annuity payable monthly 
until the payee's death, or until the expiration of a selected certain 
period, whichever is later. After the payee's death during the certain 
period, if any, we will make payments as they are due to the designated 
contingent beneficiary. You may select a certain period of either 10 or 20 
years, or you may choose a plan with no certain period.
    

   
3. JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. An annuity payable 
monthly for a certain period of 10 years and thereafter to two persons for 
their joint lives. On the death of either payee, payments continue for the 
remainder of the 10 years certain or the remaining lifetime of the survivor, 
whichever is longer.
    

   
We may limit the election of a payment plan to one that results in payments 
of at least $20.
    

   
From time to time we may establish payment plan rates with greater actuarial 
value than those stated in the Contract and make them available at the time 
of settlement.  We may also make available other payment plans, with 
provisions and rates we publish for those plans.
    

   
AMOUNT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS  We will determine the amount of the first annuity 
payment on the basis of the particular payment plan you select, the annuity 
    

                                       10

<PAGE>

   
payment rate and, for plans involving life contingencies, the Annuitant's 
adjusted age. Variable annuity payments after the first will vary from month 
to month to reflect the fluctuating value of the Annuity Units credited to 
your Contract.  Annuity Units represent the interest of the Contract in each 
Division of the Account after annuity payments begin.
    

   
ASSUMED INVESTMENT RATE  The variable annuity rate tables for the Contracts 
are based upon an Assumed Investment Rate of 3 1/2%. Variable annuity rate 
tables based upon an Assumed Investment Rate of 5% are also available where 
permitted by state law.
    

   
The Assumed Investment Rate affects both the amount of the first variable 
payment and the amount by which subsequent payments increase or decrease. The 
Assumed Investment Rate does not affect the actuarial value of the future 
payments as of the date when payments begin, though it does affect the actual 
amount which may be received by an individual Annuitant.
    

   
Over a period of time, if each Division achieved a net investment result 
exactly equal to the Assumed Investment Rate applicable to a particular 
payment plan, the amount of annuity payments would be level. However, if the 
Division achieved a net investment result greater than the Assumed Investment 
Rate, the amount of annuity payments would increase. Similarly, if the 
Division achieved a net investment result smaller than the Assumed Investment 
Rate, the amount of annuity payments would decrease.
    

   
A higher Assumed Investment Rate will result in a larger initial payment but 
more slowly rising and more rapidly falling subsequent payments than a lower 
Assumed Investment Rate.
    

   
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    

   
TRANSFERS BETWEEN DIVISIONS AND PAYMENT PLANS  You may change the allocation 
of purchase payments among the Divisions and transfer values from one 
Division to another both before and after annuity payments begin. In order to 
take full advantage of these features you should carefully consider, on a 
continuing basis, which Division or apportionment is best suited to your 
long-term investment needs.
    

   
You may at any time change the allocation of purchase payments among the 
Divisions by written notice to us.  Purchase payments we receive at our Home 
Office on and after the date on which we receive the notice will be applied 
to provide Accumulation Units in one or more Divisions on the basis of the 
new allocation.
    

   
Before the effective date of a payment plan you may, upon written request, 
transfer Accumulation Units from one Division to another. After the effective 
date of a payment plan the payee may transfer Annuity Units from one Division 
to another. We will adjust the number of Accumulation or Annuity Units to be 
credited to reflect the respective value of the Accumulation and Annuity 
Units in each of the Divisions. For Accumulation Units the minimum amount 
which may be transferred is the lesser of $100 or the entire value of the 
Accumulation Units in the Division from which the transfer is being made. For 
each transfer beginning with the thirteenth in any Contract year we may 
deduct a transfer fee of $25 from the amount transferred. We currently make 
no charge for transfers.
    

   
If you contemplate the transfer of funds from one Division to another, you 
should consider the risk inherent in a switch from one investment medium to 
another. In general, frequent transfers based on short-term expectations for 
the stock and bond markets, especially transfers of large sums, will tend to 
accentuate the danger that a transfer will be made at an inopportune time.
    

   
You may transfer amounts which you have invested on a fixed basis to any 
Division of the Account, and the value of Accumulation Units in any Division 
of the Account to the Guaranteed Interest Fund for investment on a fixed 
basis, subject to the restrictions described in the Contract.  See "The 
Guaranteed Interest Fund", p. 12.
    

   
After the effective date of a payment plan which does not involve a life 
contingency (i.e., Plan 1) a payee may transfer to either form of life 
annuity at no charge. We will apply the value of the remaining payments to 
the new plan selected.  We will determine the amount of the first annuity 
payment under the new plan on the basis of the particular plan selected, the 
annuity payment rate and the Annuitant's adjusted age and sex. Subsequent 
payments will vary to reflect changes in the value of the Annuity Units 
credited.  We permit other transfers between payment plans subject to such 
limitations we may reasonably determine. Generally, however, we do not permit 
transfer from a payment plan involving a life contingency to a payment plan 
which does not involve the same life contingency.
    

   
You may make transfers from the Money Market Division at any time while a 
payment plan is in force. The Contracts provide that transfers between the 
other Divisions and transfers between payment plans may be made after the 
payment plan has been in force for at least 90 days and thereafter whenever 
at least 90 days have elapsed since the date of the last transfer. At present 
we permit transfers at any time. We will make the transfer as of the close of 
business on the valuation date coincident with or next following the date on 
which we receive the request for transfer at our Home Office, or at a later 
date you request.
    

   
GENDER-BASED ANNUITY PAYMENT RATES  Federal law, and the laws of certain 
states, may require that annuity considerations and annuity payment rates be 
determined without regard to the sex of the Annuitant. Because we offer the 
Contracts for use with HR-10 Plans where these rules may have general 
application, 
    

                                       11

<PAGE>

   
the annuity payment rates in the Contracts do not distinguish between male 
and female Annuitants. However, Contracts with sex-distinct rates are 
available on request. Prospective purchasers of the Contracts should review 
any questions in this area with qualified counsel.
    

   
OWNERS OF THE CONTRACTS  The Owner of the Contract has the sole right to 
exercise all rights and privileges under the Contract, except as the Contract 
otherwise provides. The Owner is ordinarily the retirement plan, but may be 
the employer or the Annuitant or other person. The Annuitant is the person 
upon whose life the Contract is issued and Contract benefits depend.  
Following the death of the Annuitant any remaining Contract benefits are 
payable to a beneficiary or contingent beneficiary named in the Contract.  In 
this prospectus, "you" means the Owner or a prospective purchaser of the 
Contract.
    

   
DISABILITY PROVISION  A Contract may include, as an optional benefit, a 
provision under which we will continue to pay purchase payments during the 
total disability of the Annuitant. Each Contract containing this provision 
specifies the additional cost of such benefit.
    

   
DEFERMENT OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS  We reserve the right to defer determination of 
the withdrawal value of the Contracts, or the payment of benefits under a 
variable payment plan, until after the end of any period during which the 
right to redeem shares of either of the mutual funds is suspended, or payment 
of the redemption value is postponed, and for any period during which the New 
York Stock Exchange is closed or trading thereon is restricted or an 
emergency exists, so that valuation of the assets of the Fund or disposal of 
securities they hold is not reasonably practical; or as such deferment is 
otherwise permitted by applicable law.
    

   
DIVIDENDS  The Contracts share in our divisible surplus, except while 
payments are being made under a variable payment plan.  Our divisible surplus 
is determined annually for the following year.  State law requires that we 
distribute the surplus equitably among participating contracts.  
Distributions of divisible surplus are commonly referred to as "dividends".
    

   
We are paying dividends on approximately 18% of our inforce variable annuity 
contracts in 1999.  Dividends are not guaranteed to be paid in future years. 
The dividend amount is volatile since it is based on the average variable 
Contract value which is defined as the value of the Accumulation units on the 
last Contract anniversary adjusted to reflect any transactions since that 
date which increased or decreased the Contract's interest in the Account.
    

   
Dividends on variable annuities arise principally as a result of more 
favorable expense experience than that which we assumed in determining 
deductions.  Such favorable experience is generated primarily by older and/or 
larger Contracts, which have a mortality rate and expense risk charge of at 
least 0.75%.  In general, we are not paying dividends on Contracts with an 
average variable Contract value of less than $30,000, and about 75% of those 
with a value above $30,000 will receive dividends.  The expected dividend 
payout for 1999 represents about 0.39% of the average variable Contract value 
for those Contracts that will receive dividends.  The maximum dividend we are 
paying on a specific contract is about 0.70%.
    

   
We pay any dividend for a Contract on the anniversary date of that Contract.  
We apply the dividend as a net purchase payment unless you elect to have the 
dividend paid in cash.  
    

   
SUBSTITUTION AND CHANGE  Pursuant to authority of our Board of Trustees, (a) 
we may invest the assets of a Division in securities of another mutual fund 
or another issuer, instead of the Portfolio or Fund in which you have 
invested, as a substitute for the shares you already have or as the 
securities to be purchased in the future, or (b) we may modify the provisions 
of the Contracts to assure qualification for the benefits provided by the 
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code relating to retirement annuity or 
variable annuity contracts, or to comply with any other applicable federal or 
state laws. In the event of any such substitution or change, we may make 
appropriate endorsement on Contracts having an interest in the Account and 
take such other action as may be necessary to effect the substitution or 
change.
    

   
FIXED ANNUITY PAYMENT PLANS  We will also pay Contract benefits under fixed 
annuity payment plans which are not described in this Prospectus. If you 
select a fixed annuity, we will cancel the Accumulation Units credited to 
your Deferred Contract, we will transfer the withdrawal value of the Contract 
to our general account, and you will no longer have any interest in the 
Account.  We may make a withdrawal charge in determining the withdrawal 
value. (See "Withdrawal Amount", p. 9, and "Withdrawal Charge", p. 14.)
    

   
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  Financial statements of the Account and financial 
statements of Northwestern Mutual Life appear in the Statement of Additional 
Information.
    

                                       12

<PAGE>

   
THE GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND
    

   
You may direct all or part of your purchase payments to the Guaranteed 
Interest Fund for investment on a fixed basis.  You may transfer amounts 
previously invested in the Account Divisions to the Guaranteed Interest Fund, 
prior to the maturity date, and you may transfer amounts in the Guaranteed 
Interest Fund to the Account Divisions.  In each case these transfers are 
subject, to the restrictions described in the Contract.
    

   
Amounts you invest in the Guaranteed Interest Fund become part of our general 
assets.  In reliance on certain exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we 
have not registered interests in the Guaranteed Interest Fund under the 
Securities Act of 1933 and we have not registered the Guaranteed Interest 
Fund as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.  
Accordingly, neither the Guaranteed Interest Fund nor any interests therein 
are generally subject to these Acts.  We have been advised that the staff of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission has not reviewed the disclosure in 
this prospectus relating to the Guaranteed Interest Fund.  This disclosure, 
however, may be subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the 
federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of 
statements made in prospectuses.
    

   
Amounts you invest in the Guaranteed Interest Fund earn interest at rates we 
declare from time to time.  We will guarantee the interest rate for each 
amount for at least one year.  The interest rate will be at an annual 
effective rate of at least 3%.  At the expiration of the period for which we 
guarantee the interest rate, a new interest rate may apply.  We credit 
interest and compound it daily.  We determine the effective date for a 
transaction involving the Guaranteed Interest Fund in the same manner as the 
effective date for a transaction involving a Division of the Account.  
    

   
Investments in the Guaranteed Interest Fund are subject to a maximum limit of 
$1,000,000 ($250,000 in New York) without our prior consent.  To the extent 
that a purchase payment or transfer from a Division of the Account causes the 
Contract's interest in the Guaranteed Interest Fund to exceed this maximum 
limit, we will place the amount of the excess in the Money Market Division 
and it will remain there until the you instruct us otherwise.
    

   
Transfers from the Guaranteed Interest Fund to the Account Divisions are 
subject to limits.  After a transfer from the Guaranteed Interest Fund we 
will allow no further transfers from the Guaranteed Interest Fund for a 
period of 365 days; in addition, we will allow no further transfers back into 
the Guaranteed Interest Fund for a period of 90 days.  The maximum amount 
that you may transfer from the Guaranteed Interest Fund in one transfer is 
the greater of (1) 25% of the amount that was invested in the Guaranteed 
Interest Fund as of the last Contract anniversary preceding the transfer and 
(2) the amount of your most recent transfer from the Guaranteed Interest 
Fund.  But in no event will this maximum transfer amount be less than $1,000 
or more than $50,000.  (The $50,000 limit does not apply in New York.)
    

   
The deduction for mortality rate and expense risks, as described below, is 
not assessed against amounts in the Guaranteed Interest Fund, and amounts in 
the Guaranteed Interest Fund do not bear any expenses of either of the mutual 
funds. Other charges under the Contracts apply for amounts in the Guaranteed 
Interest Fund as they are described in this prospectus for amounts you invest 
on a variable basis.  See "Deductions", p. 13.  For purposes of allocating 
and deducting the annual Contract fee, we consider any investment in the 
Guaranteed Interest Fund as though it were an investment of the same amount 
in one of the Account Divisions.
    

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
    

   
We offer the Contracts only for use under tax-qualified plans meeting the 
requirements of Sections 401 and 403(a) of the Code. However, in the event 
Contracts should be issued pursuant to HR-10 Plans, trusts or custodial 
accounts which at the time of issuance are not qualified under the Code, some 
or all of the tax benefits described herein may be lost.
    

   
CONTRIBUTION LIMITS
    

   
Any employer, including a self-employed person, can establish a plan under 
Section 401(a) or 403(a) for participating employees.  As a general rule, 
annual contributions to a defined contribution plan made by the employer  and 
the employee cannot exceed the lesser of $30,000 or 25% of compensation or 
earned income (up to $160,000, indexed).
    

   
Qualified plans are subject to minimum coverage, nondiscrimination and 
spousal consent requirements.  In addition, "top heavy" rules apply if more 
than 60% of the contributions or benefits are allocated to certain highly 
compensated employees.  Violations of the contribution limits or other 
requirements may disqualify the plan and/or subject the employer to taxes and 
penalties.
    

   
TAXATION OF CONTRACT BENEFITS
    

   
No tax is payable as a result of any increase in the value of a Contract 
until benefits from the Contract are received. Benefits received as annuity 
payments will be 
    

                                       13

<PAGE>

   
taxable as ordinary income when received in accordance with Section 72 of the 
Code. As a general rule, where an employee makes nondeductible contributions 
to the Plan, the payee may exclude from income that portion of each benefit 
payment which represents a return of the employee's "investment in the 
contract" as defined in Section 72 until the entire "investment in the 
contract" is recovered.  A 50% penalty tax may be imposed on payments to the 
extent they are less than certain required minimum amounts. In addition, a 
10% penalty tax may be imposed on benefits paid in excess of the benefits 
provided under the Plan formula if the payee is or was a "5% owner" of the 
employer while a participant in the Plan.
    

   
Benefits paid in a form other than an annuity will be taxed as ordinary 
income when received except for that portion of the payment, if any, which 
represents a return of the employee's "investment in the contract." Benefits 
received as a "lump sum distribution" may be eligible for a separate tax 
averaging calculation and, with certain limited exceptions, all benefits are 
subject to the tax-free rollover provisions of the Code. A 10% penalty tax 
may be imposed on the taxable portion of premature payments of benefits 
(prior to age 59-1/2 or disability) unless payments are made after the 
employee separates from service and payments are either paid in substantially 
equal installments over the life or life expectancy of the employee or are 
paid on account of early retirement after age 55 or unless payments are made 
for medical expenses in excess of 7.5% of the employee's Adjusted Gross 
Income.
    

   
A loan from the Plan to an employee, other than an owner-employee, may be 
taxable as ordinary income depending on the amount and terms of the loan. A 
loan to an owner-employee is a prohibited transaction under the Code and 
could disqualify the Plan.
    

   
Benefit payments will be subject to mandatory 20% withholding unless (1) they 
are rolled over directly to another tax-qualified plan or an individual 
retirement arrangement, (2) they are paid in substantially equal installments 
over the life or life expectancy of the employee (or of the employee and the 
employee's beneficiary) or over a period of 10 years or more, or (3) they are 
"required minimum distributions."
    

   
The rules governing Plan provisions, payments and deductions and taxation of 
distributions from such Plans and Trusts, as set forth in the Code and the 
regulations relating thereto, are complex and cannot be readily summarized. 
Furthermore, special rules are applicable in many situations, and prospective 
purchasers desiring to adopt an HR-10 pension or profit-sharing plan or trust 
should consult qualified tax counsel.
    

   
TAXATION OF NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
    

   
We may charge the appropriate Contracts with their shares of any tax 
liability which may result from the maintenance or operation of the Divisions 
of the Account. We are currently making no charge. (See "Net Investment 
Factor", p. 8 and "Deductions", below.)
    

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
DEDUCTIONS
    

   
We will make the following deductions:
    

   
1.  SALES LOAD.  For the Front Load Contract we deduct a sales load from all 
purchase payments we receive.  We base the deduction on cumulative purchase 
payments we have received and the rates in the table below:
    





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CUMULATIVE PURCHASE PAYMENTS

PAID UNDER THE CONTRACT                       RATE
- -----------------------                       ----
<S>                                           <C>
First $100,000                                4.0%
Next $400,000                                 2.0%
Next $500,000                                 1.0%
Balance over $1,000,000                       0.5%
</TABLE>
    

   
2.  DEDUCTIONS FOR MORTALITY RATE AND EXPENSE RISKS. The net investment 
factor (see "Net Investment Factor", p. 8) we use in determining the value of 
Accumulation and Annuity Units reflects a deduction on each valuation date 
for mortality rate and expense risks we have assumed.  For the Front Load 
Contract, the deduction from Accumulation Units is at a current annual rate 
of 0.4% of the assets of the Account, while the deduction from Annuity Units 
is zero.  For the Back Load Contract the deduction is at a current annual 
rate of 1.25% of the assets of the Account.  Our Board of Trustees may 
increase or decrease the deduction, but in no event may the deduction exceed 
an annual rate of .75% for the Front Load Contract and 1.50% for the Back 
Load Contract. This deduction is the only expense item paid by the Account to 
date. The mutual funds pay expenses which are described in the attached 
prospectuses for the mutual funds.
    

   
The risks we assume are (a) the risk that annuity payments will continue for 
longer periods than anticipated because the Annuitants as a group live longer 
than expected, and (b) the risk that the charges we make may be insufficient 
to cover the actual costs we incur in connection with the Contracts. We 
assume these risks for the duration of the Contract.
    

   
The net investment factor also reflects the deduction of any reasonable 
expenses which may result if there were a substitution of other securities 
for shares of the mutual funds as described under "Substitution and Change", 
p. 11, and any applicable taxes, i.e., any tax liability we have paid or 
reserved for resulting from the maintenance or operation of a Division of the 
Account, other than applicable premium taxes which we may deduct directly 
from considerations. We do not anticipate that we will make any deduction for 
federal 
    

                                       14

<PAGE>

   
income taxes (see "Federal Income Taxes", p. 12), nor do we anticipate that 
maintenance or operation of the Account will give rise to any deduction for 
state or local taxes.  However, we reserve the right to charge the 
appropriate Contracts with their shares of any tax liability which may result 
under present or future tax laws from the maintenance or operation of the 
Account or to deduct any such tax liability in the computation of the net 
investment factor for such Contracts.
    

   
3.  CONTRACT FEE. On each Contract anniversary prior to the maturity date we 
make a deduction of $30 for administrative expenses relating to a Deferred 
Contract during the prior year.  We make the charge by reducing the number of 
Accumulation Units credited to the Contract. For purposes of allocating and 
deducting the annual Contract fee, we consider any investment in the 
Guaranteed Interest Fund as though it were an investment of the same amount 
in one of the Account Divisions.  We cannot increase this charge.  The charge 
is intended only to reimburse us for our actual administrative expenses.  We 
currently are waiving the charge, if the Contract value on the Contract 
anniversary is $50,000 or more.
    

   
4.  WITHDRAWAL CHARGE.  For the Back Load Contract if you withdraw 
Accumulation Units for cash, we will deduct a withdrawal charge for sales 
expenses.  We will base the withdrawal charge on the Amount Categories and 
the Rates in the table below.  We base the amount in each Category on 
cumulative purchase payments you have made and on the number of Contract 
anniversaries that have occurred since you made each purchase payment.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

AMOUNT CATEGORY                                  RATE
- ---------------                                  ----
<S>                                              <C>
Eight............................................ 8%
Seven............................................ 7
Six.............................................. 6
Five............................................. 5
Four............................................. 4
Three............................................ 3
Two.............................................. 2
One.............................................. 1
Zero............................................. 0
</TABLE>
    

   
The first $100,000 of total purchase payments paid over the life of the 
Contract start out in Category Eight, the next $400,000 start out in Category 
Four, the next $500,000 start out in Category Two, and all additional 
purchase payments paid start out in Category One. As of each Contract 
anniversary, we move any amount in a Category to the next lower Category 
until the Contract anniversary on which that amount reaches Category Zero. 
The total withdrawal charge will be the sum of all the results calculated by 
multiplying the amount in each Category by the Rate for that Category. The 
amounts we use to calculate the withdrawal charge will be limited to the 
value of the Contract benefits that are subject to the withdrawal charge. The 
amounts we use will be taken from those Categories that produce the lowest 
withdrawal charge. However, any amounts we use to determine the charge for a 
partial withdrawal will not be used to determine subsequent withdrawal 
charges. There is no withdrawal charge on the value of Accumulation Units 
withdrawn in excess of the total purchase payments you have paid under the 
Contract; but in the case of a partial withdrawal, we consider the purchase 
payments paid under the Contract to be withdrawn first, except for amounts 
eligible for the withdrawal charge free amount described in the next 
paragraph.
    

   
The withdrawal charge free amount is available on a Contract if the Contract 
value is at least $10,000 on the Contract anniversary preceding a withdrawal. 
For each Contract year, the withdrawal charge free amount is equal to the 
lesser of 10% of the Contract value on the last Contract anniversary, and the 
amount by which the Contract value exceeds cumulative purchase payments as of 
the date of the withdrawal.  We will take eligible amounts withdrawn meeting 
these requirements first from the portion of the Contract value that exceeds 
cumulative purchase payments.  We will base the withdrawal charge for any 
amounts not included in the withdrawal charge free amount first on the 
purchase payments that have been paid.
    

   
We will make no withdrawal charge when you select a variable payment plan. 
However, we will make the withdrawal charge if you make a withdrawal, or 
partial withdrawal, within five years after the beginning of a variable 
payment plan which is not contingent on the payee's life (Plan 1).  For fixed 
payment plans the Contract provides for deduction of the withdrawal charge 
when the payment plan is selected.  By current administrative practice we 
will waive the withdrawal charge upon selection of a fixed payment plan for a 
certain period of 12 years or more (Plan 1) or any fixed payment plan which 
involves a life contingency (Plans 2 or 3) if you select the payment plan 
after the Contract has been in force for at least one full year.
    

   
5.  PREMIUM TAXES. The Contracts provide for the deduction of applicable 
premium taxes, if any, from purchase payments or from Contract benefits.  
Various jurisdictions levy premium taxes.  Premium taxes presently range from 
0% to 2% of total considerations. Many jurisdictions presently exempt from 
premium taxes annuities such as the Contracts. As a matter of current 
practice, we do not deduct premium taxes from purchase payments received 
under the Contracts or from Contract benefits. However, we reserve the right 
to deduct premium taxes in the future.
    

   
CONTRACTS ISSUED PRIOR TO MARCH 31, 1995
    

   
For Contracts issued prior to March 31, 1995 and after December 16, 1981 
there is no front-end sales load but there is a surrender charge of 8% on the 
first $25,000 of considerations, 4% on the next $75,000 and 2% on 
considerations in excess of $100,000, based on total cumulative 
considerations paid under the Contract.  The
    

                                       15

<PAGE>

   
surrender charge applicable for each consideration reduces by 1% on each 
Contract anniversary.  A surrender charge free corridor is available on the 
same basis described above for the current Contracts.  The charge for 
mortality and expense risks for those Contracts is 1.25% of the assets of the 
Account.  The annual Contract fee is the lesser of $30 or 1% of the Contract 
value.
    

   
CONTRACTS ISSUED PRIOR TO DECEMBER 17, 1981
    

   
For Contracts issued prior to December 17, 1981 there is no surrender charge, 
but considerations are subject to a deduction for sales expenses.  The 
deduction is 8% on the first $5,000 received during a single Contract year as 
defined in the Contract, 4% on the next $20,000, 2% on the next $75,000 and 
1% on the excess over $100,000.  The charge for mortality rate and expense 
risks for those Contracts is .75% of the assets of the Account, which we may 
raise to a maximum annual rate of 1%. There is no annual Contract fee.  
    

   
REDUCED CHARGES FOR EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS
    

   
As a matter of current practice, we permit owners of fixed dollar annuities 
we have previously issued to exchange those contracts for Front Load or Back 
Load Contracts without paying a second charge for sales expenses. This rule 
is subject to a number of exceptions and qualifications.  We may change or 
withdraw it at any time.
    

   
In general, we make a $25 administrative charge on these exchange 
transactions and we permit only one such transaction in any 12-month period.  
Transactions on this basis are subject to a limit of 20% of the amount held 
under the fixed annuity contract in any 12-month period, but we are presently 
waiving this limit.
    

   
Amounts exchanged from a fixed contract which provides for a surrender charge 
are not charged for sales expenses when the exchange is effected.  We place 
these amounts in the same withdrawal charge category under the new Back Load 
Contract as they were before. 
    

   
We place exchange proceeds from fixed contracts which have no surrender 
charge provisions in the 0% withdrawal charge category. As an alternative, 
exchange proceeds from such a fixed contract may be added to a Front Load 
Contract or to a Deferred Contract issued prior to December 17, 1981 without 
any deduction for sales expenses.
    

   
Fixed annuity contracts (which are not described in this prospectus) are 
available in exchange for the Contracts on a comparable basis.
    

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
    

   
We sell the Contracts through individuals who, in addition to being licensed 
insurance agents of Northwestern Mutual Life, are registered representatives 
of Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary. 
Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC is a registered broker-dealer 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and a member of the National 
Association of Securities Dealers. Where state law requires, these agents 
will also be licensed securities salesmen. Commissions paid to the agents on 
sales of the Contracts will not exceed 4% of purchase payments.
    


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
YEAR 2000 ISSUES
    

   
Since early 1996, we have been preparing for the computer requirements 
associated with the approaching turn of the century.  We completed assessment 
of our internal systems in 1996.  As of the date of this prospectus, the 
necessary system changes are substantially complete.  System testing is in 
process and we expect testing of all critical systems to be completed during 
the first six months of 1999.
    

   
The work on these computer systems extends to software packages we purchase 
from vendors.  In addition, we have been communicating formally with our 
business partners to identify and assess potential exposure that could result 
from their failure to address these computer issues on a timely basis.  Each 
of our departments has prepared a contingency plan.
    

   
We and our business partners bear all of the costs of identifying and 
resolving the computer systems issues associated with the year 2000.  These 
costs will have no effect on the performance of the Account.  The Contracts 
permit us to increase the charges for our expense risks up to the guaranteed 
maximum rates. However, we do not expect our costs for year 2000 compliance 
to have any significant effect on the benefits or values provided by the 
Contracts.
    

   
We believe that our computer systems will be ready for the year 2000 well in 
advance of the deadline.  By their nature, however, the issues in this area 
carry the risk of unforeseen problems, both at Northwestern Mutual Life and 
at all the other sites where supporting functions and interaction take place. 
There can be no assurance that these problems will not have a material 
adverse impact on the operations of Northwestern Mutual Life and the Account.
    

                                       16

<PAGE>


   
     TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               PAGE
                                               ----
<S>                                            <C>
DISTRIBUTION OF THE
  CONTRACTS ................................... B-2
DETERMINATION OF ANNUITY
  PAYMENTS..................................... B-2
    Amount of Annuity Payments................. B-2
    Annuity Unit Value......................... B-3
    Illustrations of Variable Annuity
      Payments................................. B-3
VALUATION OF ASSETS OF THE
  ACCOUNT...................................... B-4
TRANSFERABILITY RESTRICTIONS................... B-4
EXPERTS........................................ B-4



<CAPTION>
                                               PAGE
                                               ----
<S>                                            <C>
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE
  ACCOUNT (for the two years ended
   December 31, 1998).......................... B-5
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT
  ACCOUNTANTS (for the two 
  years ended December  31, 1998............... B-11
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
  NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
   (for the three years ended December
   31, 1998)................................... B-12
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT
  ACCOUNTANTS (for the three years 
   ended December 31, 1998).................... B-25
</TABLE>
    


   
     This Prospectus sets forth concisely the information about NML Variable
Annuity Account A that a prospective investor ought to know before investing.
Additional information about Account A has been filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission in a Statement of Additional Information which is
incorporated herein by reference. The Statement of Additional Information is
available upon request and without charge from The Northwestern Mutual Life
Insurance Company. To receive a copy, return the request form to the address
listed below, or telephone (414) 271-1444.
    



- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
   
   TO:  The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

      Annuity and Accumulation Products Marketing Department
         Room E12J
      720 East Wisconsin Avenue
      Milwaukee, WI 53202
     
     Please send a Statement of Additional Information for NML Variable Annuity
     Account A to:
    
    Name____________________________________________________________________
    
    Address_________________________________________________________________
    
    ________________________________________________________________________

    City__________________________________ State_____________ Zip __________
    



<PAGE>

   
More information about Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. is included in 
the Fund's Statement of Additional Information (SAI), incorporated by 
reference in this prospectus, which is available free of charge.  More 
information about the Fund's investments is included in the Fund's annual and 
semi-annual reports, which discuss the market conditions and investment 
strategies that significantly affected each Portfolio's performance during 
the previous fiscal period.  
    

   
To request a free copy of the Fund's SAI, or current annual or semi-annual 
report, call us at 1-800-519-4665.  Information about the Fund (including the 
SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Public Reference Room of the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in Washington, DC.  Information on 
the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC 
at 1-800-SEC-0330.  Reports and other information about the Fund are 
available on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.  Copies of this 
information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing 
the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC 20549-6009.
    

   
N O R T H W E S T E R N  M U T U A L  L I F E
    

   
INDIVIDUAL VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
for Retirement Plans of Self-Employed Persons 
and Their Employees
    


   
NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
    

   
NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC.
    

   
RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS
    

   
P    R    O    S    P    E    C    T    U    S
    


   
Investment Company Act File Nos. 811-3990 and 811-5371
    

   
NORTHWESTERN
MUTUAL LIFE-Registered Trademark-
    

   
PO Box 3095
Milwaukee  WI  53201-3095
    

   
Change Service Requested
    

   
40902
    

<PAGE>
   

                        STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                             VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
        (for Retirement Plans of Self-Employed Perons and their Employees)

                           NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
                                  (the "Account"),
                          a separate investment account of
                   The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
                            ("Northwestern Mutual Life")
    

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
             This Statement of Additional Information is not a
             prospectus but supplements and should be read in
             conjunction with the prospectus for the Contracts.  A copy
             of the prospectus may be obtained from The Northwestern
             Mutual Life Insurance Company, 720 East Wisconsin Avenue,
             Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, telephone number (414) 271-1444.
    

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
          The Date of the Prospectus to which this Statement of
          Additional Information Relates is April 30, 1999.
    
   
          The Date of this Statement of Additional Information is April 30, 
          1999.
    


                                       B-1

<PAGE>

   
                           DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
    
   
     The Contracts are offered on a continuous basis exclusively through
individuals who, in addition to being life insurance agents of Northwestern
Mutual Life, are registered representatives of Northwestern Mutual Investment
Services, LLC ("NMIS").
    
   
     NMIS may be considered the underwriter of the Contracts for purposes of the
federal securities laws.  The following amounts of commissions were paid on
sales of the Contracts, including commissions on sales of variable annuity
contracts to corporate pension plans, during each of the last three years:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Year          Amount
                    ----          ------
                    <S>         <C>
                    1998        $2,760,049
                    1997        $2,203,105
                    1996        $1,344,104
</TABLE>
    
   
                         DETERMINATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
    
   
     The following discussion of the method for determining the amount of 
monthly annuity payments under a variable payment plan is intended to be read 
in conjunction with these sections of the prospectus for the Contracts:  
"Variable Payment Plans", p. 10, including "Description of Payment Plans", 
p. 10, "Amount of Annuity Payments", p. 10, and "Assumed Investment Rate", 
p. 10; "Dividends", p. 11; "Net Investment Factor", p. 9; and "Deductions", 
p. 13.
    
   
     AMOUNT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS   The amount of the first annuity payment 
under a variable Payment Plan will be determined on the basis of the 
particular Payment Plan selected, the annuity payment rate and, for plans 
involving life contingencies, the Annuitant's adjusted age.  The amount of 
the first payment is the sum of the payments from each Division of the 
Account determined by applying the appropriate annuity payment rate to the 
product of the number of Accumulation Units in the Division on the effective 
date of the Payment Plan and the Accumulation Unit value for the Division on 
that date.  Annuity rates currently in use are based on the 1983 a Table with 
age adjustment.
    
   
     Variable annuity payments after the first will vary from month to month and
will depend upon the number and value of Annuity Units credited to the
Annuitant.  After the effective date of a Payment Plan a Contract will not share
in the divisible surplus of Northwestern Mutual Life.
    
   
     The number of Annuity Units in each Division is determined by dividing the
amount of the first annuity payment from the Division by the value of an Annuity
Unit on the effective date of the Payment Plan.  The number of Annuity Units
thus credited to the Annuitant in each Division remains constant throughout the
annuity period.  However, the value of Annuity Units in each Division will
fluctuate with the investment experience of the Division.
    
   
     The amount of each variable annuity payment after the first is the sum of
payments from each Division determined by multiplying this fixed number of
Annuity Units each month by the value of an Annuity Unit for the Division on (a)
the fifth valuation date prior to the payment due date if the payment due date
is a valuation date, or (b) the sixth valuation date prior to the payment due
date if the payment due date is not a valuation date.  To illustrate, if a
payment due date falls on a Friday, Saturday or Sunday, the amount of the
payment will normally be based upon the Annuity Unit value calculated on
    


                                   B-2
<PAGE>
   
the preceding Friday. The preceding Friday would be the fifth valuation date 
prior to the Friday due date, and the sixth valuation date prior to the 
Saturday or Sunday due dates.
    
   
     ANNUITY UNIT VALUE   The value of an Annuity Unit for each Division was
established at $1.00 as of the date operations began for that Division.  The
value of an Annuity Unit on any later date varies to reflect the investment
experience of the Division, the Assumed Investment Rate on which the annuity
rate tables are based, and the deduction for mortality rate and expense risks
assumed by Northwestern Mutual Life.
    
   
     The Annuity Unit value for each Division on any valuation date is 
determined by multiplying the Annuity Unit value on the immediately preceding 
valuation date by two factors:  (a) the net investment factor for the current 
period for the Division; and (b) an adjustment factor to neutralize the 
Assumed Investment Rate used in calculating the annuity rate tables.
    
   
     ILLUSTRATIONS OF VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS   To illustrate the manner in
which variable annuity payments are determined consider this example.  Item (4)
in the example shows the applicable monthly payment rate for an annuitant,
adjusted age 65, who has elected a life annuity Payment Plan with a certain
period of 10 years with an Assumed Investment Rate of 3-1/2% (Plan 2, as
described in the prospectus).
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     <C>    <S>                                                     <C>
     (1)    Assumed number of Accumulation Units in
            Balanced Division on
            maturity date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25,000

     (2)    Assumed Value of an Accumulation Unit in
            Balanced Division at
            maturity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $2.000000

     (3)    Cash Value of Contract at maturity, (1) X (2) . . . .   $50,000

     (4)    Assumed applicable monthly payment rate per
            $1,000 from annuity rate table. . . . . . . . . . . .   $5.00

     (5)    Amount of first payment from
            Balanced Division,
            (3) X (4) divided by $1,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $250.00

     (6)    Assumed Value of Annuity Unit in
            Balanced Division at maturity . . . . . . . . . . . .   $1.500000

     (7)    Number of Annuity Units credited in
            Balanced Division, (5) divided
            by (6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   166.67
</TABLE>
    
   
The $50,000 value at maturity provides a first payment from the Balanced
Division of $250.00, and payments thereafter of the varying dollar value of
166.67 Annuity Units.  The amount of subsequent payments from the Balanced
Division is determined by multiplying 166.67 units by the value of an Annuity
Unit in the Balanced Division on the applicable valuation date.  For example, if
that unit value is $1.501000, the monthly payment from the Division will be
166.67 multiplied by $1.501000, or $250.17.
    

                                   B-3
<PAGE>
   
     However, the value of the Annuity Unit depends entirely on the investment
performance of the Division.  Thus in the example above, if the net investment
rate for the following month was less than the Assumed Investment Rate of
3-1/2%, the Annuity Unit would decline in value.  If the Annuity Unit value
declined to $1.499000 the succeeding monthly payment would then be 166.67 X
$1.499000, or $249.84.
    
   
     For the sake of simplicity the foregoing example assumes that all of the
Annuity Units are in the Balanced Division.  If there are Annuity Units in two
or more Divisions, the annuity payment from each Division is calculated
separately, in the manner illustrated, and the total monthly payment is the sum
of the payments from the Divisions.
    
   
                         VALUATION OF ASSETS OF THE ACCOUNT
    
   
     The value of Portfolio or  Fund shares held in each Division of the Account
at the time of each valuation is the redemption value of such shares at such
time.  If the right to redeem shares of a Portfolio or Fund has been suspended,
or payment of redemption value has been postponed, for the sole purpose of
computing annuity payments the shares held in the Account (and Annuity Units)
may be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees
of Northwestern Mutual Life.
    
   
                            TRANSFERABILITY RESTRICTIONS
    
   
     Ownership of a Contract cannot be changed or the Contract sold, assigned or
pledged as collateral for a loan, or for any other purpose, to any person other
than Northwestern Mutual Life; except, that if the Owner of the Contract is a
trustee of an employee trust qualified under the Code, or the custodian of a
custodial account treated as such, it may transfer the Contract to a successor
trustee or custodian.  In addition, the trustee or custodian, as well as the
employer under a qualified non-trusted pension plan, may assign the Contract to
an employee upon termination of employment.
    
   
                                      EXPERTS

     The financial statements of the Account as of December 31, 1998 and for
each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1998 and of Northwestern
Mutual Life as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1998 included in this Statement of Additional
Information have been so included in reliance on the reports of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
provides audit services for the Account.  The address of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP is 100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1500, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.
    

                                  B-4
<PAGE>
ACCOUNT A FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
Financial Statements
DECEMBER 31, 1998
STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
(IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>
ASSETS
  Investments at Market Value:
    Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.
      Aggressive Growth Stock
       25,396 shares (cost $66,276)...............  $  87,973
      International Equity
       26,830 shares (cost $38,805)...............     44,995
      Growth Stock
       11,915 shares (cost $20,533)...............     26,774
      Growth and Income Stock
       22,438 shares (cost $31,395)...............     36,440
      Index 500 Stock
       43,592 shares (cost $75,957)...............    143,376
      Balanced
       146,262 shares (cost $214,781).............    325,287
      High Yield Bond
       9,922 shares (cost $10,685)................      9,287
      Select Bond
       20,792 shares (cost $24,420)...............     25,970
      Money Market
       26,910 shares (cost $26,910)...............  $  26,910   $ 727,012
                                                    ---------
Due from Sale of Fund Shares..................................      1,408
Due from Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company...........         22
                                                                ---------
Total Assets..................................................  $ 728,442
                                                                ---------
                                                                ---------
LIABILITIES
  Due to Participants.........................................  $   1,375
  Due to Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company...........      1,408
  Due on Purchase of Fund Shares..............................         26
                                                                ---------
      Total Liabilities.......................................      2,809
                                                                ---------
EQUITY (NOTE 8)
  Contracts Issued Prior to December 17, 1981.................  $  73,723
  Contracts Issued After December 16, 1981 and Prior to March
   31, 1995...................................................    558,227
  Contracts Issued On or After March 31, 1995:
  Front Load Version..........................................     15,243
  Back Load Version...........................................     78,440
                                                                ---------
      Total Equity............................................    725,633
                                                                ---------
      Total Liabilities and Equity............................  $ 728,442
                                                                ---------
                                                                ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements
 
                                      B-5


<PAGE>
ACCOUNT A FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
Statements of Operations and Changes in Equity
(IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      AGGRESSIVE GROWTH             INTERNATIONAL EQUITY
                                          COMBINED                     STOCK DIVISION                     DIVISION
                                -----------------------------   -----------------------------   -----------------------------
                                    YEAR                            YEAR                            YEAR
                                    ENDED        YEAR ENDED         ENDED        YEAR ENDED         ENDED        YEAR ENDED
                                DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                    1998            1997            1998            1997            1998            1997
                                -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME
Dividend Income...............    $ 34,233        $ 33,253        $ 3,294          $5,047         $ 2,855         $ 1,628
Annuity Rate and Expense
  Guarantees..................       8,067           7,047          1,049             979             591             580
                                -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
Net Investment Income.........      26,166          26,206          2,245           4,068           2,264           1,048
                                -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN
  ON INVESTMENTS
  Realized Gain on
    Investments...............      37,625          23,135          6,752           4,372           3,000           1,235
  Unrealized Appreciation
    (Depreciation) of
    Investments During the
    Period....................      36,250          56,364         (3,928)          1,563          (3,655)          2,446
                                -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
  Net Gain (Loss) on
    Investments...............      73,875          79,499          2,824           5,935            (655)          3,681
                                -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
  Increase in Equity Derived
    from Investment
    Activity..................     100,041         105,705          5,069          10,003           1,609           4,729
                                -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
EQUITY TRANSACTIONS
  Contract Owners' Net
    Deposits..................      62,325          61,965         10,359          11,297           4,941           6,419
  Annuity Payments............      (1,306)         (1,047)           (41)            (40)            (32)            (25)
  Surrenders and Other
    (net).....................     (80,848)        (64,552)        (8,661)         (7,160)         (5,289)         (4,015)
  Transfers from Other
    Divisions or Sponsor......      95,967          63,046          8,930           8,697           5,056           6,734
  Transfers to Other Divisions
    or Sponsor................     (98,941)        (64,242)       (17,180)        (11,469)        (11,484)         (5,225)
                                -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
Increase (Decrease) in Equity
  Derived from Equity
  Transactions................     (22,803)         (4,830)        (6,593)          1,325          (6,808)          3,888
                                -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
Net Increase (Decrease) in
  Equity......................      77,238         100,875         (1,524)         11,328          (5,199)          8,617
EQUITY
  Beginning of Year...........     648,395         547,520         89,403          78,075          50,111          41,494
                                -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
  End of Year.................    $725,633        $648,395        $87,879          $89,403        $44,912         $50,111
                                -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
                                -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements
 
                                       B-6

<PAGE>
NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
Statements of Operations and Changes in Equity
(IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    GROWTH & INCOME                  INDEX 500
                                   GROWTH STOCK DIVISION            STOCK DIVISION                STOCK DIVISION
                                ---------------------------   ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                    YEAR                          YEAR                          YEAR
                                   ENDED        YEAR ENDED       ENDED        YEAR ENDED       ENDED        YEAR ENDED
                                DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                    1998           1997           1998           1997           1998           1997
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME
Dividend Income...............    $    461       $    770       $    294       $  5,155       $  4,267       $  3,230
Annuity Rate and Expense
  Guarantees..................         263            151            353            214          1,404          1,062
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Net Investment Income.........         198            619            (59)         4,941          2,863          2,168
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN
  ON INVESTMENTS
  Realized Gain on
    Investments...............       1,743            595          1,022            683          8,567          4,795
  Unrealized Appreciation
    (Depreciation) of
    Investments During the
    Period....................       2,872          2,039          4,954         (1,305)        18,919         19,474
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
  Net Gain (Loss) on
    Investments...............       4,615          2,634          5,976           (622)        27,486         24,269
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
  Increase in Equity Derived
    from Investment
    Activity..................       4,813          3,253          5,917          4,319         30,349         26,437
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
EQUITY TRANSACTIONS
  Contract Owners' Net
    Deposits..................       3,618          2,808          4,697          3,571         11,699          9,100
  Annuity Payments............          (4)            (2)           (55)           (35)          (411)          (334)
  Surrenders and Other
    (net).....................      (2,367)          (834)        (2,704)        (1,978)       (12,885)        (9,181)
  Transfers from Other
    Divisions or Sponsor......       7,949          4,394          9,679          6,598         17,648         10,885
  Transfers to Other Divisions
    or Sponsor................      (4,660)        (1,889)        (4,854)        (2,128)       (14,119)        (6,821)
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Increase (Decrease) in Equity
  Derived from Equity
  Transactions................       4,536          4,477          6,763          6,028          1,932          3,649
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Net Increase (Decrease) in
  Equity......................       9,349          7,730         12,680         10,347         32,281         30,086
EQUITY
  Beginning of Year...........      17,255          9,525         23,548         13,201        110,895         80,809
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
  End of Year.................    $ 26,604       $ 17,255       $ 36,228       $ 23,548       $143,176       $110,895
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements
 
                                       B-7

<PAGE>
NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
Statements of Operations and Changes in Equity
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     BALANCED DIVISION         HIGH YIELD BOND DIVISION        SELECT BOND DIVISION
                                ---------------------------   ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                    YEAR                          YEAR                          YEAR
                                   ENDED        YEAR ENDED       ENDED        YEAR ENDED       ENDED        YEAR ENDED
                                DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                    1998           1997           1998           1997           1998           1997
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME
Dividend Income...............    $ 19,089       $ 13,245       $    951       $  1,418       $  1,768       $  1,557
Annuity Rate and Expense
  Guarantees..................       3,750          3,458            113             84            277            274
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Net Investment Income.........      15,339          9,787            838          1,334          1,491          1,283
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN
  ON INVESTMENTS
  Realized Gain on
    Investments...............      16,661         10,959           (220)           198            100            297
  Unrealized Appreciation
    (Depreciation) of
    Investments During the
    Period....................      18,160         32,245           (925)          (533)          (147)           435
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
  Net Gain (Loss) on
    Investments...............      34,821         43,204         (1,145)          (335)           (47)           732
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
  Increase in Equity Derived
    from Investment
    Activity..................      50,160         52,991           (307)           999          1,444          2,015
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
EQUITY TRANSACTIONS
  Contract Owners' Net
    Deposits..................      17,160         19,753          2,104          1,351          2,145          2,086
  Annuity Payments............        (662)          (515)            (5)            (3)           (59)           (50)
  Surrenders and Other
    (net).....................     (35,226)       (31,209)          (806)          (413)        (3,234)        (4,326)
  Transfers from Other
    Divisions or Sponsor......      10,851          6,095          4,761          3,537          3,443          2,638
  Transfers to Other Divisions
    or Sponsor................     (19,108)       (14,968)        (5,233)        (1,635)        (3,102)        (3,785)
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Increase (Decrease) in Equity
  Derived from Equity
  Transactions................     (26,985)       (20,844)           821          2,837           (807)        (3,437)
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Net Increase (Decrease) in
  Equity......................      23,175         32,148            514          3,836            637         (1,422)
EQUITY
  Beginning of Year...........     301,628        269,480          8,744          4,908         25,225         26,647
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
  End of Year.................    $324,803       $301,628       $  9,258       $  8,744       $ 25,862       $ 25,225
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                   MONEY MARKET DIVISION
                                ---------------------------
 
                                    YEAR
                                   ENDED        YEAR ENDED
                                DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                    1998           1997
                                ------------   ------------
<S>                             <C>            <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME
Dividend Income...............    $  1,254       $  1,203
Annuity Rate and Expense
  Guarantees..................         267            245
                                ------------   ------------
Net Investment Income.........         987            958
                                ------------   ------------
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN
  ON INVESTMENTS
  Realized Gain on
    Investments...............          --             --
  Unrealized Appreciation
    (Depreciation) of
    Investments During the
    Period....................          --             --
                                ------------   ------------
  Net Gain (Loss) on
    Investments...............          --             --
                                ------------   ------------
  Increase in Equity Derived
    from Investment
    Activity..................         987            958
                                ------------   ------------
EQUITY TRANSACTIONS
  Contract Owners' Net
    Deposits..................       5,602          5,580
  Annuity Payments............         (37)           (43)
  Surrenders and Other
    (net).....................      (9,676)        (5,436)
  Transfers from Other
    Divisions or Sponsor......      27,650         13,468
  Transfers to Other Divisions
    or Sponsor................     (19,201)       (16,322)
                                ------------   ------------
Increase (Decrease) in Equity
  Derived from Equity
  Transactions................       4,338         (2,753)
                                ------------   ------------
Net Increase (Decrease) in
  Equity......................       5,325         (1,795)
EQUITY
  Beginning of Year...........      21,586         23,381
                                ------------   ------------
  End of Year.................    $ 26,911       $ 21,586
                                ------------   ------------
                                ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements
 
                                       B-8



<PAGE>
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
Notes to Financial Statements
DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
NOTE 1 -- NML Variable Annuity Account A (the "Account") is a segregated asset
account of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company ("Northwestern Mutual"
or "Sponsor") used to fund variable annuity contracts ("contracts") for HR-10
and corporate pension and profit-sharing plans which qualify for special tax
treatment under the Internal Revenue Code. Beginning March 31, 1995, two
versions of the contract are offered: Front Load contracts with a sales charge
up to 4% of purchase payments and Back Load contracts with a withdrawal charge
of 0-8%.
 
NOTE 2 -- The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Principal
accounting policies are summarized below.
 
NOTE 3 -- All assets of each Division of the Account are invested in shares of
the corresponding Portfolio of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (the
"Fund"). The shares are valued at the Fund's offering and redemption price per
share.
 
The Fund is an open-end investment company registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940.
 
NOTE 4 -- Annuity reserves are based on published annuity tables with age
adjustment and benefit payments which reflect actual investment experience. For
variable payment plans issued prior to January 1, 1974, annuity reserves are
based on the 1955 American Annuity Table with assumed interest rates of 3% or
5%. For variable payment plans issued on or after January 1, 1974 and before
January 1, 1985, annuity reserves are based on the 1971 Individual Annuity Table
with assumed interest rates of 3 1/2% or 5%. For variable payment plans issued
on or after January 1, 1985, annuity reserves are based on the 1983 Table a with
assumed interest rates of 3 1/2% or 5%.
 
NOTE 5 -- Dividend income from the Fund is recorded on the record date of the
dividends. Transactions in Fund shares are accounted for on the trade date. The
basis for determining cost on sale of Fund shares is identified cost. Purchases
and sales of Fund shares for the year ended December 31, 1998 by each Division
are shown below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     PURCHASES          SALES
                                  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                               <C>              <C>
Aggressive Growth Division......  $    10,360,035  $    14,639,276
International Equity Division...        6,698,885       11,198,223
Growth Stock Division...........        9,097,053        4,198,359
Growth & Income Stock
Division........................       10,667,937        3,780,324
Index 500 Stock Division........       18,355,852       13,607,476
Balanced Division...............       28,049,864       40,333,474
High Yield Bond Division........        5,801,403        4,113,088
Select Bond Division............        5,372,185        4,608,524
Money Market Division...........       24,597,925       19,273,286
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 -- A deduction for annuity rate and expense guarantees is determined
daily and paid to Northwestern Mutual as compensation for assuming the risk that
annuity payments will continue for longer periods than anticipated because the
annuitants as a group live longer than expected, and the risk that the charges
made by Northwestern Mutual may be insufficient to cover the actual costs
incurred in connection with the contracts.
 
For contracts issued on or after March 31, 1995, for the Front Load version and
the Back Load version, the deduction for annuity rate and expense guarantees is
determined daily at annual rates of 4/10 of 1% and 1 1/4%, respectively, of the
net assets of each Division attributable to these contracts and is paid to
Northwestern Mutual. For these contracts, the rates may be increased or
decreased by the Board of Trustees of Northwestern Mutual not to exceed 3/4 of
1% and 1 1/2%, respectively.
 
For contracts issued after December 16, 1981 and prior to March 31, 1995, the
deduction is at an annual rate of 1 1/4% of the net assets of each division
attributable to these contracts. For these contracts, the rate may be increased
or decreased by the Board of Trustees of Northwestern Mutual not to exceed a
1 1/2% annual rate.
 
For contracts issued prior to December 17, 1981, the deduction is at an annual
rate of 3/4 of 1% of the net assets of each Division attributable to these
contracts. For these contracts, the rate may be increased or decreased by the
Board of Trustees of Northwestern Mutual not to exceed a 1% annual rate.
 
Since 1995, Northwestern Mutual has paid a dividend to certain contracts. The
dividend is re-invested in the Account and has been reflected as a Contract
Owners' Net Deposit in the accompanying financial statements.
 
NOTE 7 -- Northwestern Mutual is taxed as a "life insurance company" under the
Internal Revenue Code and the operations of the Account form a part of and are
taxed with those of Northwestern Mutual. Under current law, no federal income
taxes are payable with respect to the Account. Accordingly, no provision for any
such liability has been made.
 

                                       B-9
<PAGE>
NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
Notes to Financial Statements
(IN THOUSANDS)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
NOTE 8 -- Equity Values by Division are shown below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               CONTRACTS ISSUED:
                                                     CONTRACTS ISSUED:                    AFTER DECEMBER 16, 1981 AND
                                                 PRIOR TO DECEMBER 17, 1981                 PRIOR TO MARCH 31, 1995
                                          ----------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------
                                           ACCUMULATION       UNITS                  ACCUMULATION      UNITS
DIVISION                                    UNIT VALUE     OUTSTANDING    EQUITY      UNIT VALUE    OUTSTANDING     EQUITY
- ----------------------------------------  --------------  -------------  ---------  --------------  ------------  ----------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>            <C>        <C>             <C>           <C>
Aggressive Growth Stock.................   $   3.964849          480     $  1,901    $   3.808330       18,213    $  69,362
International Equity....................       1.947470          648        1,262        1.893030       19,262       36,463
Growth Stock............................       2.549324          248          631        2.490522        7,216       17,971
Growth and Income.......................       2.437983          310          756        2.381813       10,867       25,883
Index 500 Stock.........................       4.202480        7,343       30,860        4.036666       21,468       86,659
Balanced................................       7.372322        3,014       22,217        6.771353       40,488      274,158
High Yield Bond.........................       1.582307          183          290        1.545816        3,975        6,144
Select Bond.............................       7.718724          900        6,946        7.088069        2,172       15,394
Money Market............................       2.646458        1,723        4,561        2.430915        6,700       16,286
 
  Equity................................                                   69,424                                   548,320
                                                                         ---------                                ----------
  Annuity Reserves......................                                    4,299                                     9,907
                                                                         ---------                                ----------
  Total Equity..........................                                 $ 73,723                                 $ 558,227
                                                                         ---------                                ----------
                                                                         ---------                                ----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       CONTRACTS ISSUED:                         CONTRACTS ISSUED:
                                                   ON OR AFTER MARCH 31, 1995                ON OR AFTER MARCH 31, 1995
                                                       FRONT LOAD VERSION                        BACK LOAD VERSION
                                            ----------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------
                                             ACCUMULATION       UNITS                  ACCUMULATION       UNITS
DIVISION                                      UNIT VALUE     OUTSTANDING    EQUITY      UNIT VALUE     OUTSTANDING    EQUITY
- ------------------------------------------  --------------  -------------  ---------  --------------  -------------  ---------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>            <C>        <C>             <C>            <C>
Aggressive Growth Stock...................   $   1.858751        1,195     $  2,221    $   3.808330        3,703     $ 14,105
International Equity......................       1.604722          669        1,074        1.893030        3,028        5,733
Growth Stock..............................       2.375383          448        1,064        2.490522        2,761        6,877
Growth and Income Stock...................       2.270962          737        1,673        2.381813        3,046        7,256
Index 500 Stock...........................       2.597374        1,058        2,748        4.036666        4,504       18,182
Balanced..................................       1.912247        1,769        3,383        6.771353        2,565       17,370
High Yield Bond...........................       1.495835          400          599        1.545816        1,401        2,165
Select Bond...............................       1.350384          160          216        7.088069          368        2,611
Money Market..............................       1.203067        1,564        1,882        2.430915        1,515        3,683
 
  Equity..................................                                   14,860                                    77,982
                                                                           ---------                                 ---------
  Annuity Reserves........................                                      383                                       458
                                                                           ---------                                 ---------
  Total Equity............................                                 $ 15,243                                  $ 78,440
                                                                           ---------                                 ---------
                                                                           ---------                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 

                                      B-10
<PAGE>
ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT
 
                           [LOGO]
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company and
Contract Owners NML Variable Annuity Account A
 
In our opinion, the accompanying combined statement of assets and liabilities
and the related combined and separate statements of operations and changes in
equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NML
Variable Annuity Account A and the Aggressive Growth Stock Division,
International Equity Division, Growth Stock Division, Growth and Income Stock
Division, Index 500 Stock Division, Balanced Division, High Yield Bond Division,
Select Bond Division and the Money Market Division thereof at December 31, 1998,
the results of each of their operations and the changes in each of their equity
for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1998 in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are
the responsibility of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits, which included
direct confirmation of the number of shares owned at December 31, 1998 with
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc., provide a reasonable basis for the
opinion expressed above.
 
                        [SIGNATURE]
 
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
January 25, 1999
 

                                      B-11
<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
 
(IN MILLIONS)
 
The following financial statements of Northwestern Mutual should be considered
only as bearing upon the ability of Northwestern Mutual Life to meet its
obligations under the Policies.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ---------------------
                                                      1998        1997
                                                    ---------   ---------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>
ASSETS
    Bonds.........................................  $  34,888   $  32,359
    Common and preferred stocks...................      6,576       6,524
    Mortgage loans................................     12,250      10,835
    Real estate...................................      1,481       1,372
    Policy loans..................................      7,580       7,163
    Other investments.............................      1,839       2,026
    Cash and temporary investments................      1,275         572
    Due and accrued investment income.............        827         795
    Other assets..................................      1,313       1,275
    Separate account assets.......................      9,966       8,160
                                                    ---------   ---------
        Total assets..............................  $  77,995   $  71,081
                                                    ---------   ---------
                                                    ---------   ---------
LIABILITIES AND SURPLUS
    Reserves for policy benefits..................  $  51,815   $  47,343
    Policy benefit and premium deposits...........      1,709       1,624
    Policyowner dividends payable.................      2,870       2,640
    Interest maintenance reserve..................        606         461
    Asset valuation reserve.......................      1,994       1,974
    Income taxes payable..........................      1,161       1,043
    Other liabilities.............................      3,133       3,735
    Separate account liabilities..................      9,966       8,160
                                                    ---------   ---------
        Total liabilities.........................     73,254      66,980
    Surplus.......................................      4,741       4,101
                                                    ---------   ---------
        Total liabilities and surplus.............  $  77,995   $  71,081
                                                    ---------   ---------
                                                    ---------   ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 

                                       B-12


<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
(IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ---------------------------------
                                                      1998        1997        1996
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>
REVENUE
    Premium income................................  $  8,021    $  7,294    $  6,667
    Net investment income.........................     4,536       4,171       3,836
    Other income..................................       922         861         759
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------
        Total revenue.............................    13,479      12,326      11,262
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------
BENEFITS AND EXPENSES
    Benefit payments to policyowners and
     beneficiaries................................     3,602       3,329       2,921
    Net additions to policy benefit reserves......     4,521       4,026       3,701
    Net transfers to separate accounts............       564         566         579
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------
        Total benefits............................     8,687       7,921       7,201
    Operating expenses............................     1,297       1,138       1,043
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------
        Total benefits and expenses...............     9,984       9,059       8,244
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------
Gain from operations before dividends and taxes...     3,495       3,267       3,018
Policyowner dividends.............................     2,869       2,636       2,341
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------
Gain from operations before taxes.................       626         631         677
Income tax expense................................       301         356         452
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------
Net gain from operations..........................       325         275         225
Net realized capital gains........................       484         414         395
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------
        Net income................................  $    809    $    689    $    620
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 

                                       B-13


<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SURPLUS
 
(IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                      -------------------------------
                                                       1998        1997        1996
                                                      -------     -------     -------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>
BEGINNING OF YEAR BALANCE.........................    $4,101      $3,515      $2,786
  Net income......................................       809         689         620
  Increase (decrease) in net unrealized gains.....      (147)        576         295
  Increase in investment reserves.................       (20)       (526)       (176)
  Other, net......................................        (2)       (153)        (10)
                                                      -------     -------     -------
  Net increase in surplus.........................       640         586         729
                                                      -------     -------     -------
END OF YEAR BALANCE...............................    $4,741      $4,101      $3,515
                                                      -------     -------     -------
                                                      -------     -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 

                                       B-14
<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
(IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                      ----------------------------------
                                                        1998         1997         1996
                                                      --------     --------     --------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Insurance and annuity premiums..................    $ 8,876      $ 8,093      $ 7,361
  Investment income received......................      4,216        3,928        3,634
  Disbursement of policy loans, net of
   repayments.....................................       (416)        (360)        (326)
  Benefits paid to policyowners and
   beneficiaries..................................     (3,572)      (3,316)      (2,912)
  Net transfers to separate accounts..............       (564)        (565)        (579)
  Policyowner dividends paid......................     (2,639)      (2,347)      (2,105)
  Operating expenses and taxes....................     (1,749)      (1,722)      (1,663)
  Other, net......................................        (83)         124          (59)
                                                      --------     --------     --------
    NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES.....      4,069        3,835        3,351
                                                      --------     --------     --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  PROCEEDS FROM INVESTMENTS SOLD OR MATURED
    Bonds.........................................     28,720       38,284       31,942
    Common and preferred stocks...................     10,359        9,057        4,570
    Mortgage loans................................      1,737        1,012        1,253
    Real estate...................................        159          302          178
    Other investments.............................        768          398          316
                                                      --------     --------     --------
                                                       41,743       49,053       38,259
                                                      --------     --------     --------
  COST OF INVESTMENTS ACQUIRED
    Bonds.........................................     30,873       41,169       35,342
    Common and preferred stocks...................      9,642        9,848        4,463
    Mortgage loans................................      3,135        2,309        2,455
    Real estate...................................        268          202          125
    Other investments.............................        567          359          255
                                                      --------     --------     --------
                                                       44,485       53,887       42,640
                                                      --------     --------     --------
  NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN SECURITIES LENDING
   AND OTHER......................................       (624)         440        1,617
                                                      --------     --------     --------
    NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES.........     (3,366)      (4,394)      (2,764)
                                                      --------     --------     --------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND TEMPORARY
 INVESTMENTS......................................        703         (559)         587
CASH AND TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS, BEGINNING OF
 YEAR.............................................        572        1,131          544
                                                      --------     --------     --------
CASH AND TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS, END OF YEAR.......    $ 1,275      $   572      $ 1,131
                                                      --------     --------     --------
                                                      --------     --------     --------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 

                                       B-15

<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
 
1. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The accompanying consolidated statutory financial statements include the
accounts of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company ("Company") and its
wholly-owned life insurance subsidiary, Northwestern Long Term Care Insurance
Company ("Subsidiary"). The Company and its Subsidiary offer life, annuity,
disability income and long term care products to the personal, business, estate
and tax-qualified markets.
 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared using accounting
policies prescribed or permitted by the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance
of the State of Wisconsin ("statutory basis of accounting").
 
In 1998, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC") adopted
the Codification of Statutory Accounting Principles, which will replace the
current Accounting Practices and Procedures manual as the NAIC's primary
guidance on statutory accounting. The NAIC is now considering amendments to the
codification guidance that would also be effective upon its planned
implementation effective January 1, 2001. It is expected that the Office of the
Commissioner of Insurance of the State of Wisconsin ("OCI") will adopt the
codification, but it is not known whether the OCI will make any changes to that
guidance. The potential effect of the codification on the Company will depend
upon the guidance adopted by the OCI.
 
Financial statements prepared on the statutory basis of accounting vary from
financial statements prepared on the basis of Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles ("GAAP") primarily because on a GAAP basis (1) policy acquisition
costs are deferred and amortized, (2) investment valuations and insurance
reserves are based on different assumptions, (3) funds received under
deposit-type contracts are not reported as premium revenue, and (4) deferred
taxes are provided for temporary differences between book and tax basis of
certain assets and liabilities. The effects on the financial statements of the
differences between the statutory basis of accounting and GAAP are material to
the Company.
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with the statutory basis
of accounting requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual future results could differ from these estimates.
 
INVESTMENTS
 
The Company's investments are valued on the following bases:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
Bonds                           --   Amortized cost using the interest method; loan-backed and
                                     structured securities are amortized using estimated
                                     prepayment rates and, generally, the prospective adjustment
                                     method
Common and preferred stocks     --   Common stocks are carried at fair value, preferred stocks
                                     are generally carried at cost, and unconsolidated
                                     subsidiaries are recorded using the equity method
Mortgage loans                  --   Amortized cost
Real estate                     --   Lower of cost, less depreciation and encumbrances, or
                                     estimated net realizable value
Policy loans                    --   Unpaid principal balance, which approximates fair value
Other investments               --   Consists primarily of joint venture investments which are
                                     valued at equity in ventures' net assets
Cash and temporary investments  --   Amortized cost, which approximates fair value
</TABLE>
 

                                       B-16
<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
 
TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS
 
Temporary investments consist of debt securities that have maturities of one
year or less at acquisition.
 
NET INVESTMENT INCOME
 
Net investment income includes interest and dividends received or due and
accrued on debt securities and stocks, equity in unconsolidated subsidiaries'
earnings and the Company's share of joint venture income. Net investment income
is reduced by investment management expenses, real estate depreciation,
depletion related to energy assets and costs associated with securities lending.
 
INTEREST MAINTENANCE RESERVE
 
The Company is required to maintain an interest maintenance reserve ("IMR"). The
IMR is used to defer realized gains and losses, net of tax, on fixed income
investments resulting from changes in interest rates. Net realized gains and
losses deferred to the IMR are amortized into investment income over the
approximate remaining term to maturity of the investment sold.
 
INVESTMENT RESERVES
 
The Company is required to maintain an asset valuation reserve ("AVR"). The AVR
establishes a general reserve for invested asset valuation using a formula
prescribed by state regulations. The AVR is designed to stabilize surplus
against potential declines in the value of investments. In addition, the Company
maintained a $200 million voluntary investment reserve at December 31, 1998 and
1997 to absorb potential investment losses exceeding those considered by the AVR
formula. Increases or decreases in these investment reserves are recorded
directly to surplus.
 
SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
 
Separate account assets and related policy liabilities represent the segregation
of funds deposited by "variable" life insurance and annuity policyowners.
Policyowners bear the investment performance risk associated with variable
products. Separate account assets are invested at the direction of the
policyowner in a variety of Company-managed mutual funds. Variable product
policyowners also have the option to invest in a fixed interest rate annuity in
the general account of the Company. Separate account assets are reported at fair
value.
 
PREMIUM REVENUE AND OPERATING EXPENSES
 
Life insurance premiums are recognized as revenue at the beginning of each
policy year. Annuity and disability income premiums are recognized when received
by the Company. Operating expenses, including costs of acquiring new policies,
are charged to operations as incurred.
 
OTHER INCOME
 
Other income includes considerations on supplementary contracts, ceded
reinsurance expense allowances and miscellaneous policy charges.
 

                                       B-17
<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
 
BENEFIT PAYMENTS TO POLICYOWNERS AND BENEFICIARIES
 
Benefit payments to policyowners and beneficiaries include death, surrender and
disability benefits, matured endowments and supplementary contract payments.
 
RESERVES FOR POLICY BENEFITS
 
Reserves for policy benefits are determined using actuarial estimates based on
mortality and morbidity experience tables and valuation interest rates
prescribed by the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of
Wisconsin. See Note 3.
 
POLICYOWNER DIVIDENDS
 
Almost all life insurance policies, and certain annuity and disability income
policies, issued by the Company are participating. Annually, the Company's Board
of Trustees approves dividends payable on participating policies in the
following fiscal year, which are accrued and charged to operations when
approved.
 
RECLASSIFICATION
 
Certain financial statement balances for 1997 and 1996 have been reclassified to
conform to the current year presentation.
 
2. INVESTMENTS
 
DEBT SECURITIES
 
Debt securities consist of all bonds and fixed-maturity preferred stocks. The
estimated fair values of debt securities are based upon quoted market prices, if
available. For securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated using
independent pricing services or internally developed pricing models. The Company
records unrealized losses for debt securities considered impaired.
 

                                       B-18

<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
 
Statement value, which principally represents amortized cost, and estimated fair
value of the Company's debt securities at December 31, 1998 and 1997 were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                RECONCILIATION TO ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE
                                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                                   GROSS          GROSS       ESTIMATED
                                                    STATEMENT    UNREALIZED     UNREALIZED      FAIR
DECEMBER 31, 1998                                     VALUE     APPRECIATION   DEPRECIATION     VALUE
- --------------------------------------------------  ---------   ------------   ------------   ---------
                                                                       (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
US Government and political obligations...........  $ 3,904       $  461          $ (11)      $ 4,354
Mortgage-backed securities........................    7,357          280            (15)        7,622
Corporate and other debt securities...............   23,627        1,240           (382)       24,485
                                                    ---------   ------------     ------       ---------
                                                     34,888        1,981           (408)       36,461
Preferred stocks..................................      189            4             (1)          192
                                                    ---------   ------------     ------       ---------
Total.............................................  $35,077       $1,985          $(409)      $36,653
                                                    ---------   ------------     ------       ---------
                                                    ---------   ------------     ------       ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                RECONCILIATION TO ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE
                                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                                   GROSS          GROSS       ESTIMATED
                                                    STATEMENT    UNREALIZED     UNREALIZED      FAIR
DECEMBER 31, 1997                                     VALUE     APPRECIATION   DEPRECIATION     VALUE
- --------------------------------------------------  ---------   ------------   ------------   ---------
                                                                       (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
US Government and political obligations...........  $ 3,695       $  336          $  (3)      $ 4,028
Mortgage-backed securities........................    7,015          264             (4)        7,275
Corporate and other debt securities...............   21,649        1,098           (208)       22,539
                                                    ---------   ------------     ------       ---------
                                                     32,359        1,698           (215)       33,842
Preferred stocks..................................      167            4             (2)          169
                                                    ---------   ------------     ------       ---------
Total.............................................  $32,526       $1,702          $(217)      $34,011
                                                    ---------   ------------     ------       ---------
                                                    ---------   ------------     ------       ---------
</TABLE>
 
The statement value of debt securities by contractual maturity at December 31,
1998 and 1997 is shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual
maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations
with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                        1998           1997
                                                    ------------   ------------
                                                           (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>
Due in one year or less...........................    $   655        $   605
Due after one year through five years.............      5,031          4,878
Due after five years through ten years............     10,286          9,760
Due after ten years...............................     11,748         10,268
                                                    ------------   ------------
                                                       27,720         25,511
Mortgage-backed securities........................      7,357          7,015
                                                    ------------   ------------
                                                      $35,077        $32,526
                                                    ------------   ------------
                                                    ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
STOCKS
 
The estimated fair values of common and perpetual preferred stocks are based
upon quoted market prices, if available. For securities not actively traded,
fair values are estimated using independent pricing services or internally
developed pricing models.
 

                                       B-19

<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
 
The adjusted cost of common and preferred stock held by the Company at December
31, 1998 and 1997 was $4.8 billion and $5.0 billion, respectively.
 
MORTGAGE LOANS AND REAL ESTATE
 
Mortgage loans are collateralized by properties located throughout the United
States and Canada. The Company attempts to minimize mortgage loan investment
risk by diversification of geographic locations and types of collateral
properties.
 
The fair value of mortgage loans as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 was
approximately $12.9 billion and $11.5 billion, respectively. The fair value of
the mortgage loan portfolio is estimated by discounting the future estimated
cash flows using current interest rates of debt securities with similar credit
risk and maturities, or utilizing net realizable values.
 
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, real estate includes $61 million acquired through
foreclosure at each date and $120 million and $124 million, respectively, of
home office real estate. In 1998, 1997 and 1996, the Company recorded unrealized
losses of $5 million, $2 million and $43 million, respectively, for the excess
of statement value over fair value of certain real estate investments and
mortgage loans.
 
REALIZED GAINS AND LOSSES
 
Realized investment gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED               FOR THE YEAR ENDED               FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                      DECEMBER 31, 1998                DECEMBER 31, 1997                DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                ------------------------------   ------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                                        NET                              NET                              NET
                                                      REALIZED                         REALIZED                         REALIZED
                                REALIZED   REALIZED    GAINS     REALIZED   REALIZED    GAINS     REALIZED   REALIZED    GAINS
                                 GAINS      LOSSES    (LOSSES)    GAINS      LOSSES    (LOSSES)    GAINS      LOSSES    (LOSSES)
                                --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                         (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Bonds.........................  $   514     $ (231)    $  283    $   518     $ (269)    $ 249     $   396     $ (383)    $   13
Common and preferred stocks...      885       (240)       645        533       (150)      383         580       (115)       465
Mortgage loans................       18        (11)         7         14        (14)        -           2        (15)       (13)
Real estate...................       41          -         41        100         (2)       98          36          -         36
Other investments.............      330       (267)        63        338       (105)      233         204        (51)       153
                                --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                  1,788       (749)     1,039      1,503       (540)      963       1,218       (564)       654
                                --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Less: Capital gains taxes.....                            358                             340                               224
Less: IMR deferrals...........                            197                             209                                35
                                                      --------                         --------                         --------
Net realized capital gains....                         $  484                           $ 414                            $  395
                                                      --------                         --------                         --------
                                                      --------                         --------                         --------
</TABLE>
 
SECURITIES LENDING
 
The Company has entered into a securities lending agreement whereby certain
securities are loaned to third parties, primarily major brokerage firms. The
Company's policy requires a minimum of 102 percent of the fair value of the
loaned securities as collateral, calculated on a daily basis in the form of
either cash or securities. Collateral assets received and related liability due
to counterparties of $1.5 billion are included in the consolidated
 

                                       B-20
<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
 
statements of financial position for each of the periods ended at December 31,
1998 and 1997, and approximate the statement value of securities loaned at those
dates.
 
INVESTMENT IN MGIC
 
The Company owns 11.0% (11.9 million shares) of the outstanding common stock of
MGIC Investment Corporation ("MGIC"). This investment is accounted for using the
equity method. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the fair value of the Company's
investment in MGIC exceeded the statement value of $180 million and $273
million, respectively, by $296 million and $768 million, respectively.
 
In July 1995, the Company entered into a forward contract with a brokerage firm
to deliver 8.9 million to 10.7 million shares of MGIC (or cash in an amount
equal to the market value of the MGIC shares at contract maturity) in August,
1998, in exchange for a fixed cash payment of $247 million ($24 per share). The
Company's objective in entering into the forward contract was to hedge against
depreciation in the value of its MGIC holdings during the contract period below
the initial spot price of $24, while partially participating in appreciation, if
any, during the forward contract's duration. In August 1998, the Company
delivered 8.9 million shares to settle the forward contract. In conjunction with
the settlement, the Company recorded a $114 million realized gain.
 
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into transactions to reduce
its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates
and market volatility. These hedging strategies include the use of forwards,
futures, options and swaps.
 
The Company held the following positions for hedging purposes at December 31,
1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT                           NOTIONAL AMOUNTS                          RISKS REDUCED
- ---------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
                                                            (IN MILLIONS)               
                                                  DECEMBER 31,                          
                                                      1998          DECEMBER 31, 1997   
                                               ------------------   ------------------  
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>              <C>
Foreign Currency Forward                                                                Currency exposure on foreign-denominated
 Contracts...................................         $601                 $564         investments.                           
Common Stock Futures.........................          657                  327         Stock market price fluctuation.        
Bond Futures.................................          379                   95         Bond market price fluctuation.         
Options to acquire Interest Rate Swaps.......          419                  530         Interest rates payable on certain annuity
                                                                                        and insurance contracts.                 
Foreign Currency and Interest Rate Swaps.....           94                  209         Interest rates on variable rate notes and
                                                                                        currency exposure on foreign-denominated
                                                                                        bonds.
</TABLE>
 
The notional or contractual amounts of derivative financial instruments are used
to denominate these types of transactions and do not represent the amounts
exchanged between the parties.
 
In addition to the use of derivatives for hedging purposes, equity swaps were
held for investment purposes during 1997 and 1998. The notional amount of equity
swaps outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1997 was $188 million and $143
million, respectively.
 
Foreign currency forwards, foreign currency swaps, stock futures and equity
swaps are reported at fair value. Resulting gains and losses on these contracts
are unrealized until expiration of the contract. There is no statement
 

                                       B-21
<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
 
value reported for interest rate swaps, bond futures and options to acquire
interest rate swaps prior to the settlement of the contract, at which time
realized gains and losses are deferred to IMR. Changes in the value of
derivative instruments are expected to offset gains and losses on the hedged
investments. During 1998, net realized and unrealized gains on investments were
partially offset by net realized losses of $104 million and net unrealized
losses of $58 million on derivative instruments. The effect of derivative
instruments in 1997 and 1996 was not material to the Company's results of
operations.
 
3. RESERVES FOR POLICY BENEFITS
 
Life insurance reserves on substantially all policies issued since 1978 are
based on the Commissioner's Reserve Valuation Method with interest rates ranging
from 3 1/2% to 5 1/2%. Other life policy reserves are primarily based on the net
level premium method employing various mortality tables at interest rates
ranging from 2% to 4 1/2%.
 
Deferred annuity reserves on contracts issued since 1985 are valued primarily
using the Commissioner's Annuity Reserve Valuation Method with interest rates
ranging from 3 1/2% to 6 1/4%. Other deferred annuity reserves are based on
contract value. Immediate annuity reserves are based on present values of
expected benefit payments at interest rates ranging from 3 1/2% to 7 1/2%.
 
Active life reserves for disability income ("DI") policies issued since 1987 are
primarily based on the two-year preliminary term method using a 4% interest rate
and the 1985 Commissioner's Individual Disability Table A ("CIDA") for
morbidity. Active life reserves for prior DI policies are based on the net level
premium method, a 3% to 4% interest rate and the 1964 Commissioner's Disability
Table for morbidity. Disabled life reserves for DI policies are based on the
present values of expected benefit payments primarily using the 1985 CIDA
(modified for Company experience in the first two years of disability) with
interest rates ranging from 3% to 5 1/2%.
 
Use of these actuarial tables and methods involves estimation of future
mortality and morbidity based on past experience. Actual future experience could
differ from these estimates.
 
4. EMPLOYEE AND AGENT BENEFIT PLANS
 
The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit retirement plans for all
eligible employees and agents. The expense associated with these plans is
generally recorded by the Company in the period contributions to the plans are
funded. As of January 1, 1998, the most recent actuarial valuation date
available, the qualified defined benefit plans were fully funded. The Company
recorded a liability of $98 million and $87 million for nonqualified defined
benefit plans at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. In addition, the
Company has a contributory 401(k) plan for eligible employees and a
noncontributory defined contribution plan for all full-time agents. The
Company's contributions are expensed in the period contributions are made to the
plans. The Company recorded $29 million, $27 million and $25 million of total
expense related to its defined benefit and defined contribution plans for the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The defined benefit
and defined contribution plans' assets of $1.9 billion and $1.7 billion at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, were primarily invested in the
separate accounts of the Company.
 
In addition to pension and retirement benefits, the Company provides certain
health care and life insurance benefits ("postretirement benefits") for retired
employees. Substantially all employees may become eligible for these benefits if
they reach retirement age while working for the Company. Postretirement benefit
costs for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 were a net expense
(benefit) of $1.8 million, ($1.3) million and
 

                                       B-22
<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
 
($12.0) million, respectively. Net benefits were primarily a result of favorable
differences between actuarial assumptions and actual experience.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    DECEMBER 31,          DECEMBER 31,
                                        1998                  1997
                                --------------------  --------------------
<S>                             <C>                   <C>
Unfunded postretirement
 benefit obligation for
 retirees and other fully
 eligible employees (Accrued
 in statement of financial
 position)....................  $35 million           $34 million
Estimated postretirement
 benefit obligation for active
 non-vested employees (Not
 accrued until employee
 vests).......................  $56 million           $50 million
Discount rate.................  7%                    7%
Health care cost trend rate...  10% to an ultimate    10% to an ultimate
                                5%, declining 1% for  5%, declining 1% for
                                5 years               5 years
</TABLE>
 
If the health care cost trend rate assumptions were increased by 1%, the accrued
postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 would have
been increased by $5 million and $4 million, respectively.
 
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the recorded postretirement benefit obligation
was reduced by $23 million and $20 million, respectively, for assets funded for
postretirement health care benefits.
 
5. REINSURANCE
 
In the normal course of business, the Company seeks to limit its exposure to
loss on any single insured and to recover a portion of benefits paid by ceding
to reinsurers under excess coverage and coinsurance contracts. The Company
retains a maximum of $25 million of coverage per individual life and $35 million
maximum of coverage per joint life. The Company has an excess reinsurance
contract for disability income policies with retention limits varying based upon
on coverage type.
 
The amounts shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are net
of reinsurance. Policy benefit reserves at December 31, 1998 and 1997 were
reported net of ceded reserves of $518 million and $435 million, respectively.
The effect of reinsurance on premiums and benefits for the years ended December
31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1998      1997      1996
                                                    -------   -------   -------
                                                           (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>       <C>
Direct premiums...................................  $8,426    $7,647    $7,064
Premiums ceded....................................    (405)     (353)     (397)
                                                    -------   -------   -------
Net premium revenue...............................  $8,021    $7,294    $6,667
                                                    -------   -------   -------
                                                    -------   -------   -------
Benefits to policyowners and beneficiaries........  $8,869    $8,057    $7,348
Benefits ceded....................................    (182)     (136)     (147)
                                                    -------   -------   -------
Net benefits to policyowners and beneficiaries....  $8,687    $7,921    $7,201
                                                    -------   -------   -------
                                                    -------   -------   -------
</TABLE>
 

                                       B-23
<PAGE>
                 THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
 
In addition, the Company received $121 million, $115 million and $93 million for
the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, from reinsurers
representing allowances for reimbursement of commissions and other expenses.
These amounts are included in other income in the consolidated statement of
operations.
 
Reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Company from its obligations to
policyowners. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in
losses to the Company; consequently, allowances are established for amounts
deemed uncollectible. The Company evaluates the financial condition of its
reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk arising from similar
geographic regions, activities or economic characteristics of the reinsurers to
minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies.
 
6. INCOME TAXES
 
Provisions for income taxes are based on current income tax payable without
recognition of deferred taxes. The Company files a consolidated life-nonlife
federal income tax return. Federal income tax returns for years through 1988 are
closed as to further assessment of tax. Adequate provision has been made in the
financial statements for any additional taxes which may become due with respect
to the open years.
 
The Company's effective tax rate on gains from operations before taxes for the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 was 48%, 56%, and 67% respectively.
The Company's effective tax rate exceeds the federal corporate rate of 35%
primarily because, (1) the Company pays a tax that is assessed only on the
surplus of mutual life insurance companies ("equity tax"), and (2) the Company
must capitalize and amortize (as opposed to immediately deducting) an amount
deemed to represent the cost of acquiring new business ("DAC tax").
 
7. ACQUISITION OF FRANK RUSSELL COMPANY
 
Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 10, 1998, the
Company acquired Frank Russell Company effective January 1, 1999 for a purchase
price of approximately $950 million. Frank Russell is a leading investment
management and consulting firm, providing investment advice, analytical tools
and investment vehicles to institutional and individual investors in more than
30 countries.
 
In connection with its acquisition of Frank Russell Company, the Company will be
required in 1999 to charge-off directly from surplus approximately $341 million,
which represents the amount of acquisition goodwill less 10% of the Company's
surplus at December 31, 1998. In addition, the Company will request permission
from the OCI to charge-off the remaining $474 million of acquisition goodwill in
1999 and currently intends to do so.
 
In connection with the acquisition, the Company has unconditionally guaranteed
certain debt obligations of Frank Russell Company, including $350 million of
senior notes and up to $150 million of other credit facilities.
 
8. CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company has guaranteed certain obligations of its affiliates. These
guarantees totaled approximately $133 million at December 31, 1998 and are
generally supported by the underlying net asset values of the affiliates.
 
In addition, the Company routinely makes commitments to fund mortgage loans or
other investments in the normal course of business. These commitments aggregated
to $2.1 billion at December 31, 1998 and were extended at market interest rates
and terms.
 
The Company is engaged in various legal actions in the normal course of its
investment and insurance operations. In the opinion of management, any losses
resulting from such actions would not have a material effect on the Company's
financial position.
 

                                       B-24


<PAGE>
                            [LETTERHEAD]
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Trustees and Policyowners of
 The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of
The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company and its subsidiary as of December
31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of
changes in surplus and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1998. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
As described in Note 1, these consolidated financial statements were prepared in
conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Office of
the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of Wisconsin (statutory basis of
accounting), which practices differ from generally accepted accounting
principles. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements are not intended
to represent a presentation in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. The effects on the consolidated financial statements of the
variances between the statutory basis of accounting and generally accepted
accounting principles, although not reasonably determinable, are presumed to be
material.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements audited by us (1) do not
present fairly in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, the
financial position of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company and its
subsidiary at December 31, 1998 and 1997, or the results of their operations or
their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1998 because of the effects of the variances between the statutory basis of
accounting and generally accepted accounting principles referred to in the
preceding paragraph and (2) do present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company and its
subsidiary at December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1998, on the basis of accounting described in Note 1.
 
                    [SIGNATURE]
 
January 25, 1999
 

                                       B-25

<PAGE>

                             TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2

DETERMINATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
     Amount of Annuity Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
     Annuity Unit Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
     Illustrations of Variable Annuity Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3

VALUATION OF ASSETS OF THE ACCOUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4

TRANSFERABILITY RESTRICTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4

EXPERTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE ACCOUNT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5
(for the two years ended December 31, 1998)

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-11
(for the two years ended December 31, 1998)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE. . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12
(for the three years ended December 31, 1998)

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-25
(for the three years ended December 31, 1998)
</TABLE>
    
                                         B-26
<PAGE>

                                        PART C
                                  OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS
          (a)  Financial Statements
               The financial statements of NML Variable Annuity Account A and
               The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company are included in
               the Statement of Additional Information.

               NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
               (for the two years ended December 31, 1998)
                 Statement of Assets and Liabilities
                 Statement of Operations and Changes in Equity
                 Notes to Financial Statements
                 Report of Independent Accountants

               THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
               (for the three years ended December 31, 1998)
                 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
                 Consolidated Summary of Operations
                 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Surplus
                 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
                 Notes to Consolidated Statutory Financial Statements
                 Report of Independent Accountants

          (b)  Exhibits

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>
               Exhibit 99(a)       Resolution of Agency and Marketing Committee of
                                   the Board of Trustees authorizing registration of
                                   an additional quantity of securities

               Exhibit B(4)(a)     Flexible Payment Variable Annuity Front Load
                                   Contract, QQV.ACCT.A. (0196), with amended
                                   application, including Contract amendment (sex
                                   neutral)

               Exhibit B(4)(b)     Flexible Payment Variable Annuity Back Load
                                   Contract, QQV.ACCT.A. (0196), with amended
                                   application, including Contract amendment (sex
                                   neutral)

               Exhibit B(4)(c)     Variable Annuity Front Load and Back Load Contract
                                   Payment Rate Tables, QQV.ACCT.A.B. (0196) (sex
                                   distinct)

               Exhibit B(5)        Application forms are included in Exhibits B(4)(a)
                                   and B(4)(b) above

               Exhibit B(8)(a)     Form of Participation Agreement Among Russell
                                   Insurance Funds, Russell Fund Distributors, Inc.
                                   and The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

                                      C-1
<PAGE>


               Exhibit B(8)(b)     Form of Administrative Service Fee Agreement
                                   between The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                                   Company and Frank Russell Company

               Exhibit B(9)        Opinion and Consent of John M. Bremer, Esq.

               Exhibit B(10)       Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
</TABLE>

          The following exhibit was filed in electronic format with the 
          Registration Statement on Form S-6 for Northwestern Mutual Variable 
          Life Account, File No. 333-59103, CIK 0000742277, dated July 15, 
          1998, and is incorporated herein by reference.

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>
               Exhibit A(6)(b)     Amended By-Laws of The Northwestern Mutual Life
                                   Insurance Company dated January 28, 1998
</TABLE>

          The following exhibit was filed in electronic format with 
          Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 on Form N-4 for NML Variable Annuity 
          Account A, File No. 33-58476, CIK 0000790162, dated November 13, 
          1995, and is incorporated herein by reference:

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>
               EX-99.B1            Restated Articles of Incorporation of The
                                   Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
</TABLE>

          The following exhibits were filed in electronic format with the 
          Registration Statement on Form N-4 for NML Variable Annuity 
          Account A, File No. 333-22455, CIK 0000790162, dated February 27, 
          1997, and are incorporated herein by reference:

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>
               Exhibit 99(b)       Resolution of the Board of Trustees of The
                                   Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
                                   creating the Account and resolution of the
                                   Executive Committee designating the Account 
                                   "NML Variable Annuity Account A" 

               Exhibit A(3)(A)     Distribution Contract
</TABLE>

Item 25. Directors and Officers of the Depositor

The following lists include all of the Trustees, executive officers and other 
officers of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company as of February 1, 
1999, without regard to their activities relating to variable annuity 
contracts or their authority to act or their status as "officers" as that 
term is used for certain purposes of the federal securities laws and rules 
thereunder.

TRUSTEES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                    BUSINESS ADDRESS
- ----                                    ----------------
<S>                                     <C>
R. Quintus Anderson                     Aarque Capital Corporation
                                        111 West Second Street
                                        P.O. Box 310
                                        Jamestown, NY 14702-0310

                                      C-2
<PAGE>

Edward E. Barr                          Sun Chemical Corporation
                                        222 Bridge Plaza South
                                        Fort Lee, NJ  07024

Gordon T. Beaham III                    Faultless Starch/Bon Ami Co.
                                        1025 West Eighth Street
                                        Kansas City, MO 64101

Robert C. Buchanan                      Fox Valley Corporation
                                        100 West Lawrence Street
                                        P.O. Box 727
                                        Appleton, WI  54911


Robert E. Carlson                       The Northwestern Mutual Life
                                          Insurance Company
                                        720 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                        Milwaukee, WI 53202

George A. Dickerman                     Spalding Sports Worldwide
                                        425 Meadow Street
                                        P.O. Box 901
                                        Chicopee, MA  01021-0901

Pierre S. du Pont                       Richards, Layton and Finger
                                        P.O. Box 551
                                        1 Rodney Square
                                        Wilmington, DE 19899

James D. Ericson                        The Northwestern Mutual Life
                                          Insurance Company
                                        720 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                        Milwaukee, WI 53202

J. E. Gallegos                          Gallegos Law Firm
                                        460 St. Michaels Drive
                                        Building 300
                                        Santa Fe, NM 87505

Stephen N. Graff                        805 Lone Tree Road
                                        Elm Grove, WI 53122-2014

Patricia Albjerg Graham                 Graduate School of Education
                                        Harvard University
                                        420 Gutman 
                                        Cambridge, MA  02138

Stephen F. Keller                       101 South Las Palmas Avenue
                                        Los Angeles, CA 90004

                                      C-3
<PAGE>

Barbara A. King                         Landscape Structures, Inc.
                                        Route 3
                                        601-7th Street South
                                        Delano, MN 55328

J. Thomas Lewis                         228 St. Charles Avenue
                                        Suite 1024
                                        New Orleans, LA 70130

Daniel F. McKeithan, Jr.                Tamarack Petroleum Company, Inc.
                                        Suite 1920
                                        777 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                        Milwaukee, WI 53202

Guy A. Osborn                           Universal Foods Corp.
                                        433 East Michigan Street
                                        Milwaukee, WI 53202

Timothy D. Proctor                      Glaxo Wellcome plc
                                        P.O. Box 13398
                                        5 Moore Drive
                                        Research Triangle Park, NC  27709

Donald J. Schuenke                      The Northwestern Mutual
                                          Life Insurance Company
                                        720 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                        Milwaukee, WI 53202

H. Mason Sizemore, Jr.                  The Seattle Times
                                        Fairview Avenue North and John Street
                                        P.O. Box 70
                                        Seattle, WA  98109

Harold B. Smith, Jr.                    Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
                                        3600 West Lake Avenue
                                        Glenview, IL 60625-5811

Sherwood H. Smith, Jr.                  Carolina Power & Light Company
                                        411 Fayetteville Street Mall
                                        P.O. Box 1551
                                        Raleigh, NC  27602

John E. Steuri                          Advanced Thermal Technologies
                                        2102 Riverfront Drive, Suite 120
                                        Little Rock, AR 72202-1747

                                      C-4
<PAGE>

John J. Stollenwerk                     Allen-Edmonds Shoe Corporation
                                        201 East Seven Hills Road
                                        P.O. Box 998
                                        Port Washington, WI 53074-0998

Barry L. Williams                       Williams Pacific Ventures, Inc.
                                        100 First Street
                                        Suite 2350
                                        San Francisco, CA 94105

Kathryn D. Wriston                      c/o Shearman & Sterling
                                        599 Lexington Avenue
                                        Room 1126
                                        New York, NY 10022
</TABLE>

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                               TITLE
- ----                               -----
<S>                                <C>

Deborah A. Beck                    Senior Vice President
William H. Beckley                 Senior Vice President
Robert J. Berdan                   Vice President
John M. Bremer                     Executive Vice President, General Counsel 
                                     and Secretary
Peter W. Bruce                     Executive Vice President
Robert E. Carlson                  Executive Vice President and Trustee
Steven T. Catlett                  Vice President
Mark G. Doll                       Senior Vice President
Thomas E. Dyer                     Vice President
James D. Ericson                   President and Chief Executive Officer,
                                     Trustee
Richard L. Hall                    Senior Vice President
William C. Koenig, FSA             Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary
Gary E. Long                       Vice President and Controller
Susan A. Lueger                    Vice President
Meridee J. Maynard                 Vice President
Donald L. Mellish                  Senior Vice President
Bruce L. Miller                    Senior Vice President
Gregory C. Oberland                Vice President
Barbara F. Piehler                 Vice President
James F. Reiskytl                  Vice President
Mason G. Ross                      Senior Vice President
John E. Schlifske                  Vice President
Leonard F. Stecklein               Senior Vice President - Policyowner Services
Frederic H. Sweet                  Senior Vice President
Dennis Tamcsin                     Senior Vice President
Martha M. Valerio                  Vice President
W. Ward White                      Vice President
Walt J. Wojcik                     Senior Vice President
Edward J. Zore                     Executive Vice President
</TABLE>

                                      C-5
<PAGE>

OTHER OFFICERS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                               TITLE
- ----                               -----
<S>                                <C>

John M. Abbott                     Associate Director - Benefits Research
Carl G. Amick                      Director - Disability Benefits
Maria J. Avila                     Assistant Controller
Michael J. Backus                  Associate Director - Information Systems
John E. Bailey                     Senior Actuary
Nicholas H. Bandow                 Assistant Director - Information Systems
Lynn F. Bardele                    Assistant Director - Field Training &
                                     Development
Margaret A. Barkley                Assistant Director
Walter L. Barlow                   Assistant Director - Education
Sandra L. Barton                   Assistant Director - Marketing
Bradford P. Bauer                  Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
Beth M. Berger                     Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Frederick W. Bessette              Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Carrie L. Bleck                    Assistant Director
D. Rodney Bluhm                    Assistant General Counsel
Willette Bowie                     Employee Relations Director
Martin R. Braasch                  Director - Underwriting Standards & Services
Patricia R. Braeger                Associate Director - Information Systems
James A. Brewer                    Investment Research Officer
William J. Buholzer                Employee Relations Director
Michael S. Bula                    Assistant General Counsel
Jerry C. Burg                      Associate Director - Field Benefits
Pency P. Byhardt                   Assistant Director - New Business
Gregory B. Bynan                   Director - Corporate Services
Kim M. Cafaro                      Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Gwen C. Canady                     Assistant Director-Mutual Funds
Shanklin B. Cannon, M.D.           Medical Director - Life Products/Research
Terese J. Capizzi                  Assistant Director
Kurt P. Carbon                     Assistant Regional Director
Michael G. Carter                  Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
William W. Carter                  Associate Actuary
John E. Caspari                    Assistant Director - Advertising & Corporate
                                     Information
Walter J. Chossek                  Associate Controller
Thomas R. Christenson              Director - Advanced Marketing
Eric P. Christophersen             Associate Director
Alan E. Close                      Associate Controller
Carolyn M. Colbert                 Assistant Director - New Business
Margaret Winter Combe              Director - Corporate Development
Virginia A. Corwin                 Assistant Director - New Business
Barbara E. Courtney                Associate Director - Mutual Funds
Larry A. Curran                    Actuarial Administrative Officer
Dennis J. Darland                  Assistant Director - Disability Income
Thomas H. Davis                    Associate Director - Information Systems
Nicholas De Fino                   Assistant Director
Carol A. Detlaf                    Director - Annuity Administration

                                      C-6
<PAGE>

Colleen Devlin                     Assistant Director - Communications
Glen W. DeZeeuw                    Director - Agency Services
Joseph Dobering, III               Director - Underwriting Standards & Services
Jennifer L. Docea                  Actuary
Lisa C. Dodd                       Actuary
Richard P. Dodd                    Assistant Director - Agency
Daniel C. Dougherty                Director - Personal Markets
Margaret T. Dougherty              Assistant Director - Information Systems
John R. Dowell                     Director - Workforce Diversity
William O. Drehfal                 Assistant Director - Media Services
Steven J. Dryer                    Associate Director
Jeffrey S. Dunn                    Vice President
John E. Dunn                       Assistant General Counsel & Secretary
Somayajulu Durvasula               Associate Director - Field Financial
James R. Eben                      Assistant General Counsel and Assistant
                                     Secretary
Magda El Sayed                     Assistant Director - Information Systems
Michael S. Ertz                    Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
Thomas F. Fadden                   Assistant Director - Information Systems
Christina H. Fiasca                Director - Policyowner Services
Zenia J. Fieldbinder               Assistant Director - Annuity Accumulation
Richard F. Fisher                  Senior Actuary
Dennis J. Fitzpatrick              Director - Advanced Marketing
Jon T. Flaschner                   Director - Policyowner Services
Kate M. Fleming                    Assistant General Counsel and Secretary
Carol J. Flemma                    Assistant Director - Marketing
John E. Fobes II                   Assistant Director - Agency Services
Donald Forecki                     Investment Officer
Phillip B. Franczyk                Vice President
Stephen H. Frankel                 Vice President
Peter Q. Fraser                    Director - Development
Anne A. Frigo                      Assistant Director - New Business
Richard R. Garthwait               Vice President - Field Financial
David L. Georgenson                Director - Agent Development
Paulette A. Getschman              Assistant Director - Policyowner Services
James W. Gillespie                 Vice President
Walter M. Givler                   Director - Corporate Services
Robert P. Glazier                  Director - New Business
Robert K. Gleeson, M.D.            Vice President - Medical Director
Mark J. Gmach                      Director - Agency
Jason G. Goetze                    Assistant Director - Marketing
David Lee Gosse                    Assistant Director - Disability Benefits
William F. Grady                   Director of Field Finances
John M. Grogan                     Director - Disability Income
Thomas C. Guay                     Director - Field Financial
Gerald A. Haas                     Assistant Director - Information Systems
Patricia Ann Hagen                 Assistant Director - Information Systems
Ronald D. Hagen                    Vice President
Thomas P. Hamilton                 Associate Director - Information Systems
Lori A. Hanes                      Director - Human Resources

                                      C-7
<PAGE>

William M. Harris                  Assistant Regional Director - South
Dennis R. Hart                     Assistant Director - Agent Development
James C. Hartwig                   Vice President - Advanced Marketing
Paul F. Heaton                     Assistant General Counsel and Assistant
                                     Secretary
William L. Hegge                   Associate Director of Telecommunications
Wayne F. Heidenreich               Medical Director
Jacquelyn F. Heise                 Associate Director - Information Systems
Robert L. Hellrood                 Director - New Business
Herbert F. Hellwig                 Assistant Director - Personal Markets
Jane A. Herman                     Director - Term Upgrade
Gary M. Hewitt                     Vice President & Treasurer
Donna R. Higgins                   Associate Director - Information Systems
David L. Hilbert                   Investment Officer
Karla D. Hill                      Human Resource Officer
Susan G. Hill                      Assistant Director
John D. Hillmer                    Assistant Director - Information Systems
Hugh L. Hoffman                    Assistant Director - Information Systems
Richard S. Hoffmann                Director - Audit
Bruce Holmes                       Associate Actuary
Scott C. Iodice                    Assistant Director - Agency
Joseph P. Jansky                   Assistant Director - Corporate Planning
Michael D. Jaquint                 Assistant Actuary
Dolores A. Juergens                Associate Director of Restaurant Operations
Marilyn J. Katz                    Assistant Director - Medical Consultants
John C. Kelly                      Associate Controller
Kevin C. Kennedy                   Assistant Director - Architecture
James B. Kern                      Regional Director - Central Region
Donald C. Kiefer                   Vice President
Jason T. Klawonn                   Assistant Actuary
Brian J. Klink                     Director - Research
Allen B. Kluz                      Director - Field Financial
Beatrice C. Kmiec                  Assistant Regional Director - East
James A. Koelbl                    Assistant General Counsel and Secretary
John L. Kordsmeier                 Director - Human Resources
Robert J. Kowalsky                 Associate Director - Information Systems
Carol L. Kracht                    Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Martha Krawczak                    Officer - Life and Disability
Jeffrey J. Krygiel                 Assistant Actuary
Todd L. Laszewski                  Associate Actuary
Patrick J. Lavin                   Director - Disability Benefits
James L. Lavold                    Associate Director - Meetings
Elizabeth J. Lentini               Assistant General Counsel & Secretary
Sally Jo Lewis                     Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Mark P. Lichtenberger              Associate Director - LINK Technical Planning
Paul E. Lima                       Vice President-International Insurance
                                     Operations
Steven M. Lindstedt                Assistant Director - Information Systems
Melissa C. Lloyd                   Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
James Lodermeier                   Assistant Director - Tax Planning
George R. Loxton                   Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Mary M. Lucci                      Director - New Business

                                      C-8
<PAGE>

Christine M. Lucia                 Human Resources Officer
Mark J. Lucius                     Corporate Information Officer
Merrill C. Lundberg                Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Jon K. Magalska                    Associate Actuary
Jean M. Maier                      Vice President - Life Benefits
Joseph Maniscalco                  Associate Director - Information Systems
Raymond J. Manista                 Assistant General Counsel and Secretary
Steven C. Mannebach                Assistant Director - Field Financial Services
Jeffrey S. Marks                   Multi Life, Research & Reinsurance Officer
Steve Martinie                     Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Ted A. Matchulat                   Actuarial Products Officer
Margaret McCabe                    Director - Policy Benefits Systems
Richard A. McComb                  Director - Human Resources
William L. McCown                  Vice President & Investment Counsel
Paul E. McElwee                    Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
James L. McFarland                 Assistant General Counsel & Secretary
Mary C. McIntosh                   Associate Director - Field Financial
Daniel E. McGinley                 Director - Management Development
Mark J. McLennon                   Assistant Director 
Robert J. Meiers                   Ad Valorem Tax Manager
Larry S. Meihsner                  Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Robert G. Meilander                Vice President
Richard E. Meyers                  Assistant General Counsel
Patricia A. Michel                 Assistant Director - Policyowner Services
Jay W. Miller                      Vice President & Tax Counsel
Sara K. Miller                     Vice President
Jill Mocarski                      Associate Medical Director
Tom M. Mohr                        Director of Policyowner Services - South
Richard C. Moore                   Associate Actuary
Scott J. Morris                    Assistant General Counsel and Assistant
                                     Secretary
Sharon A. Morton                   Investment Officer
Adrian J. Mullin                   Assistant Director - Personal Markets
Timothy P. Murphy                  Assistant Director-Marketing
Randolph J. Musil                  Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
John E. Muth                       Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
David K. Nelson                    Assistant General Counsel
Ronald C. Nelson                   Director
Timothy Nelson                     Assistant Director - Marketing
Leon W. Nesbitt                    Vice President-Agency
Karen M. Niessing                  Director - Policyowner Services
Daniel J. O'Meara                  Director - Field Financial
Mary Joy O'Meara                   Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
Kathleen A. Oman                   Associate Director - Information Systems
Thomas A. Pajewski                 Investment Research Officer
Arthur V. Panighetti               Director - Tax Planning
Christen L. Partleton              Associate Director - Policyowner Services
David W. Perez                     Assistant General Counsel
Judith L. Perkins                  Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Wilson D. Perry                    Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Gary N. Peterson                   Actuary

                                      C-9
<PAGE>

John C. Peterson                   Director of Policyowner Services - West
Harvey W. Pogoriler                Assistant General Counsel
Randolph R. Powell, M.D.           Medical Director
Mark A. Prange                     Associate Director - Information Systems
Brian R. Pray                      Assistant Regional Director - New Business
Thomas O. Rabenn                   Assistant General Counsel and Secretary
David R. Remstad                   Senior Actuary
David R. Retherford                Assistant Director of New Business - Central
Stephen M. Rhode                   Assistant Director - Qualified Benefits
Richard R. Richter                 Vice President
Daniel A. Riedl                    Assistant General Counsel
Marcia Rimai                       Vice President - Litigation Counsel
Kathleen M. Rivera                 Vice President - Insurance Counsel
Faith B. Rodenkirk                 Assistant Director - Group Marketing
James S. Rolfsmeyer                Assistant Director - Information Systems
Larry R. Roscoe                    Assistant Director - Compliance
Lora A. Rosenbaum                  Director - New Business
Robert K. Roska                    Associate Director - Information Systems
Sue M. Roska                       Director - Systems and Services
Harry L. Ruppenthal                Director of Policyowner Services - East
Stephen G. Ruys                    Assistant Director - Information Systems
Santo Saliture                     Associate Director of Advertising & Corporate
                                     Information
Rose Kordich Sasich                Assistant Director of Systems
Mary Ann Schachtner                Director - Field Training & Development
Linda Ann Schaefer                 Assistant Director - Marketing
Thomas F. Scheer                   Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Carlen A. Schenk                   Associate Director
Jane A. Schiltz                    Vice President - Disability Income
Kathleen H. Schluter               Assistant General Counsel & Secretary
Calvin R. Schmidt                  Associate Director - Information Systems
Rodd Schneider                     Assistant General Counsel and Secretary
John O. Schnorr                    Assistant Director
Margaret R. Schoewe                Vice President - Information Systems
Todd M. Schoon                     Assistant Regional Director - Agency
John F. Schroeder                  Associate Director of Field Office 
                                     Real Estate
Melva T. Seabron                   Director - Corporate Services
Norman W. Seguin, II               Investment Officer - Ad Valorem Taxes
Catherine L. Shaw                  Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
John E. Sheaffer, Jr.              Assistant Director - Agent Development
Janet Z. Silverman                 Director - New Business
Stephen M. Silverman               Assistant General Counsel
David W. Simbro                    Managing Director - Life Marketing
Paul W. Skalecki                   Associate Actuary
Cynthia S. Slavik                  Assistant Director - Environmental Engineer
Landon T. Smith                    Assistant Director - Replacements
Mark W. Smith                      Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Warren L. Smith, Jr.               Investment Officer - Architecture
Steven W. Speer                    Director - Public Markets
Robert J. Spellman, M.D.           Vice President & Chief Medical Director

                                      C-10
<PAGE>

Steve P. Sperka                    Assistant Actuary
Mark A. Stalsberg                  Assistant Director - Agency
Barbara J. Stansberry              Director - New Business
Bonnie L. Steindorf                Director - Department Operations
Steven H. Steidinger               Assistant Director - Marketing
Karen J. Stevens                   Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Steven J. Stribling                Associate Actuary
Stephen J. Strommen                Associate Actuary
Theodore H. Strupp                 Assistant Director
Daniel J. Suprenant                Director - Group Disability Marketing
Victoria A. Sweigart               Human Resources Officer
Rachel L. Taknint                  Assistant General Counsel & Assistant
                                     Secretary
Thomas Talajkowski                 Assistant Director - Tax Compliance
Paul B. Tews                       Director - Investment Planning
J. Edward Tippetts                 Vice President
Susan M. Tompkins                  Director - Agency
Chris J. Torkelson                 Assistant Director
Jeannine M. Torkelson              Assistant Director - Marketing
Thomas W. Towers                   Associate Director - Public Relations
Gloria E. Tracy                    Assistant Director - Marketing
Linda K. Tredupp                   Assistant Director - Information Systems
Chris G. Trost                     Associate Actuary
Mark J. Van Cleave                 Assistant Director of Marketing Research
Michael T. Van Grinsven            Assistant Director - Management Development
Mary Beth Van Groll                Vice President - Information Systems
Gloria J. Venski                   Associate Director - Disability Benefits
Scott E. Wallace                   Assistant Director - Projects
Hal W. Walter                      Vice President
Robert J. Waltos                   Regional Director - Agency
P. Andrew Ware                     Vice President
Mary L. Wehrle-Schnell             Associate Director - Information Systems
Daniel T. Weidner                  Assistant Director - Information Systems
Joel S. Weiner                     Assistant Medical Director
Ronald J. Weir                     Associate Director - Information Systems
Kenneth R. Wentland                Assistant Director of Policyowner 
                                     Services - East
Sandra D. Wesley                   Associate Director of Special Projects
Anna C. Westfall                   Financial Officer
Catherine A. Wilbert               Assistant General Counsel & Secretary
David L. Wild                      Director - Corporate Services
Donald R. Wilkinson                Vice President - Agency
Jeffrey B. Williams                Risk Manager
John K. Wilson                     Director - Personal Markets
Penelope A. Woodcock               Associate Director - Benefit Systems
Richard W. Woody                   Assistant Director - Agency
Stanford A. Wynn                   Assistant Director - Advanced Marketing
Catherine M. Young                 Assistant General Counsel & Secretary
Michael L. Youngman                Vice President - Legislative Representative
James A. Youngquist                Associate Actuary
Richard S. Zakrzewski              Associate Research Officer
John Zao                           Assistant Director - Information Systems

                                      C-11
<PAGE>

Diana M. Zawada                    Associate Director
Rick T. Zehner                     Director - Corporate Planning
Patricia A. Zimmermann             Investment Officer - Real Estate Systems
Ray Zimmermann                     Director - LINK Information Network
Philip R. Zwieg                    Vice President - Technical Support
Robert E. Zysk                     Director - Tax Compliance
</TABLE>

The business addresses for all of the executive officers and other officers 
is 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

Item 26.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR
          REGISTRANT

     The subsidiaries of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company 
("Northwestern Mutual Life"), as of January 1, 1999, are set forth on pages 
C-13 and C-14.  In addition to the subsidiaries set forth pages on C-13 and 
C-14, the following separate investment accounts (which include the 
Registrant) may be deemed to be either controlled by, or under common control 
with, Northwestern Mutual Life:

     1.   NML Variable Annuity Account A
     2.   NML Variable Annuity Account B
     3.   NML Variable Annuity Account C
     4.   Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account

     Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (the "Fund"), shown on page C-13 
as a subsidiary of Northwestern Mutual Life, is an investment company 
registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, offering its shares to 
the separate accounts identified above; and the shares of the Fund held in 
connection with certain of the accounts are voted by Northwestern Mutual Life 
in accordance with voting instructions obtained from the persons who own, or 
are receiving payments under, variable annuity contracts or variable life 
insurance policies issued in connection with the accounts, or in the same 
proportions as the shares which are so voted.






                                      C-12
<PAGE>

                            NML CORPORATE STRUCTURE*
                            (AS OF JANUARY 1, 1999)

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
     General Account
     NML Variable Annuity Account A
     NML Variable Annuity Account B
     NML Variable Annuity Account C
     NML Group Annuity Separate Account
     NML Variable Life Account
     Eiger Corporation - 100%
     Frank Russell Company and its subsidiaries - 100%
     Bradford, Inc. 100%
     NML/Tallahassee, Inc. - 100%
     Northwestern Investment Management Company - 100%
     Northwestern Mutual Las Vegas, Inc. - 100%
     Northwestern Long Term Care Insurance Company - 100%
     Northwestern International Holdings, Inc. - 100%
     Saskatoon Centre, Limited (inactive) - 100%
     Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (and its 9 portfolios) - 100%
     Mason Street Funds, Inc. (and its 9 funds) - 77.03%
     MGIC Investment Corporation - 10.5%.  MGIC holds 100% of the voting stock
     of the following:
        Mortgage Guaranty Reinsurance Corporation, MGIC, MGIC Reinsurance
          Corporation of Wisconsin, MGIC Mortgage Insurance Corporation, 
          and various subsidiaries.
     Baird Financial Corporation - 80%.  Baird Financial Corporation holds 83%
      of the voting stock of Robert W. Baird & Co., Incorporated and various 
      subsidiaries.
     Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC - 100%

NML REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC - 100%
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
     The Grand Avenue Corporation - 98.54%       Olive, Inc. - 100%
     Marina Pacific, Ltd. - 100%                 Bayridge, Inc. - 100%
     NML - Bellevue Corporation - 100%           Ryan, Inc. - 100%
     Solar Resources, Inc. - 100%                Pembrook, Inc. - 100%
     Rocket Sports, Inc. (inactive) - 100%       PBClub, Inc. - 100%
     Summit Sports, Inc. - 100% 
     Greenway Sports, Inc. - 100%
     RE Corporation - 100%
     INV Corp. - 100%
     Buffalo Promotions, Inc. - 100%
     NW Greenway #1 (inactive) - 100%
     NW Greenway #9 - 100%
     Logan, Inc. - 100%
     Mitchell, Inc. - 100%
     Cass Corporation - 100%
     Burgundy, Inc. - 100%
     Amber, Inc. - 100%
</TABLE>


*Except for MGIC Investment Corporation and its subsidiaries, includes all 
NML mutual funds and other corporations of which more than 50% ownership is 
controlled by NML.

                                      C-13
<PAGE>

                      NML CORPORATE STRUCTURE, CONTINUED*
                            (AS OF JANUARY 1, 1999)

NML SECURITIES HOLDINGS, LLC-100%

<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
   NW Pipeline, Inc. - 100%                         Kristina International Sales, Inc. - 100%
   Painted Rock Development Corporation - 100%      NML/Mid Atlantic, Inc. - 100%
   NML Development Corporation - 100%
   Stadium and Arena Management, Inc. - 100%
   Carlisle Ventures, Inc. - 100%
   Park Forest Northeast, Inc. - 100%
   Travers International Sales, Inc. - 100%
   Highbrook International Sales, Inc. - 100%
   Elderwood International Sales, Inc. - 100%
   Mallon International Sales, Inc. - 100%
   Higgins, Inc. - 100%
   Hobby, Inc. - 100%
   Baraboo, Inc. - 100%
   Elizabeth International Sales, Inc. - 100%
   Sean International Sales, Inc. - 100%
   Alexandra International Sales, Inc. - 100% 
   Brian International Sales, Inc. - 100%
   Jack International Sales, Inc. - 100%
   Brendan International Sales, Inc. - 100%
   Justin International FSC, Inc. - 100%
   Mason & Marshall, Inc. - 100%
   North Van Buren, Inc. - 100%
   Northwestern Mutual Life 
     International, Inc. - 100%
   White Oaks, Inc. - 100%
   Hazel, Inc. - 100%
   Maroon, Inc. - 100%
   Coral, Inc. - 100%
   Russet, Inc. - 100%
   Larkin, Inc. - 100%
   Lydell, Inc. - 100%
   Klode, Inc. - 100%
   Chateau, Inc. - 100%
   Diversey, Inc. - 100%
   Lake Bluff, Inc. - 100%
   Nicolet, Inc. - 100%
   Tupelo, Inc. - 100%
</TABLE>



*Except for MGIC Investment Corporation and its subsidiaries, includes all 
NML mutual funds and other corporations of which more than 50% ownership is 
controlled by NML.

                                      C-14
<PAGE>

Item 27. NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS

     As of January 31, 1999, 17,977 variable annuity contracts issued in 
connection with NML Variable Annuity Account A were outstanding.  All such 
contracts were issued as contracts for plans qualifying for special treatment 
under various provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

Item 28. INDEMNIFICATION

     That portion of the By-laws of Northwestern Mutual Life relating to 
indemnification of Trustees and officers is set forth in full in Article VII 
of the By-laws of Northwestern Mutual Life, amended by resolution and 
previously filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

Item 29. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

     (a)  Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC ("NMIS"), the 
broker-dealer subsidiary of Northwestern Mutual Life, may be considered the 
principal underwriter currently distributing securities of the Registrant.  
NMIS is also co-depositor, and may be considered the principal underwriter, 
for NML Variable Annuity Account B and Northwestern Mutual Variable Life 
Account, separate investment accounts of Northwestern Mutual Life registered 
under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as unit investment trusts.  In 
addition NMIS is the investment adviser for  Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, 
Inc.

     (b)  The directors and officers of NMIS are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                         POSITION
- ----                                         --------
<S>                           <C>
Maria J. Avila                Assistant Treasurer
Deborah A. Beck               Director and Vice President, Variable Life
                                Administration
William H. Beckley            Executive Vice President, Sales
Peter W. Bruce                Director
Robert E. Carlson             Director
Thomas A. Carroll             Vice President - Common Stocks
Walter J. Chossek             Treasurer
Barbara E. Courtney           Assistant Treasurer
Jefferson V. De Angelis       Vice President - Fixed Income Securities
Mark G. Doll                  Executive Vice President, Investment Advisory
                                Services
James R. Eben                 Assistant Secretary
Richard L. Hall               President and CEO
Lisa M. Heise                 Assistant Director, Equity Compliance, NMIS 
                                Office of Supervisory Jurisdiction
Beatrice C. Kmiec             Assistant Vice President, Variable Life
                                Administration
Merrill C. Lundberg           Secretary
Meridee J. Maynard            Vice President, Variable Annuity Administration
                                and Marketing
Donald Parker                 Assistant Director, Equity Compliance, NMIS Office
                                of Supervisory Jurisdiction
Larry R. Roscoe               Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Ignatius L. Smetek            Vice President - Common Stocks
Leonard F. Stecklein          Vice President, Sales Support
Steven P. Swanson             Vice President

                                      C-15
<PAGE>

Carla A. Thoke                Director, Equity Compliance, NMIS Office of
                                Supervisory Jurisdiction
Julie Van Cleave              Vice President - Common Stocks
Patricia L. Van Kampen        Vice President - Common Stocks
William R. Walker             Vice President
Robert J. Ziegler             Assistant Treasurer
Edward J. Zore                Director
</TABLE>

The address for each director and officer of NMIS is 720 East Wisconsin 
Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

          (c)  During 1998 life insurance agents of Northwestern Mutual Life 
who are also registered representatives of NMIS received commissions, 
including general agent overrides, in the aggregate amount of $2,760,050 for 
sales of variable annuity contracts, and interests therein, issued in 
connection with the Registrant.  NMIS received compensation for its 
investment advisory services from Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc., the 
investment company in which assets of the Registrant are invested.

Item 30.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

          All accounts, books or other documents required to be maintained in 
connection with the Registrant's operations are maintained in the physical 
possession of Northwestern Mutual Life at 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, 
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

Item 31.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

          There are no contracts, other than those referred to in Part A or 
Part B of this Registration Statement, under which management-related 
services are provided to the Registrant and pursuant to which total payments 
of $5,000 or more were made during any of the last three fiscal years.

Item 32.  UNDERTAKINGS

          (a)  The Registrant undertakes to file a post-effective amendment 
to this Registration Statement as frequently as is necessary to ensure that 
the audited financial statements in the Registration Statement are never more 
than 16 months old for so long as payments under the variable annuity 
contracts may be accepted.

          (b)  The Registrant undertakes to include either (1) as part of any 
application to purchase a contract offered by the prospectus, a space that an 
applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or (2) 
a post card or similar written communication affixed to or included in the 
prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of 
Additional Information.

          (c)  The Registrant undertakes to deliver any Statement of 
Additional Information and any financial statements required to be made 
available under this Form promptly upon written or oral request.

          (d)  Reference is made to the indemnification provisions disclosed 
in response to Item 28.  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising 
under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and 
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, 
or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the 
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public 
policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the 
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than 
the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, 
officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of 
any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or 
controlling person in connection with the registered securities, the 
Registrant 

                                      C-16
<PAGE>

will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by 
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the 
question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as 
expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such 
issue.















                                      C-17
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         As required by the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant, NML 
Variable Annuity Account A, has duly caused this Registration Statement to be 
signed on its behalf, in the City of Milwaukee, and State of Wisconsin, on 
the 25th day of February, 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
                                          NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A
                                          (Registrant)

                                          By THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
                                             INSURANCE COMPANY
                                             (Depositor)


Attest: JOHN M. BREMER                    By: JAMES D. ERICSON
        ------------------------------        ------------------------------
        John M. Bremer, Executive Vice        James D. Ericson, President
          President, General Counsel            and Chief Executive Officer
          and Secretary
</TABLE>

         As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration 
Statement has been signed by the depositor on the 25th day of February, 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
                                          THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
                                          INSURANCE COMPANY
                                          (Depositor)


Attest: JOHN M. BREMER                    By: JAMES D. ERICSON
        ------------------------------        ------------------------------
        John M. Bremer, Executive Vice        James D. Ericson, President
          President, General Counsel            and Chief Executive Officer
          and Secretary
</TABLE>

         As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration 
Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities with the 
depositor and on the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signature                     Title
- ---------                     -----
<S>                           <C>


JAMES D. ERICSON              Trustee, President and
- -----------------------       Principal Executive and
James D. Ericson              Financial Officer


GARY E. LONG                  Vice President, Controller
- -----------------------       and Principal Accounting
Gary E. Long                  Officer


HAROLD B. SMITH*              Trustee                        Dated
- -----------------------                                 February 25, 1999
Harold B. Smith


                                      C-18
<PAGE>



J. THOMAS LEWIS*              Trustee
- -----------------------
J. Thomas Lewis


PATRICIA ALBJERG GRAHAM*      Trustee
- -----------------------
Patricia Albjerg Graham*


DONALD J. SCHUENKE*           Trustee
- -----------------------
Donald J. Schuenke


R. QUINTUS ANDERSON*          Trustee
- -----------------------
R. Quintus Anderson


STEPHEN F. KELLER*            Trustee
- -----------------------
Stephen F. Keller


PIERRE S. du PONT*            Trustee
- -----------------------
Pierre S. du Pont 


J. E. GALLEGOS*               Trustee                        Dated
- -----------------------                                 February 25, 1999
J. E. Gallegos


KATHRYN D. WRISTON*           Trustee
- -----------------------
Kathryn D. Wriston


BARRY L. WILLIAMS*            Trustee
- -----------------------
Barry L. Williams


GORDON T. BEAHAM III*         Trustee
- -----------------------
Gordon T. Beaham III


DANIEL F. McKEITHAN, JR.*     Trustee
- -----------------------
Daniel F. McKeithan, Jr.


ROBERT E. CARLSON*            Trustee
- -----------------------
Robert E. Carlson


EDWARD E. BARR*               Trustee
- -----------------------
Edward E. Barr

                                      C-19
<PAGE>



ROBERT C. BUCHANAN*           Trustee
- -----------------------
Robert C. Buchanan


SHERWOOD H. SMITH, JR.*       Trustee
- -----------------------
Sherwood H. Smith, Jr.


H. MASON SIZEMORE, JR.*       Trustee
- -----------------------
H. Mason Sizemore, Jr.


JOHN J. STOLLENWERK*          Trustee
- -----------------------
John J. Stollenwerk


GEORGE A. DICKERMAN*          Trustee
- -----------------------
George A. Dickerman


GUY A. OSBORN*                Trustee                        Dated
- -----------------------                                 February 25, 1999
Guy A. Osborn


JOHN E. STEURI*               Trustee
- -----------------------
John E. Steuri


STEPHEN N. GRAFF*             Trustee
- -----------------------
Stephen N. Graff


BARBARA A. KING*              Trustee
- -----------------------
Barbara A. King


TIMOTHY D. PROCTOR*           Trustee
- -----------------------
Timothy D. Proctor
</TABLE>



*By:  JAMES D. ERICSON
     ----------------------------------
     James D. Ericson, Attorney in Fact,
     pursuant to the Power of Attorney
     attached hereto

                                      C-20
<PAGE>

                             POWER OF ATTORNEY

     The undersigned Trustees of THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE 
COMPANY hereby constitute and appoint James D. Ericson and Robert E. Carlson, 
or either of them, their true and lawful attorneys and agents to sign the 
names of the undersigned Trustees to (1) the registration statement or 
statements to be filed under the Securities Act of 1933 and to any instrument 
or document filed as part thereof or in connection therewith or in any way 
related thereto, and any and all amendments thereto in connection with 
variable contracts issued or sold by The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance 
Company or any separate account credited therein and (2) the Form 10-K Annual 
Report or Reports of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company and/or 
its separate accounts for its or their fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 to 
be filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and to any instrument or 
document filed as part thereof or in connection therewith or in any way 
related thereto, and any and all amendments thereto.  "Variable contracts" as 
used herein means any contracts providing for benefits or values which may 
vary according to the investment experience of any separate account 
maintained by The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company, including 
variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies.  Each of the 
undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys and agents 
shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has subscribed these 
presents this 22nd day of July, 1998.

<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
                                  R. QUINTUS ANDERSON                 Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  R. Quintus Anderson


                                  EDWARD E. BARR                      Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Edward E. Barr


                                  GORDON T. BEAHAM III                Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Gordon T. Beaham III


                                  ROBERT C. BUCHANAN                  Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Robert C. Buchanan


                                  ROBERT E. CARLSON                   Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Robert E. Carlson


                                  GEORGE A. DICKERMAN                 Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  George A. Dickerman

                                      C-21
<PAGE>



                                  PIERRE S. du PONT                   Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Pierre S. du Pont


                                  JAMES D. ERICSON                    Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  James D. Ericson


                                  J. E. GALLEGOS                      Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  J. E. Gallegos


                                  STEPHEN N. GRAFF                    Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Stephen N. Graff


                                  PATRICIA ALBJERG GRAHAM             Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Patricia Albjerg Graham


                                  STEPHEN F. KELLER                   Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Stephen F. Keller


                                  BARBARA A. KING                     Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Barbara A. King


                                  J. THOMAS LEWIS                     Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  J. Thomas Lewis


                                  DANIEL F. McKEITHAN, JR             Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Daniel F. McKeithan, Jr.


                                  GUY A. OSBORN                       Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Guy A. Osborn

                                      C-22
<PAGE>



                                  TIMOTHY D. PROCTOR                  Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Timothy D. Proctor


                                  DONALD J. SCHUENKE                  Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Donald J. Schuenke


                                  H. MASON SIZEMORE, JR.              Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  H. Mason Sizemore, Jr.


                                  HAROLD B. SMITH                     Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Harold B, Smith


                                  SHERWOOD H. SMITH, JR.              Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Sherwood H. Smith, Jr.


                                  JOHN E. STEURI                      Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  John E. Steuri


                                  JOHN J. STOLLENWERK                 Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  John J. Stollenwerk


                                  BARRY L. WILLIAMS                   Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Barry L. Williams


                                  KATHRYN D. WRISTON                  Trustee
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Kathryn D. Wriston
</TABLE>

                                      C-23
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT INDEX
                            EXHIBITS FILED WITH FORM N-4
              REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                        FOR
                           NML VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                EXHIBIT NAME
- --------------                ------------
<S>                           <C>
Exhibit 99(a)                 Resolution of Agency and Marketing Committee of
                              the Board of Trustees authorizing registration of
                              an additional quantity of securities 

Exhibit B(4)(a)               Flexible Payment Variable Annuity Front Load
                              Contract, QQV.ACCT.A. (0196), with amended
                              application, including Contract amendment (sex
                              neutral)

Exhibit B(4)(b)               Flexible Payment Variable Annuity Back Load
                              Contract, QQV.ACCT.A. (0196), with amended
                              application, including Contract amendment (sex
                              neutral)

Exhibit B(4)(c)               Variable Annuity Front Load and Back Load Contract
                              Payment Rate Tables, QQV.ACCT.A.B. (0196) (sex
                              distinct)

Exhibit B(5)                  Application forms are included in Exhibits B(4)(a)
                              and  B(4)(b) above

Exhibit B(8)(a)               Form of Participation Agreement Among Russell
                              Insurance Funds, Russell Fund Distributors, Inc.
                              and The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

Exhibit B(8)(b)               Form of Administrative Service Fee Agreement
                              between The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                              Company and Frank Russell Company
          
Exhibit B(9)                  Opinion and Consent of John M. Bremer, Esq.

Exhibit B(10)                 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
</TABLE>

The following exhibit was filed in electronic format with the Registration
Statement on Form S-6 for Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account, File No.
333-59103, CIK 0000742277, dated July 15, 1998, and is incorporated herein by
reference.

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>
Exhibit A(6)(b)               Amended By-Laws of The Northwestern Mutual Life
                              Insurance Company dated January 28, 1998
</TABLE>

The following exhibit was filed in electronic format with Post-Effective 
Amendment No. 6 on Form N-4 for NML Variable Annuity Account A, File No. 
33-58476, CIK 0000790162, dated November 13, 1995, and is incorporated herein 
by reference:

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>
EX-99.B1                      Restated Articles of Incorporation of The
                              Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

The following exhibits were filed in electronic format with the Registration
Statement on Form N-4 for NML Variable Annuity Account A, File No. 333-22455,
CIK 0000790162, dated February 27, 1997, and are incorporated herein by
reference:

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>
Exhibit 99(b)                 Resolution of the Board of Trustees of The
                              Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
                              creating the Account and resolution of the
                              Executive Committee designating the Account "NML
                              Variable Annuity Account A" 

Exhibit A(3)(A)               Distribution Contract
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
                                    Exhibit 99(a)
                                          
                  RESOLUTION OF THE AGENCY AND MARKETING COMMITTEE
                            OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF
                   THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                  December 2, 1998
                                          
                                          
     WHEREAS, resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of The Northwestern
Mutual Life Insurance Company (the "Company") on February 14, 1968 established
NML Variable Annuity Account A to facilitate the issuance of certain variable
annuity contracts (the "Contracts") and authorized registration of $50,000,000
offering price of the Contracts under the Securities Act of 1933; and

     WHEREAS, additional Contracts in the aggregate amount of $200,000,000
offering price were authorized to be registered by resolutions adopted by the
Insurance Product and Marketing Committee (now known as the Agency and Marketing
Committee) on March 23, 1983 and July 22, 1992; and

     WHEREAS, Contracts in the aggregate amount of $250,000,000 offering price
have been registered to date, the greater part of such registered Contracts have
now been sold to the public and the officers of the Company seek authority to
register an additional quantity.

     NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that $100,000,000 offering price of
additional Contracts or such lesser amount as may be designated by the President
and Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall be registered under the
Securities Act of 1933.
                              
                              Authorized on behalf of the Board of Trustees by 
                              the Agency and Marketing Committee at its meeting
                              on December 2, 1998.
                              
                              
                              Larry S. Meihsner
                              -------------------------------------------------
                              Larry S. Meihsner, Secretary to the Committee


ori. J. M. Bremer
cc:  M. Lundberg
     M. Kirchoff
     S. Holm

<PAGE>

                                 Exhibit B(4)(a)

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company agrees to pay the benefits
provided in this contract, subject to its terms and conditions. Signed at
Milwaukee, Wisconsin on the Issue Date.

       /s/ James D. Ericson               /s/ John M. Bremer

       PRESIDENT AND C.E.O.                   SECRETARY

FLEXIBLE PAYMENT VARIABLE ANNUITY-ACCOUNT A

Net Purchase Payments accumulated in a Separate Account, assets of which are
invested in shares of one or more mutual funds, or Guaranteed Interest Fund.

Retirement benefit payable at maturity. 
Payment at death before maturity.

Contract benefits payable in one sum or as variable or guaranteed monthly
income. Variable Payment Plan benefits described in Section 11.

Participating.

AMOUNTS ALLOCATED TO THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS AND VARIABLE PAYMENTS
PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT BUT ARE
VARIABLE AND MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE TO REFLECT THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF
THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.

RIGHT TO RETURN CONTRACT -- Please read this contract carefully. The Owner may
return the contract for any reason within ten days after receiving it. Return of
the contract is effective on the date written notice of the return is delivered,
mailed or sent by telegram to either The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
Company, 720 E. Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 or the agent who
sold the contract. If returned, the contract will be cancelled and the Company
will refund the sum of (a) the difference between the Purchase Payments paid and
the amounts, if any, allocated to the Separate Account plus (b) the value of the
contract on the effective date of return.

                        [NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE LOGO]

                        CONTRACT NUMBER  V12 345 678
                        ANNUITANT        John J. Doe
                        ISSUE DATE       January 15, 1996
                                                            Sex Neutral

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                    PAGE
                                                                    ----

CONTRACT INFORMATION, SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS                      3

LOADS, FEES, AND CHARGES;
PURCHASE PAYMENTS, ACCUMULATION VALUE, PAYMENT PLANS                  4

SECTION 1. GENERAL TERMS AND DEFINITIONS                              5

SECTION 2. SEPARATE ACCOUNT                                           6
         - Definition of Separate Account
         - Accumulation Units
         - Net Investment Factor
         - Substitution and Change

SECTION 3. GUARANTEE INTEREST FUND                                    7
         - Guaranteed Interest Fund
         - Accumulation Value
         - Transfer Restrictions
         - Maximum Accumulation Value

SECTION 4. PURCHASE PAYMENTS, TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS               7
         -  Payment of Purchase Payments
         -  Application of Purchase Payments
         -  Selection of Division for Purchase Payments
         -  Transfer of Accumulation Units
         -  Withdrawals and Full Surrender
         -  Effective Date

SECTION 5. BENEFITS                                                   8
         - Maturity Benefit
         - Payment at Death

SECTION 6. BENEFICIARIES                                              9
         - Definition of Beneficiaries
         - Naming and Change of Beneficiaries
         - Succession in Interest of Beneficiaries
         - General

SECTION 7. LOADS, FEES, AND CHARGES                                  10
         - Contract Fee
         - Sales Load and Premium Taxes
         - Withdrawal Charge

SECTION 8. OWNERSHIP                                                 11
         - The Owner
         - Transfer of Ownership
         - Collateral Assignment
         - Reports to Owners
         - Transferability Restrictions


                                       1
<PAGE>

                                                                    PAGE
                                                                    ----

SECTION 9.  THE CONTRACT                                             11
         -  Guarantees
         -  Valuation of Assets
         -  Determination of Values
         -  Deferment of Benefit Payments
         -  Dividends
         -  Incontestability
         -  Misstatement of Age or Sex
         -  Entire Contract; Changes
         -  Termination of Contract

SECTION 10. PAYMENT OF CONTRACT BENEFITS                             12
         -  Payment of Benefits
         -  Payment at Death
         -  Effective Date for Payment Plan
         -  Payment Plan Elections

SECTION 11. PAYMENT PLANS                                            13
         -  Description of Payment Plans
         -  Allocation of Benefits
         -  Annuity Units under Variable Payment Plans
         -  Payments under Variable Payment Plans
         -  Transfers between Variable Payment Plans
         -  Withdrawal under Payment Plans
         -  Payment Plan Rates

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS (if any)                                  Following page

APPLICATION                                             Attached to the contract

                                  ENDORSEMENTS
               to be made only by the Company at the Home Office


                                       2
<PAGE>


CONTRACT INFORMATION

CONTRACT NUMBER                    V12 345 678

PLAN                               Flexible Payment Variable Annuity
ADDITIONAL BENEFITS                None

TAX REPORTING CATEGORY             Personal Annuity

ANNUITANT                          John J. Doe
AGE AND SEX                        35   Male
OWNER                              John J. Doe, the Annuitant

ISSUE DATE                         June 1, 1999
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY               June 1, 2000 and each June 1 
                                   thereafter
MATURITY DATE                      June 1, 2029
     
DIRECT BENEFICIARY                 Jane K. Doe, Wife of the Annuitant

     
     
                                 INVESTMENT DIVISIONS
     
On the Issue Date, Purchase Payments and contract values may be allocated among
the following Investment Accounts.  Available Separate Account Divisions are
subject to change.  See Section 2.1.
     
Divisions of Separate Account A:
     Select Bond Division
     International Equity Division
     Money Market Division
     Balanced Division
     Index 500 Stock Division
     Aggressive Growth Stock Division
     High Yield Bond Division
     Growth Stock Division
     Growth and Income Stock Division
     Index 400 Stock Division
     Small Cap Growth Stock Division
     Russell Multi-Style Equity Division
     Russell Aggressive Equity Division
     Russell Non-US Division
     Russell Real Estate Securities Division
     Russell Core Bond Division

Guaranteed Accounts:
     Guaranteed Interest Fund




QQV.ACCT.A.(0599)                       Page 3


<PAGE>

                                           CONTRACT NUMBER           V12 345 678

                          LOADS, FEES, AND CHARGES

DEDUCTION FROM PURCHASE PAYMENTS:

         SALES LOAD (See Section 7.2):

         Total Purchase Payments                             Amount Deducted
         Paid Under the Contract                           From Purchase Payment
               First $100,000                                      4.0%
               Next $400,000                                       2.0%
               Next $500,000                                       1.0%
               Balance over $1,000,000                             0.5%

         PREMIUM TAX (See Section 7.2):
            For the first Contract Year, Premium Taxes are not deducted from
            Purchase Payments. After the first Contract Year, the Company may
            deduct Premium Taxes from Purchase Payments received or benefits
            paid.

ANNUAL ANNUITY RATE AND EXPENSE GUARANTEE CHARGE (See Section 2.3):
         0.40% at Issue; 0.75% Maximum

ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE (See Section 7.1):

         $30 charged on the contract anniversary. The contract fee will be
         waived if the Accumulation Value of the contract equals or exceeds
         $50,000 on the contract anniversary.

TRANSFER FEE (See Sections 4.4 and 11.5):
         $25 beginning with the thirteenth transfer in any Contract Year.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE: Not Applicable

         MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS, ACCUMULATION VALUE, PAYMENT PLANS

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENT (See Section 4.1): $25

MINIMUM ACCUMULATION VALUE (See Section 9.9):
         $2,000 after the first contract anniversary

MINIMUM PAYMENT UNDER PAYMENT PLAN (See Sections 9.9 and 10.4): $20


                                     Page 4

<PAGE>

              GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND - TABLE OF GUARANTEED VALUES

The table shows minimum guaranteed values and assumes a $10,000 Purchase Payment
made at the time of issue followed by subsequent $1,000 Purchase Payments made
annually thereafter on each contract anniversary. The values are based on the
assumption that 100% of all net Purchase Payments are allocated to, and remain
in, the Guaranteed Interest Fund.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          End of
          Contract                                               Accumulation             Cash
          Year                         October 1,                    Value                Value
         <S>                           <C>                         <C>                   <C>
            1                             1996                      $  9,888               $9,888
            2                             1997                        11,143               11,143
            3                             1998                        12,435               12,435
            4                             1999                        13,766               13,766
            5                             2000                        15,137               15,137

            6                             2001                        16,549               16,549
            7                             2002                        18,003               18,003
            8                             2003                        19,501               19,501
            9                             2004                        21,044               21,044
            10                            2005                        22,633               22,633

            11                            2006                        24,270               24,270
            12                            2007                        25,956               25,956
            13                            2008                        27,692               27,692
            14                            2009                        29,481               29,481
            15                            2010                        31,323               31,323

            16                            2011                        33,221               33,221
            17                            2012                        35,176               35,176
            18                            2013                        37,189               37,189
            19                            2014                        39,262               39,262
            20                            2015                        41,398               41,398

        Age 60                            2020                        53,108               53,108
        Age 65                            2025                        66,817               66,817
</TABLE>

This table is based on the guaranteed annual interest rate of 3%. Higher
declared rates of interest will increase values. Values shown at the end of
contract years do not reflect any Purchase Payments paid on that contract
anniversary. The actual guaranteed values may differ from those shown above,
depending on the amount and frequency of Purchase Payments.


                                     Page 4A

<PAGE>

                    SECTION 1. GENERAL TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

ACCUMULATION UNIT. A unit of measure used to determine the value of the interest
of this contract in the Separate Account prior to the date on which amounts are
placed under a payment plan.

ACCUMULATION VALUE. The Accumulation Value of a Separate Account Division is the
total value of all Accumulation Units in that Division. The Accumulation Value
of the Guaranteed Interest Fund is the sum of amounts applied to the fund, plus
credited interest, less amounts withdrawn or transferred from the fund. The
Accumulation Value of the contract is the sum of the Accumulation Values of all
Investment Accounts.

ANNUITANT. The person upon whose life this contract is issued and contract
benefits depend.

ANNUITY UNIT. A unit of measure used to determine the amount of variable
payments under a variable payment plan and the value of the interest of a
variable payment plan in the Separate Account.

COMPANY. The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company.

CONTRACT FEE. An annual charge for administrative expense; made on each contract
anniversary prior to the Maturity Date.

CONTRACT YEAR. The first Contract Year is the period of time ending on the first
contract anniversary. Subsequent Contract Years are the annual periods between
contract anniversaries.

DIVISION. A component of the Separate Account to which the Owner may allocate
Purchase Payments and contract values.

GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND. The portion of the contract that is credited with a
guaranteed interest rate and which is held as part of the general assets of the
Company.

HOME OFFICE. The office of the Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
located at 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

INVESTMENT ACCOUNT. The Guaranteed Interest Fund and Separate Account Divisions
available for allocation of Purchase Payments and contract values. The available
Investment Accounts are listed on page 3.

ISSUE DATE. The date this contract is issued and becomes effective.

MATURITY DATE. The date upon which contract benefits will become payable. If the
contract is continued in force under the Optional Maturity Date provision, the
Optional Maturity Date will become the Maturity Date.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT. A Purchase Payment less all applicable deductions.
Deductions may include the Sales Load and Premium Tax.

OPTIONAL MATURITY DATE. The contract anniversary nearest the Annuitant's 90th
birthday. Upon reaching the Maturity Date shown on page 3, the Owner may elect
to continue the contract in force until this Optional Maturity Date.

OWNER.  The person possessing the ownership rights stated in this contract.

PREMIUM TAX. A tax imposed by a governmental entity when Purchase Payments and
charges for the Disability Waiver of Purchase Payment Benefit are received or
benefits are paid.

PURCHASE PAYMENT. A payment made by or on behalf of the Owner with respect to
this contract excluding any charge for the Disability Waiver of Purchase Payment
Benefit.

SALES LOAD. A deduction made from Purchase Payments received.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT. NML Variable Annuity Account A. The Separate Account consists
of assets set aside by the Company, the investment performance of which is kept
separate from that of the general assets and all other separate account assets
of the Company.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE. A deduction that is made from maturity benefits and
withdrawal amounts.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE FREE AMOUNT. For a withdrawal, the amount that can be
withdrawn without a Withdrawal Charge prior to the withdrawal of Net Purchase
Payments.

TRANSFER FEE. A deduction that is made from the amount transferred between
Investment Accounts.

VALUATION DATE. Any day on which the assets of the Separate Account are valued.
Assets are valued as of the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange for
each day the Exchange is open.


                                       5

<PAGE>

                          SECTION 2. SEPARATE ACCOUNT

2.1 SEPARATE ACCOUNT

      The Separate Account (NML Variable Annuity Account A) has been established
by the Company. The Separate Account consists of assets set aside by the
Company, the investment performance of which is kept separate from that of the
general assets and all other separate account assets of the Company. The assets
of the Separate Account will not be charged with liabilities arising out of any
other business the Company may conduct. Interests in the Separate Account are
represented by Accumulation Units and Annuity Units, described in Sections 2.2
and 11.3, respectively.

      The Separate Account is comprised of the Divisions listed on page 3. The
assets allocated to these Divisions are invested in shares of corresponding
Portfolios of the Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (the Series Fund). The
Series Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as an
open-end, diversified management investment company. Shares of the Series Fund
Portfolios are purchased for the Separate Account at their net asset value.

      The Company reserves the right to eliminate or add additional Divisions
and Portfolios.

2.2 ACCUMULATION UNITS

      The interest of this contract in the Separate Account, prior to the date
on which amounts become payable under a payment plan, is represented by
Accumulation Units. The dollar value of Accumulation Units for each Division
will increase or decrease to reflect the investment experience of the Division.
The value of an Accumulation Unit on any Valuation Date is determined by
multiplying:

      -     the value on the immediately preceding Valuation Date; by

      -     the Net Investment Factor for the period from the immediately
            preceding Valuation Date up to and including the current Valuation
            Date (the current period).

2.3 NET INVESTMENT FACTOR

      For each Division of the Separate Account the Net Investment Factor for
the current period is one plus the net investment rate for the Division. The net
investment rate for the current period is equal to the gross investment rate for
the Division reduced on each Valuation Date by a charge for annuity rate and
expense guarantees. The charge for these guarantees on the Issue Date is shown
on page 4. The Company may increase or decrease the charge after the Issue Date,
but the Company may not increase the charge to exceed the maximum charge shown
on page 4.

      The gross investment rate for the current period for each Division is
equal to a. divided by b. where:

    a. is:

      -     the investment income of the Division for the current period; plus

      -     captial gains for the period, whether realized or unrealized, on the
            assets of the Division; less

      -     capital losses for the period, whether realized or unrealized, on
            the assets of the Division; less

      -     deduction for any tax liability paid or reserved for by the Company
            resulting from the maintenance or operation of the Division; and
            less

      -     any reasonable expenses paid or reserved for by the Company which
            result from a substitution of other securities for shares of the
            Portfolio(s) as set forth in Section 2.4 and

    b. is the value of the assets in the Division on the immediately preceding
       Valuation Date.

      The gross investment rate may be positive or negative. The deduction for
any tax liability may be charged proportionately against those contracts to
which the liability is attributable by a reduction in the gross investment rate
for those contracts.

2.4 SUBSTITUTION AND CHANGE

      Pursuant to the authority of the Board of Trustees of the Company:

      -     the assets of the Division may be invested in securities other than
            shares of the Portfolio(s) as a substitute for those shares already
            purchased or as the securities to be purchased in the future;

      -     the provision of the contracts may be modified to comply with any
            other applicable federal or state laws.

      In the event of a substitution or change, the Company may make appropriate
endorsement on this and other contracts having an interest in the Separate
Account and take other actions as may be necessary to effect the substitution or
change.


                                       6

<PAGE>

                       SECTION 3. GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND

3.1 GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND

      Net Purchase Payments (see Section 4.2) and amounts transferred from other
Investment Accounts under this contract (see Section 4.4) may be applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund. Contract benefits placed under a variable payment plan
may not be applied to the Guaranteed Interest Fund. Amounts applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund become part of the general assets of the Company.

3.2 ACCUMULATION VALUE

      The Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund is the sum of the
amounts applied to it, plus credited interest, less any amounts withdrawn or
transferred from the fund. Interest begins to accrue on the effective date of
the Purchase Payment or transfer (see Section 4.6). Interest will be credited at
an annual effective interest rate of not less than 3%. A higher rate may be
declared by the Company from time to time for a period set by the Company.

3.3 TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

      Neither transfers of Accumulation Value into the Guaranteed Interest Fund
nor transfers of Accumulation Value from the Guaranteed Interest Fund will be
allowed for a period of 365 days following the most recent transfer of
Accumulation Value from the Guaranteed Interest Fund. The maximum amount of the
Accumulation Value that may be transferred from the Guaranteed Interest Fund in
one transfer is limited to the greater of:

      -     20% of the Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund on the
            last contract anniversary preceding the transfer, and

      -     the amount of the most recent transfer from the Guaranteed Interest
            Fund.

      However, in no event will this maximum transfer amount be less than $1,000
or greater than $50,000.

3.4 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND ACCUMULATION VALUE

      The Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund may not exceed
$1,000,000 without prior consent of the Company, except when the maximum is
exceeded because of interest accruing to the Guaranteed Interest Fund.

3.5 TABLE OF GUARANTEED VALUES

      Accumulation and cash values are shown on page 4A for the end of the
contract years shown. Values for contract years not shown are calculated on the
same basis as those shown on page 4A. All values are at least as great as those
required by the state in which this contract is delivered.

              SECTION 4. PURCHASE PAYMENTS, TRANSFERS, WITHDRAWALS

4.1 PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

      All Purchase Payments are payable at the Home Office or to an authorized
agent. A receipt signed by an officer of the Company will be furnished on
request.

      Purchase Payments may be made at any time prior to the Maturity Date. The
Owner may vary the amount of Purchase Payments, but no Purchase Payment may be
less than the minimum Purchase Payment shown on page 4. Total Purchase Payments
may not exceed $5,000,000 without the consent of the Company.

      The Company will not accept any Purchase Payments under Section 4 unless
it is a contribution under a pension or profit sharing plan which meets the
requirements of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, or
the requirements for deduction of the employe's contribution under Section
404(a)(2) of such code.

4.2 APPLICATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

      Each Purchase Payment, net of the Sales Load and Premium Tax, will be
applied to one or more Investment Accounts. Net Purchase Payments applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund will accrue interest from the effective date of the
Purchase Payment. Net Purchase Payments applied to the Separate Account will
provide Accumulation Units in one or more Divisions. Accumulation Units are
credited as of the effective date of the Purchase Payment.

      The number of Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the Net
Purchase Payment by the value of an Accumulation Unit on the effective date.
This number of Accumulation Units will not be changed by any subsequent change
in the dollar value of Accumulation Units.

4.3 SELECTION OF INVESTMENT ACCOUNT FOR PURCHASE PAYMENTS

      The Owner may at any time change the allocation of Net Purchase Payments
among the Investment Accounts by written notice to the Company. Net Purchase
Payments received at the Home Office on or after the date on which notice is
received will be applied to the designated Investment Accounts on the basis of
the new allocation.

4.4 TRANSFER OF ACCUMULATION VALUE

      Before the Maturity Date the Owner may, on request satisfactory to the
Company, transfer amounts from one Investment Account to another, subject to the
transfer restrictions described in Section 3.3. For transfers among the Separate
Account Divisions, the number of Accumulation Units to be applied or deducted
will be adjusted to reflect the respective value of the Accumulation Units in
each of the Divisions on the date the transfer is effective. A Transfer Fee will
be deducted from the amount transferred. The amount of the Transfer Fee is shown
on page 4. The minimum amount which may be transferred is the lesser of $100 or
the entire Accumulation Value of the Investment Account from which the transfer
is being made.

      For transfers from the Guaranteed Interest Fund, amounts closest to
expiration of an interest rate guarantee will be removed first. In the event
that two amounts are equally close to expiration, the one which was applied to
the Guaranteed Interest Fund earlier will be removed first.


                                      7

<PAGE>

4.5 WITHDRAWALS AND FULL SURRENDER

      Before the Maturity Date the Owner may, on request satisfactory to the
Company, withdraw all or a portion of the Accumulation Value of the contract.
The Company may require that at least 100 Accumulation Units or $100 of
Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund remain after a partial
withdrawal. Withdrawal of the entire value of the contract constitutes a full
surrender, and receipt of the contract at the Home Office will terminate this
contract. Receipt of the contract may be waived by the Company.

      The cash value of the amount withdrawn will be the Accumulation Value
withdrawn determined as of the date the withdrawal is effective, less any
applicable Withdrawal Charge. The Withdrawal Charge is described, in Section
7.3.

      The term "withdrawal amounts" as used in this contract includes amounts
paid as full surrenders and withdrawals of a portion of the Accumulation Value
of the contract.

      For withdrawals from the Guaranteed Interest Fund, amounts closest to
expiration of an interest rate guarantee will be removed first. In the event
that two amounts are equally close to expiration, the one which was applied to
the Guaranteed Interest Fund earlier will be removed first.

4.6 EFFECTIVE DATE

      The effective date of a Purchase Payment, transfer, or withdrawal is the
Valuation Date on which the Purchase Payment or the request for transfer or
withdrawal is received at the Home Office. However, the Purchase Payment,
transfer, or withdrawal will be effective on the following Valuation Date if the
Purchase Payment or request for transfer or withdrawal is received at the Home
Office either:

      -     on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
            Exchange; or

      -     on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

                               SECTION 5. BENEFITS

5.1 MATURITY BENEFIT

MATURITY OPTIONS. If the Annuitant is living on the Maturity Date shown on page
3, and that Maturity Date is earlier than the contract anniversary nearest the
Annuitant's 90th birthday, the Owner may elect between the following maturity
options:

      -     payment of a monthly income to the Annuitant under a payment plan
            chosen by the Owner; or

      -     deferral of the maturity benefit and continuation of this contract,
            without any Disability Waiver of Purchase Payment Benefit, to the
            Optional Maturity Date. The contract will continue under this option
            if a written election for this purpose is received by the Company or
            if on the Maturity Date shown on page 3, the Owner has not chosen a
            payment plan.

      If the Annuitant is living on the Maturity Date and that Maturity Date is
on or after the contract anniversary nearest the Annuitant's 90th birthday, the
Company will pay a monthly income to the Annuitant under a payment form chosen
by the Owner.

PAYMENT OF MATURITY BENEFIT. The amount of the monthly income paid as the
maturity benefit will depend on the payment plan chosen (see Section 11) and the
maturity value. The maturity value of this contract will be the Accumulation
Value of the contract on the effective date of the maturity benefit, less any
applicable Withdrawal Charge (see Section 7.3). The maturity benefit will be
effective on the Maturity Date. However, if the New York Stock Exchange is
closed on the Maturity Date, the effective date will be the Valuation Date next
preceding the Maturity Date.

      If no payment form is chosen at the time a monthly income becomes payable,
payments will be made to the Annuitant under the variable payment form of Life
Income Plan (Option C), with installments certain for ten years, as described in
Section 11.1.

OPTIONAL MATURITY DATE. The Optional Maturity Date is the contract anniversary
nearest the Annuitant's 90th birthday. If the contract is continued to the
Optional Maturity Date, all contract rights of the Owner will continue in effect
to the Optional Maturity Date except that the Disability Waiver of Purchase
Payment Benefit will not continue in force after the Maturity Date shown on page
3. The Optional Maturity Date will become the Maturity Date for all other
purposes of this contract.

5.2 PAYMENT AT DEATH

      The Company will make a payment to the beneficiary upon receipt at its
Home Office of satisfactory proof of the death of the Annuitant before the
Maturity Date. The payment at death will be the Accumulation Value of the
contract determined on the effective date of the payment at death. The payment
at death will be effective on the Valuation Date on which proof of death is
received at the Home Office or, if later, the date on which a method of payment
is elected. However, payment at death will be effective on the next following
Valuation Date if the proof of death is received at the Home Office either:

      -     on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
            Exchange; or

      -     on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

      If the date of death is before the Annuitant's 65th birthday, the payment
at death will not be less than:

      -     total Purchase Payments paid under the contract; less

      -     any amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5.

      The term "death benefits" as used in this contract refers to the payment
at death.


                                       8

<PAGE>

                            SECTION 6. BENEFICIARIES

6.1 DEFINITIONS

      The term "beneficiaries" as used in this contract includes direct
beneficiaries, contingent beneficiaries and further payees.

6.2 NAMING AND CHANGE OF BENEFICIARIES

FOR MATURITY BENEFITS BY OWNER. The Owner may name and change the beneficiaries
of maturity benefits before the Maturity Date. If no direct beneficiary is named
by the Owner, the Annuitant will be the direct beneficiary.

FOR DEATH BENEFITS BY OWNER.  The Owner may name and change the beneficiaries:

      -     while the Annuitant is living; or

      -     during the first 60 days after the date of death of tire Annuitant,
            if the Annuitant was not the Owner immediately prior to the
            Annuitant's death. A change made during this 60 days cannot be
            revoked.

FOR WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS BY OWNER.  The Owner may name the beneficiaries at the
time of withdrawal.

FOR DEATH BENEFITS BY DIRECT BENEFICIARY. A direct beneficiary may name and
change the contingent beneficiaries and further payees of the direct
beneficiary's share of the benefits:

      -     if the direct beneficiary is the Owner,

      -     if, at any time after the death of the Annuitant, no contingent
            beneficiary or further payee of that share is living; or

      -     if, after the death of the Annuitant, the direct beneficiary elects
            a payment plan. The interest of any other beneficiary in the share
            of that direct beneficiary will end.

      These direct beneficiary rights are subject to the Owner's rights during
the 60 days after the date of death of the Annuitant.

FOR MATURITY BENEFITS OR WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS BY DIRECT BENEFICIARY. After a
withdrawal or the maturity of the contract, the direct beneficiary may name and
change the contingent beneficiaries and further payees of the direct
beneficiary's share of benefits that is under a payment plan.

FOR MATURITY OR DEATH BENEFITS OR WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS BY SPOUSE (MARITAL
DEDUCTION PROVISION).

      -     POWER TO APPOINT. The spouse of the Annuitant will have the power
            alone and in all events to appoint all amounts payable to the spouse
            under the contract if:
            a.    just before the Annuitant's death, the Annuitant was the
                  Owner, and
            b.    the spouse is a direct beneficiary; and 
            c.    the spouse survives the Annuitant.

      -     TO WHOM SPOUSE CAN APPOINT. Under this power, the spouse can
            appoint:
            a.    to the estate of the spouse; or
            b.    to any other persons as contingent beneficiaries and further
                  payees.

      -     EFFECT OF EXERCISE. As to the amounts appointed, the exercise of
            this power will:
            a.    revoke any other designation of beneficiaries;
            b.    revoke any election of payment plan as it applies to them; and
            c.    cause any provision to the contrary in Section 6 or 10 of this
                  contract to be of no effect.

EFFECTIVE DATE. A naming or change of a beneficiary will be made on receipt at
the Home Office of a written request that is acceptable to the Company. The
request will then take effect as of the date that it was signed. The Company is
not responsible for any payment or other action that is taken by it before the
receipt of the request. The Company may require that the contract be sent to it
to be endorsed to show the naming or change.

6.3 SUCCESSION IN INTEREST OF BENEFICIARIES

DIRECT BENEFICIARIES. The maturity or death benefits or withdrawal amounts will
be payable in equal shares to the direct beneficiaries who survive and receive
payment. If a direct beneficiary dies before receiving all or part of the direct
beneficiary's full share, the unpaid portion will be payable in equal shares to
the other direct beneficiaries who survive and receive payment.

CONTINGENT BENEFICIARIES. At the death of all of the direct beneficiaries, the
maturity or death benefits, the withdrawal amounts, or the present value of any
unpaid payments under a payment plan, will be payable in equal shares to the
contingent beneficiaries who survive and receive payment. If a contingent
beneficiary dies before receiving all or part of the contingent beneficiary's
full share, the unpaid portion will be payable in equal shares to the other
contingent beneficiaries who survive and receive payment.

FURTHER PAYEES. At the death of all the direct and contingent beneficiaries, the
maturity or death benefits, the withdrawal amounts, or the present value of any
unpaid payments under a payment plan, will be paid in one sum:

      -     in equal shares to the further payees who survive and receive
            payment; or

      -     if no further payees survive and receive payment, to the estate of
            the last to die of all beneficiaries who survive the Annuitant.


                                       9

<PAGE>

OWNER OR THE OWNER'S ESTATE.  If no beneficiaries are alive when the Annuitant
dies, the benefits will be paid to the Owner or to the Owner's estate.

6.4 TRUSTEE AS BENEFICIARY

      If a trustee is named as a beneficiary and no qualified trustee makes
claim to the proceeds, or to the present value of any unpaid payments under a
payment plan, within one year after payment becomes due to the trustee, or if
satisfactory evidence is furnished to the Company within that year showing that
no trustee can qualify to receive payment, payment will be made as though the
trustee had not been named.

      The Company will be fully discharged of liability for any action taken by
the trustee and for all amounts paid to, or at the direction of, the trustee and
will have no obligation as to the use of the amounts. In all dealings with the
trustee the Company will be fully protected against the claims of every other
person. The Company will not be charged with notice of a change of trustee
unless written evidence of the change is received at the Home Office.

6.5 GENERAL

TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP. A transfer of ownership of itself will not change the
interest of a beneficiary.

CLAIMS OF CREDITORS. So far as allowed by law, no amount payable under this
contract will be subject to the claims of creditors of a beneficiary.

SUCCESSION UNDER PAYMENT PLANS. A direct or contingent beneficiary who succeeds
to an interest in a payment plan will continue under the terms of the plan.

                         SECTION 7. FEES AND CHARGES

7.1 CONTRACT FEE

      On each contract anniversary prior to the Maturity Date, a Contract Fee
will be charged for administrative expenses. The amount of the Contract Fee is
shown on page 4. The Contract Fee will be deducted from the Investment Accounts
in proportion to the Accumulation Value of the Investment Accounts. The
effective date of the Contract Fee will be the contract anniversary. However, if
the New York Stock Exchange is closed on the contract anniversary, the effective
date will be the next following Valuation Date.

7.2 SALES LOAD AND PREMIUM TAXES

      The Company will deduct from Purchase Payments received the Sales Load
shown on page 4. The Company may also deduct from Purchase Payments received any
Premium Taxes incurred.

7.3 WITHDRAWAL CHARGE

CONDITIONS. Maturity benefits and withdrawals are subject to a Withdrawal Charge
described on page 4. There is no Withdrawal Charge on benefits that are paid
under a variable Instalment Income or variable Life Income Payment Plan.
However, the withdrawal of the present value of any unpaid installments under a
variable Installment Income Plan (Option B) will be subject to a withdrawal
charge if the withdrawal is made less than five years after the date that the
payment plan takes effect.

CALCULATIONS. The amount of the Withdrawal Charge on the contract is equal to
the sum of the Withdrawal Charges on all Net Purchase Payments. The Withdrawal
Charge on a Net Purchase Payment is equal to the Withdrawal Charge percentage on
the date the Withdrawal Charge is determined, multiplied by the amount of the
Net Purchase Payment. The Withdrawal Charge percentages are shown on page 4. The
excess of the Accumulation Value of the contract over the total of Net Purchase
Payments paid is not subject to a Withdrawal Charge.

      Withdrawal Charges are determined:

      -     for maturity benefits, as of the Maturity Date.

      -     for withdrawals under Section 4.5, as of the effective date of the
            withdrawal.

      -     for withdrawals from payment plans, as of the effective date of the
            withdrawal.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE FREE AMOUNT. If the Accumulation Value of the contract is at
least $10,000 on the most recent contract anniversary preceding a withdrawal
under Section 4.5, then the amount withdrawn will be taken first from any
eligible portion of the Accumulation Value of the contract that exceeds the
total of Net Purchase Payments paid. For each Contract Year, the amount eligible
for the Withdrawal Charge Free Amount is the lesser of the following:

      -     the excess of the Accumulation Value of the contract on the
            effective date of the withdrawal over the total of Net Purchase
            Payments paid up to the effective date of the withdrawal; and

      -     10% of the Accumulation Value of the contract on the most recent
            contract anniversary preceding the withdrawal.

ORDER OF WITHDRAWAL. A withdrawal will be taken from the contract in the
following order:

      -     first, from the Withdrawal Charge Free Amount, if any;

      -     next, from the Net Purchase Payments in the order that produces the
            lowest Withdrawal Charge; and

      -     last, from any remaining amount by which the Accumulation Value of
            the contract exceeds the total of Net Purchase Payments.


                                       10

<PAGE>

                              SECTION 8. OWNERSHIP

8.1 THE OWNER

      The Owner is named on page 3. All contract rights may be exercised by the
Owner, the Owner's successor, or the Owner's transferee without the consent of
any beneficiary. After the Annuitant's death, contract rights may be exercised
only as provided in Sections 6 and 1).

      If the contract has more than one Owner, contract rights may be exercised
only by authorization of all Owners.

8.2 TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP

      The Owner may transfer the ownership of this contract. Written proof of
transfer satisfactory to the Company must be received at its Home Office. The
transfer will then take effect as of the date it was signed. The Company may
require that the contract be sent to it for endorsement to show the transfer.
The Company will not be responsible to a transferee Owner for any payment or
other action taken by the Company before receipt of the proof of transfer at its
Home Office.

8.3 COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT

      The Owner may assign this contract as collateral security. The Company is
not responsible for the validity or effect of a collateral assignment. The
Company will not be responsible to an assignee for any payment or other action
taken by the Company before receipt of the assignment in writing at its Home
Office.

      The interest of any beneficiary will be subject to any collateral
assignment made either before or after the beneficiary is named.

      A collateral assignee is not an Owner. A collateral assignment is not a
transfer of ownership. Ownership can be transferred only by complying with
Section 8.2.

8.4 REPORTS TO OWNERS

      At least once each Contract Year, the Company will also send to the Owner
or payee a statement of the Accumulation Values of the Investment Accounts, the
number of units credited to the contract, the dollar value of a unit as of a
date not more than two months previous to the date of mailing, and a statement
of the investments held by the Separate Account.

8.5 TRANSFERABILITY RESTRICTIONS

      Notwithstanding any other provisions of this contract, the Owner may not:

            -     change the ownership of the contract; or

            -     sell the contract, or asssign or pledge the contract as
                  collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an
                  obligation or for any other purpose, to any person other than
                  the Company.

      These restrictions will not apply if the Owner is:

            -     the trustee of an employee trust that is qualified under the
                  Internal Revenue Code; or

            -     the custodian of a custodial account treated as an employee
                  trust that is qualified under the Internal Revenue Code.

      The restrictions do not preclude the employer under a non-trusteed plan
from transferring ownership of this contract to the Annuitant or to the employer
or trustee under another plan or trust when required by the plan.

                             SECTION 9. THE CONTRACT

9.1 GUARANTEES

      The Company guarantees that mortality and expense results will not
adversely affect the amount of variable payments.

9.2 VALUATION OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT ASSETS

      The value of the shares of each Portfolio held in the Separate Account on
each Valuation Date will be the redemption value of the shares on that date. If
the right to redeem shares of a Portfolio has been suspended, or payment of the
redemption value has been postponed, the shares held in the Separate Ac. count
(and Annuity Units) may be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by
the Board of Trustees of the Company for the sole purpose of computing annuity
payments.

9.3 DETERMINATION OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT VALUES

      The method of determination by the Company of the Net Investment Factor,
and the number and value of Accumulation Units and Annuity Units, will be
conclusive upon the Owner, any assignee, the Annuitant, and any beneficiary.

9.4 DEFERMENT OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS

SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS. The Company reserves the right to defer
determination of the contract values of the Separate Account portion of this
contract, or the payment of benefits under a variable payment plan, until after
the end of any period during which the right to redeem shares of a Portfolio is
suspended, or payment of the redemption value is postponed. Any deferment would
be in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 by
reason of closing of, or restriction of trading on, the New York Stock Exchange,
or other emergency, or as otherwise permitted by the Act. In addition, the
Company reserves the right to defer payment of contract values until seven days
after the end of any deferment in the determination of contract values.

GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND. The Company may defer paying contract values of the
Guaranteed Interest Fund for up to six months from the effective date of the
withdrawal or full surrender. If payment is deferred for 30 days or more,
interest will be paid on the withdrawal amounts at an annual effective rate of
3% from the effective date of the withdrawal or surrender to the date of the
payment.


                                      11

<PAGE>

9.5 DIVIDENDS

      This contract will share in the divisible surplus of the Company, except
while payments are being made under a variable payment plan. This surplus will
be determined each year, and the dividend, if any, will be credited on the
contract anniversary. Any dividend credited prior to the Maturity Date will be
applied on the effective date as a Net Purchase Payment unless the Owner elects
to have the dividend paid in cash. The effective date of the dividend will be
the contract anniversary. However, if the New York Stock Exchange is closed on
the contract anniversary, the effective date will be the next following
Valuation Date.

9.6 INCONTESTABILITY

      The Company will not contest this contract after it has been in force
during the lifetime of the Annuitant for two years from the Issue Date. This
Issue Date is shown on page 3.

9.7 MISSTATEMENT OF AGE OR SEX

      If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated, the amount payable
will be the amount which the Purchase Payments paid would have purchased at the
correct age and sex.

9.8 ENTIRE CONTRACT; CHANGES

      This contract with the attached application is the entire contract.
Statements in the application are representations and not warranties. A change
in the contract is valid only if it is approved by an officer of the Company.
The Company may require that the contract be sent to it for endorsement to show
a change. No agent has the authority to change the contractor or to waive any of
its terms.

      All payments by the Company under this contract are payable at its Home
Office.

      Assets of the Separate Account are owned by the Company and the Company is
not a trustee with respect thereto. The Company may from time to time adjust the
amount of assets contained in the Separate Account, by periodic withdrawals or
additions, to reflect the contract deductions and the Company's reserves for
this and other similar contracts.

      This contract is subject to the laws of the state in which it is
delivered. All benefits are at least as great as those required by that state.

9.9 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT

      At any time after the first contract anniversary, the Company may
terminate the contract and pay the Owner the Accumulation Value of the contract
and be released of any further obligation if:

      -     prior to the Maturity Date no Purchase Payments have been received
            under the contract for a period of two full years and each of the
            following is less than the Minimum Accumulation Value shown on page
            4:

            a.    the Accumulation Value of the contract; and

            b.    total Purchase Payments paid under the contract, less any
                  amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5; or

      -     on the Maturity Date the Accumulation Value of the contract is less
            than the Minimum Accumulation Value shown on page 4 or would provide
            a monthly income the initial amount of which is less than the
            minimum payment amount shown on page 4.

                    SECTION 10. PAYMENT OF CONTRACT BENEFITS

10.1 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

      All or part of the contract benefits may be paid under one or more of the
following:

            -     a variable payment plan;

            -     a fixed payment plan; or

            -     in cash.

      The provisions and rate for variable and fixed payment plans are described
in Section 11. Contract benefits may not be placed under a payment plan unless
the plan would provide to each beneficiary a monthly income the initial amount
of which is at least the minimum payment amount shown on page 4. A Withdrawal
Charge will be deducted from contract benefits before their payment under
certain conditions described in Section 7.3.

10.2 PAYMENT AT DEATH

      Upon the death of the Annuitant prior to the Maturity Date, the payment at
death will be made under any payment plan previously elected. If no payment plan
has been elected, the payment at death will be made under a payment plan or in
cash as elected by the Owner or beneficiary.


                                       12

<PAGE>

10.3 EFFECTIVE DATE FOR PAYMENT PLAN

      A payment plan that is elected for maturity benefits will take effect on
the Maturity Date.

      A payment plan that is elected for death benefits will take effect on the
date proof of death of the Annuitant is received at the Home Office if:

      -     the plan is elected by the Owner; and

      -     the election is received at the Home Office while the Annuitant is
            living.

In all other cases, a payment plan that is elected will take effect:

      -     on the date the election is received at the Home Office; or

      -     on a later date, if requested.

10.4 PAYMENT PLAN ELECTIONS

FOR DEATH BENEFITS BY OWNER. The Owner may elect payment plans for death
benefits:

      -     while the Annuitant is living; or

      -     during the first 60 days after the date of death of the Annuitant,
            if the Annuitant was not the Owner immediately prior to the
            Annuitant's death. An election made during the 60 days cannot be
            changed.

FOR DEATH BENEFITS BY DIRECT OR CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY. A direct or contingent
beneficiary may elect payment plans for death benefits payable to the direct or
contingent beneficiary if no payment plan that has been elected is in effect.
This right is subject to the Owner's rights during the above 60 days.

FOR MATURITY BENEFITS OR WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS. The Owner may elect payment plans
for maturity benefits or withdrawal amounts.

TRANSFER BETWEEN PAYMENT PLANS. A beneficiary who is receiving payment under a
payment plan which includes the right to withdraw may transfer the amount
withdrawable to any other payment plan that is available.

                         SECTION 11.  PAYMENT PLANS

11.1 DESCRIPTION OF PAYMENT PLANS

INSTALLMENT INCOME FOR SPECIFIED PERIOD (OPTION B)

      The Company will make monthly installment income payments providing for
payment of benefits over a specified period of 5 to 3 years.

LIFE INCOME PLANS

      -     SINGLE LIFE INCOME (OPTION C). The Company will make monthly
            payments for the selected certain period, if any, and thereafter
            during the remaining lifetime of the individual upon whose life
            income payments depend. The selections available are: (a) no certain
            period; or (b) a certain period of 10 or 20 years.

      -     JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE INCOME (OPTION E). The Company will make
            monthly payments for a 10-year certain period and thereafter during
            the joint lifetime of the two individuals upon whose lives income
            payments depend and continuing during the remaining lifetime of the
            survivor.

      -     OTHER SELECTIONS. The Company may offer other selections under the
            Life Income Plans.

      -     LIMITATIONS. A direct or contingent beneficiary who is a natural
            person may be paid under a Life Income Plan only if the payments
            depend on that beneficiary's life. A corporation may be paid under a
            Life Income Plan only if the payments depend on the life of the
            Annuitant or, after the death of the Annuitant, on the life of the
            Annuitant's spouse or dependent.

      These payment plans are available on either a fixed or variable basis.
Under a fixed payment plan the payment remains level. Under a variable payment
plan the payment will increase or decrease as described in Section 11.4.

11.2 ALLOCATION OF BENEFITS

      Upon election of a variable payment plan, the Owner or direct or
contingent beneficiary may select the allocation of variable benefits among the
Divisions.

      If no selection is made, the allocation of benefits will be as follows:

      -     for amounts in the Separate Account Divisions, benefits will be
            allocated in proportion to the Accumulation Value of each Division
            on the effective date of the variable payment plan, and

      -     for amounts in the Guaranteed Interest Fund, benefits will be
            allocated 100% to the Money Market Division.

11.3 ANNUITY UNITS UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

      The interest of this contract in the Separate Account after the effective
date of a variable payment plan is represented by Annuity Units. The dollar
value of Annuity Units for each Division will increase or decrease to reflect
the investment experience of the Division. The value of Annuity Unit on any
Valuation Date is the product of:

      -     the Annuity Unit value on the immediately preceding Valuation Date;

      -     the Net Investment Factor for the period from the immediately
            preceding Valuation Date up to and including the current Valuation
            Date (the current period); and

      -     the Daily Adjustment Factor of .99990575 raised to a power equal to
            the number of days in the current period to reflect the Assumed
            Investment Rate of 3 1/2% used in calculating the monthly payment
            rate.


                                       13

<PAGE>

11.4  PAYMENTS UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

FIRST PAYMENT. The first payment under a variable payment plan will be due as of
the effective date of the payment plan.

      The amount of the first payment is the sum of payments from each Division,
each determined by multiplying the benefits allocated to the Division under the
variable payment plan by the applicable monthly variable payment rate per $1,000
of benefits.

NUMBER OF ANNUITY UNITS. The number of Annuity Units in each Division under a
variable payment plan is determined by dividing the amount of the first payment
payable from the Division by the Annuity Unit value for the Division at the
close of business on the Valuation Date on which the variable payment plan
becomes effective. The number of Annuity Units will not be changed by any
subsequent change in the dollar value of Annuity Units.

SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE PAYMENTS. The amount of each subsequent payment from each
Division under a variable payment plan will increase or decrease in accord with
the increase or decrease in the value of an Annuity Unit which reflects the
investment experience of that Division of the Separate Account.

      The Amount of subsequent variable payments is the sum of payments from
each Division, each determined by multiplying the fixed number of Annuity Units
for the Division by the value of an Annuity Unit for the Division on:

      -     the fifth Valuation Date prior to the payment due date if the
            payment due date is a Valuation Date; or

      -     the sixth Valuation Date prior to the payment due date if the
            payment due date is not a Valuation Date.

11.5 TRANSFER BETWEEN VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

      A payee or joint payees receiving payments under a variable payment plan
may:

      -     transfer Annuity Units from one Division to another. The number of
            Annuity Units in each Division will be adjusted to reflect the
            respective value of the Annuity Units in the Divisions on the date
            the transfer is effective. A Transfer Fee will be deducted from the
            amount transferred. The amount of the Transfer Fee is shown on page
            4. Transfers from the Money Market Division may be made at any time.
            No transfer from the other Divisions may be made within 90 days of
            the effective date of the variable payment plan or within 90 days
            from the effective date of the last transfer.

      -     transfer from an Installment Income Plan (Option B) to either form
            of the Life Income Plan (Option C or E).

      Other transfers may be permitted subject to conditions set by the Company.
A transfer will be effective on the Valuation Date on which a satisfactory
transfer request is received in the Home Office, or a later date if requested.
However, the transfer will be effective on the following Valuation Date if the
request is received at the Home Office either:

      -     on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
            Exchange; or

      -     on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

11.6 WITHDRAWAL UNDER PAYMENT PLANS

      Withdrawal of the present value of any unpaid income payments may be
elected at any time by the beneficiary, except at withdrawal may not be elected
under a Life Income Plan (Option C or E) until the death of all individuals upon
whose lives income payments depend.

      The withdrawal value under the Installment Income Plan (Option B) will be
the present value of any unpaid payments, less any applicable Withdrawal Charge
under Section 7.3. The withdrawal value under a Life Income Plan (Option C or E)
will be the present value of any unpaid payments for the certain period with no
Withdrawal Charge.

      For a fixed payment plan, the present value of any unpaid income payments
will be based on the rate of interest used to determine the amount of the
payments. For a variable payment plan, the present value of any unpaid income
payments will be based on interest at the Assumed Investment Rate used in
calculating the amount of the variable payments. The amount of variable payments
used in calculating the present value of unpaid payments will be determined by
multiplying the number of Annuity Units by the value of an Annuity Unit on the
effective date of the withdrawal.

      A withdrawal will be effective on the Valuation Date on which the request
is received in the Home Office. However, the withdrawal will be effective on the
following Valuation Date if the request is received at the Home Office either:

      -     on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
            Exchange; or

      -     on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.


                                       14

<PAGE>

11.7 PAYMENT PLAN RATES

PAYMENT RATE TABLES. The guaranteed monthly payment rates for both a fixed
payment plan and the first payment under a variable payment plan are shown in
the Payment Rate Tables. The tables show rates for the Installment Income Plan
for a Specified Period (Option B) and Life Income Plans (Options C and E). Life
Income Plan (Option C or E) rates are based on the sex and adjusted age of any
individual upon whose life payments depend. The adjusted age is:

      -     the age on the birthday that is nearest to the date on which the
            payment plan takes effect; plus

      -     the age adjustment shown below for the number of Contract Years that
            have elapsed from the Issue Date to the date that the payment plan
            takes effect. A part of a Contract Year is counted as a full year.

     CONTRACT                    CONTRACT
      YEARS          AGE           YEARS          AGE
     ELAPSED     ADJUSTMENT       ELAPSED      ADJUSTMENT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------

       1 to 8         0          33 to 40          -4
      9 to 16        -1          41 to 48          -5
     17 to 24        -2         49 or more         -6
     25 to 32        -3

CURRENT FIXED PAYMENT PLAN RATES

      -     INSTALLMENT INCOME FOR SPECIFIED PERIOD (OPTION B). The Company may
            offer fixed payment plan rates higher than those guaranteed in this
            contract with conditions on withdrawal.

      -     LIFE INCOME PLANS (OPTION C OR E). Payments will be based on rates
            declared by the Company which will not be less than the rates
            guaranteed in this contract. The declared rates will provide at
            least as much income as would the Company's rates, on the date that
            the payment plan takes effect, for a single premium immediate
            annuity contract.

ALTERNATE VARIABLE RATE BASIS. The Company may from time to time publish higher
initial rates for variable payment plans under this contract. These higher rates
will not be available to increase payments under payment plans already in
effect.

      When a variable payment plan is effective on an alternate rate basis, the
Daily Adjustment Factor described in Section 11.3 will be determined based on
the Assumed Investment Rate used in calculating the alternate payment rate.

                               PAYMENT RATE TABLES
                   MONTHLY INCOME PAYMENTS PER $1,000 BENEFITS

                    FIRST PAYMENT UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLAN

INSTALLMENT INCOME PLAN (OPTION B)

     PERIOD    MONTHLY     PERIOD    MONTHLY    PERIOD     MONTHLY
    (YEARS)    PAYMENT    (YEARS)    PAYMENT    (YEARS)    PAYMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------

   Years 1-4                 11       $9.09       21        $5.56
 Not Available               12        8.46       22         5.39
                             13        7.94       23         5.24
                             14        7.49       24         5.09
       5       $18.12        15        7.10       25         4.96
       6        15.35        16        6.76       26         4.84
       7        13.38        17        6.47       27         4.73
       8        11.90        18        6.20       28         4.63
       9        10.75        19        5.97       29         4.53
      10         9.83        20        5.75       30         4.45

                         GUARANTEED FIXED PAYMENT PLANS

INSTALLMENT INCOME PLAN (OPTION B)

     PERIOD    MONTHLY      PERIOD     MONTHLY           PERIOD     MONTHLY
    (YEARS)    PAYMENT      (YEARS)    PAYMENT           (YEARS)    PAYMENT

   Years 1-4                  11        $ 8.42              21       $ 4.85
 Not Available                12          7.80              22         4.67
                              13          7.26              23         4.51
                              14          6.81              24         4.36
        5        $17.49       15          6.42              25         4.22
        6         14.72       16          6.07              26         4.10
        7         12.74       17          5.77              27         3.98
        8         11.25       18          5.50              28         3.87
        9         10.10       19          5.26              29         3.77
       10          9.18       20          5.04              30         3.68


                                       15

<PAGE>

                               PAYMENT RATE TABLES

                   MONTHLY INCOME PAYMENTS PER $1,000 BENEFITS

LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION C)

        SINGLE LIFE MONTHLY PAYMENTS
- ---------------------------------------------
                   CHOSEN PERIOD (YEARS)
   ADJUSTED
      AGE        ZERO        10         20
- ---------------------------------------------

       55      $ 4.17     $ 4.14     $ 4.06
       56        4.23       4.20       4.11
       57        4.31       4.28       4.17
       58        4.39       4.35       4.23
       59        4.47       4.43       4.29
       60        4.56       4.51       4.35
       61        4.65       4.59       4.42
       62        4.76       4.69       4.49
       63        4.87       4.79       4.56
       64        4.98       4.90       4.63
       65        5.10       5.00       4.70
       66        5.24       5.12       4.77
       67        5.38       5.24       4.84
       68        5.54       5.37       4.91
       69        5.70       5.51       4.98
       70        5.88       5.66       5.05
       71        6.07       5.81       5.12
       72        6.27       5.96       5.19
       73        6.49       6.13       5.24
       74        6.73       6.30       5.30
       75        6.99       6.48       5.36
       76        7.27       6.67       5.40
       77        7.58       6.86       5.45
       78        7.91       7.05       5.49
       79        8.26       7.25       5.52
       80        8.64       7.45       5.55
       81        9.05       7.65       5.58
       82        9.50       7.84       5.60
       83        9.98       8.02       5.62
       84       10.50       8.20       5.63
  85 and over   11.06       8.38       5.64

LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION E)

                      JOINT AND SURVIVOR MONTHLY PAYMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   OLDER LIFE               YOUNGER LIFE ADJUSTED AGE*
    ADJUSTED
      AGE       55      60       65         70     75     80  85 and over
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

       55    $ 3.79
       60      3.87   $ 4.07
       65      3.94     4.18    $ 4.45
       70      3.99     4.27      4.61    $ 4.99
       75      4.02     4.34      4.73      5.20  $ 5.72
       80      4.05     4.38      4.81      5.35    6.00  $ 6.67
  85 and over  4.06     4.40      4.06      5.45    6.18    7.00   $ 7.75

*See Section 10.7.

The amount of the payment for any other combination of ages will be furnished by
the Company on request. The maximum initial monthly income per $1,000 will be
$7.75.

Monthly payment rates are based on an Assumed Investment Rate of 3 1/2% and the
1983 Table a with Projection Scale G.


                                      16
<PAGE>


                                AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2
                        FOR FLEXIBLE PAYMENT VARIABLE ANNUITY
                                      ACCOUNT A



     AS OF THE ISSUE DATE, THE SECOND PARAGRAPH OF SECTION 2.1 IS AMENDED TO
READ AS FOLLOWS:

     The Separate Account is comprised of the Divisions listed on page 3.  The
assets allocated to these Divisions are invested in shares of corresponding
mutual funds or portfolios of mutual funds, both of which are referred to in
this policy as Portfolios. Shares of the Portfolios are purchased for the
Separate Account at their net asset value.











                                                               Secretary
                                                        NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
                                                           INSURANCE COMPANY









QQVA.FUNDS.(0599)

<PAGE>

                       AMENDMENT TO SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS



     AS OF APRIL 30, 1999, THE SECOND AND THIRD PARAGRAPHS OF THE SEPARATE
ACCOUNT SECTION OF THE CONTRACT RELATING TO THE DIVISIONS OF THE SEPARATE
ACCOUNT AND THE ASSETS ALLOCATED TO THESE DIVISIONS ARE AMENDED TO READ AS
FOLLOWS:

     The Separate Account is comprised of the Select Bond, International Equity,
Money Market, Balanced, Index 500 Stock, Aggressive Growth Stock, High Yield
Bond, Growth Stock, Growth and Income Stock, Index 400 Stock, Small Cap Growth
Stock, Russell Multi-Style Equity, Russell Aggressive Equity, Russell Non-US,
Russell Real Estate Securities, and Russell Core Bond Divisions.  Assets
allocated to these Divisions are invested in shares of corresponding mutual
funds or portfolios of mutual funds, both of which are referred to in this
policy as Portfolios.  Shares of the Portfolios are purchased for the Separate
Account at their net asset value.

     The Company may make available additional Divisions and Portfolios.








                                                           Secretary
                                                    NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
                                                        INSURANCE COMPANY






VA.FUNDS.(0599)
A

<PAGE>

                                  INSURANCE COMPANY
                               720 E. WISCONSIN AVENUE
                             MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN  53202

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S><C>
                                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                                                CONTRACT NUMBER
                                                                                                        --------------------------
DEFERRED ANNUITY APPLICATION
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.   Has a Northwestern Mutual policy ever  been issued on the annuitant's life?     / / Yes   / / No

     If yes, the last policy number is
                                        -----------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.   ANNUITANT

     /X/ Mr.   / / Mrs.  / / Ms.   / / Dr.   / / Other__________________________                    /X/ Male  / / Female
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     NAME                                                                                           BIRTHDATE (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)
     /J/O/H/N/ /J/ /D/O/E/                                                                          /0/1/ -  /1/5/ -  /1/9/6/4/
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     STATE OF BIRTH (OR FOREIGN COUNTRY)                                                  TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
     WISCONSIN                                                                            /  /  /  /  -  /  /  -  /  /  /  /  /
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PRIMARY RESIDENCE
     STREET OR PO BOX              1234 MAIN STREET
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CITY, STATE, ZIP (COUNTRY IF OTHER THAN U.S.)
     Milwaukee, WI  53200
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     E-MAIL ADDRESS

     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.   MARKET CATEGORY (SELECT ONE)

     NON-TAX QUALIFIED
     / /  Personal
     / /  Estate or Business
     / /  Net Income Makeup Charitable Remainder Unitrust (NIM-CRUT)
     / /  Eligible 457 Deferred Compensation Plan
          GO TO QUESTION 4.

     TAX QUALIFIED
     / /  Traditional IRA
     / /  Roth IRA
     / /  SIMPLE IRA
     / /  IRA Simplified Employee Pension Plan (SEP)
     / /  TDA Employee salary reduction only
     / /  TDA Employer matching or non-elective contributions included
     / /  401(g) Non-transferable annuity
          THE OWNER IS THE ANNUITANT.  GO TO QUESTION 5.
     /x/  Pension and Profit Sharing

                              -------------------------
                                                          If new trust, attach
               Trust Number   / 0 / 0 / 0 / 1 / 2 / 3 /   Declaration of Employer (31-3344)
                              -------------------------

                                             -------------------
                                               MONTH      DAY
               Contract Anniversary Date     /  /  /  -  /  /  /  Complete only if required by plan.
                                             -------------------

     THE OWNER AND BENEFICIARY ARE THE TRUSTEE(S) OF THE PLAN.  GO TO QUESTION 6.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

90-1900 (0599)                                                                                                             (PAGE 1)

<PAGE>

4.   OWNER (NOTE: A minor owner limits future contract actions.)
          /X/ Annuitant  / / See attached information  / / Other: (Complete A, B, C below)
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A.   / / Mr.   / / Mrs.  / / Ms.   / / Dr.   / / Other: ___________________________________   / / Male  / / Female

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          PERSONAL NAME                                                                            BIRTHDATE (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)

          /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /   /               /  /  / - /  /  / - /  /  /  /
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     OR
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          BUSINESS/TRUST NAME

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     B.   RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT                                                  TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
                                                                                     /  /  / - /  /  / - /  /  /  /  /
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     C.   ADDRESS - ANNUITANT'S ADDRESS, OR
          STREET OR PO BOX
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          CITY, STATE, ZIP (COUNTRY IF OTHER THAN US)                                E-MAIL ADDRESS

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     BENEFICIARY (NOTE: Cannot be annuitant unless "Estate of Annuitant" named.)
5.   A.   Direct Beneficiary of payment at DEATH:      / / Owner      /X/ Other
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT
          Jane                     J                        Doe                           Wife
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     B.   Contingent Beneficiary of payment at DEATH:
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Box (1) or (2) may be selected to include all children or brothers and sisters without naming them, or to add to the
          contingent beneficiaries named.  Box (3) may be selected to provide for children of a deceased contingent beneficiary; use
          only if contingent beneficiaries are named and/or box (1) or (2) is checked.  NOTE: The word "children" includes child and
          any legally adopted child.
          / /  (1)  and all (other) children of the Annuitant.
          / /  (2)  and all (other) brothers and sisters of the Annuitant born of the marriage of or legally adopted by __________
                    and ______________ before the Annuitant's death.
          / /  (3)  any amount that would have been paid to a deceased contingent beneficiary, if living, will be paid in one sum
                    and in equal shares to the children of that contingent beneficiary who survive and receive payment.

     C.   Further Payee of payment at DEATH:
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     D.   / /  See attached information form (Use in place of 5A, 5B, 5C)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     As a result of this purchase will the values or benefits of any other life insurance policy or annuity contract,
6.   on any life, be affected in any way?                                                                     / / Yes   /x/ No

     NOTE TO AGENT:
     VALUES OR BENEFITS ARE AFFECTED IF ANY QUESTION ON THE DEFINITION OF REPLACEMENT SUPPLEMENT COULD BE ANSWERED "YES."

     If "yes", this transaction is a replacement of life insurance or annuity.

     The agent must:
     -    submit required papers and sales materials and
     -    provide required disclosure notices to the applicant.

     The applicant must answer the questions:
     -    on the Definition of Replacement Supplement and
     -    A, B, and C below.

          Will this annuity:  A.   replace Northwestern Mutual Life?                                          / / Yes   /X/ No
                              B.   replace other Companies?                                                   / / Yes   /X/ No
                              C.   result in 1035 exchange?                                                   / / Yes   /X/ No
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.   PLAN (Select One)        /X/  VARIABLE ANNUITY. Complete Variable Annuity Section (Pages 3-5)
                              / /  SINGLE PREMIUM RETIREMENT ANNUITY. Complete Single Premium Retirement Annuity Section (Page 6)

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

90-1900 (0599)                                                                                                            (PAGE 2)

<PAGE>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V1   TYPE      / /  Back-end Design
               /X/  Front-end Design ($10,000 minimum initial purchase payment)

               The front-end design may provide better long term financial value than the back-end design. Factors you may want to
               consider in making your decision include the expected holding period of the annuity as well as anticipated liquidity
               needs.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V2   MATURITY: Defaults to age 85 unless otherwise specified below.

                             ------------                        ----------------------------------------
                                                                  (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)
               MATURITY AGE  /     /    /     OR MATURITY DATE   /   /   /  -  /   /   /  -  /  /  /  /  /
                             ------------                        ----------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V3   INDICATE ALLOCATION OF NET PURCHASE PAYMENTS (Use whole %. Total must equal 100%)


          NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUNDS                                 RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS

               Select Bond                   20%                                Multi-Style Equity                   %
                                            ---                                                                   ---
               International Equity            %                                Aggressive Equity                    %
                                            ---                                                                   ---
               Money Market                    %                                Non-US                             10%
                                            ---                                                                   ---
               Balanced                      10%                                Real Estate Securities               %
                                            ---                                                                   ---
               Index 500 Stock                 %                                Core Bond                          10%
                                            ---                                                                   ---
               Aggressive Growth Stock       10%
                                            ---                                                                   
               High Yield Bond                 %                           FIXED FUND
                                            ---                                                                   
               Growth Stock                  20%                                Guaranteed Interest*                 %
                                            ---                                                                   ---
               Growth and Income Stock       20%
                                            ---                                                                   
               Index 400 Stock                 %                           TOTAL                                  100%
                                            ---
               Small Cap Growth Stock          %                           * Guaranteed Interest Fund not available in all states.
                                            ---                                                                   
















- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

90-1900 (0599)                                                                                                            (PAGE 3)

<PAGE>

VARIABLE ANNUITY SECTION (CONTINUED)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V4   INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT

          A.   METHOD OF PAYMENT

               /X/  PREPAID  A purchase payment for the contract applied for has been given to the agent in exchange for the receipt
                    with the same number as this application.  NOTE: ALL PURCHASE PAYMENT CHECKS MUST BE MADE PAYABLE TO
                    NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE. DO NOT MAKE CHECKS PAYABLE TO AGENT OR LEAVE PAYEE BLANK.
               ------------------------
               AMOUNT
               $    10,000.00
               ------------------------

               / /  NON-PREPAID  (NOTE: Contract will not be issued until initial purchase payment is received.)
                    / /  1.   Collected via Multiple Contract Bill (MCB). RECOMMENDED FOR SIMPLE IRA'S.
                    / /  2.   Automatic withdrawal from checking account (ISA/EFT).                 ------------------------------
                    / /  3.   Check coming from another financial institution. Estimated Amount:    $
                                                                                                    ------------------------------

          B.   FOR IRA's (Traditional, SEP, SIMPLE and Roth IRA) enter amount(s) indicating how the initial purchase payment is to
               be applied. CAUTION: Accurate selection is needed to assure correct tax reporting.

                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    $                        CURRENT (   ) TAX YEAR (Date on check matches current tax year.)
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    $                        PRIOR (   ) TAX YEAR (One year prior to current calendar year.)
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    $                        DIRECT TRANSFER - CHECK PAYABLE TO NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE for the benefit
                                             of the contract owner.
                                             THE SOURCE MARKET MUST BE INDICATED. CHECK ONE:
                                             / /  Traditional IRA
                                             / /  TDA
                                             / /  Pension/Profit Sharing/401k/Defined Benefit
                                             / /  Roth IRA
                                             / /  SIMPLE IRA - The owner has been a participant in the employer's SIMPLE Plan for:
                                                       / / Two years or LESS.   / / More than two years.
                                             / /  SEP
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    $                        60-DAY ROLLOVER - PERSONAL CHECK from owner OR check ENDORSED TO
                                             NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE.
                                             THE SOURCE MARKET MUST BE INDICATED IF THE FOLLOWING IS APPLICABLE.
                                             / /  Traditional IRA (Traditional IRA to Roth IRA)
                                             / /  SIMPLE IRA (SIMPLE IRA to Traditional IRA)
                                                  The owner has been a participant in the employer's SIMPLE Plan for:
                                                       / / Two years or LESS    / / More than two years.
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------











- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

90-1900 (0599)                                                                                                            (PAGE 4)

<PAGE>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V5   SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS (Select One)                                                                   -----------------
     / / None Anticipated.                                                                                           ISA NUMBER
     /X/ Send Investment Reminders to Owner with Confirmations and Quarterly Summary Statements.                  _______________
         -------------------------                                                                               -----------------
         ANTICIPATED ANNUAL AMOUNT                                                                            
         $   3,000.00
         -------------------------
     / / Automatic Withdrawal from Checking Account (ISA/EFT).
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         AMOUNT          DATE OF FIRST DRAFT (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)       FREQUENCY

         $                 /  /  -  /  /  /  -  /  /  /  /  /         / / Monthly   / / Quarterly   / / Semiannual   / / Annual
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         NOTE: Subsequent withdrawals will be on the same day of the month (1-28 ONLY) as the initial draft.  ATTACH VOID CHECK
         IF ONGOING DRAFT DRAWN ON DIFFERENT ACCOUNT THAN INITIAL PAYMENT CHECK OR IF CHECK NOT ATTACHED.

         ISA/EFT Payer   / / Annuitant at annuitant's address   / / Other:
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A.  / / Mr.   / / Mrs.   / / Ms.   / / Dr.   / / Other:_______________________________         / / Male   / / Female
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         PERSONAL NAME                                                                   BIRTHDATE (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)
         /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /          /  /  / - /  /  / - /  /  /  /  /
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       OR
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         BUSINESS/TRUST NAME

         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     B.  TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER    DAYTIME TELEPHONE NUMBER
         /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /   (   )
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     c.  ADDRESS

         STREET OR PO BOX
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         CITY, STATE, ZIP (COUNTRY IF OTHER THAN US)

         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Payer signature below is authorization to the depository institution named on the attached check to pay and charge named
         account with electronic funds transfers, or other form of pre-authorized check or withdrawal order transfers, initiated
         by the Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company to its own order.  This authorization will remain in effect until 
         revoked in writing.

                                                                        X
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              ISA/EFT PAYER SIGNATURE
     / / Add to Multiple Contract Bill.
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         AMOUNT                         MCB NUMBER               MCB PAYER
         $
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V6   THE COMPANY IS REQUIRED TO MAKE THE FOLLOWING INQUIRIES FOR PURPOSES OF DETERMINING SUITABILITY OF THIS SALE.  THE 
     APPLICATION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT THIS INFORMATION.

     ANNUITANT'S PURPOSE FOR CONTRACT                             CURRENT FINANCIAL STATUS
     /X/ Fund tax-qualified retirement plan                       Total Annual Income (all sources)   $__________________________
     / / Personal retirement planning                             Total Net Worth                     $__________________________
     / / Other.  Specify __________________________________       ANTICIPATED NUMBER OF YEARS CONTRACT WILL BE IN FORCE__________

     INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES FOR THIS CONTRACT
     / / Preservation of principal                                     / / Moderate risk, moderate return potential
     / / Lower risk, lower return potential                            / / Higher risk, higher return potential

     THE ANSWERS TO V6 ACCURATELY DESCRIBE MY CURRENT FINANCIAL STATUS AND OBJECTIVES.

     ON (date of delivery: ___-___-___) THE FOLLOWING PROSPECTUS OR OFFERING CIRCULAR AND REPORT WAS DELIVERED:
     /X/ Account A Offering Circular dated 05-01-99 and Report dated ___-___-___ (Corporate Pension Plans)
     /X/ Account A Prospectus dated 05-01-99 (Partnership or Sole Proprietorship Pension Plans)
     / / Account B Prospectus dated ___-___-___ (all others)

     I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THE PROSPECTUS OR OFFERING CIRCULAR AND REPORT AND I UNDERSTAND THAT ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES 
     PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT, WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF A SEPARATE ACCOUNT, ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT
     GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.

     X                                                                 X (SIGNED) John J. Doe
     -------------------------------------------------------------     -----------------------------------------------------------
           ANNUITANT SIGNATURE (IF OTHER THAN APPLICANT)                                    APPLICANT SIGNATURE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

90-1900 (0599)                                                                                                            (PAGE 5)

<PAGE>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F1   GUARANTEED PERIOD:  / / One Year    / / Three Year
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     -------------
F2   MATURITY AGE    /     /     /    If not specified, defaults to age 85.
                     -------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F3   PREMIUM PAYMENT

     A. METHOD OF PAYMENT

       / / PREPAID   The premium for the contract applied for has been given to the agent in exchange for the receipt with the 
                     same number as this application. NOTE: ALL PREMIUM PAYMENT CHECKS MUST BE MADE PAYABLE TO NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL
                     LIFE.  DO NOT MAKE CHECK PAYABLE TO AGENT OR LEAVE PAYEE BLANK.
                     -----------------------------
                     AMOUNT
                     $
                     -----------------------------

      / / NON-PREPAID (NOTE: Contract will not be issued until initial premium is received.)
                     -----------------------------
                     $                                    (Estimated amount of check coming from another financial institution.)
                     -----------------------------

     B. FOR IRAS (Traditional, SEP, SIMPLE and Roth IRA) enter amount(s) indicating how the premium payment is to be applied.
        CAUTION: Accurate selection is needed to assure correct tax reporting.

        Only Direct Transfer or 60-Day Rollover can be selected.
        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          $                   DIRECT TRANSFER - CHECK PAYABLE TO NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE for the benefit
                              of the contract owner.
                              THE SOURCE MARKET MUST BE INDICATED.  CHECK ONE:
                              / / Traditional IRA
                              / / TDA
                              / / Pension/Profit Sharing/401k/Defined Benefit
                              / / Roth IRA
                              / / SIMPLE IRA - The Owner has been a participant in the employer's SIMPLE Plan for:
                                       / / Two years or LESS.   / / More than two years.
                              / / SEP
        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          $                   60-DAY ROLLOVER - PERSONAL CHECK from owner OR check ENDORSED TO
                              NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE.
                              THE SOURCE MARKET MUST BE INDICATED IF THE FOLLOWING IS APPLICABLE.
                              / / Traditional IRA (Traditional IRA to Roth IRA)
                              / / SIMPLE IRA (SIMPLE IRA TO Traditional IRA)
                                  The owner has been a participant in the employer's SIMPLE Plan for:
                                      / / Two years or LESS.   / / More than two years.
        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
90-1900 (0599)                                                                                                            (PAGE 6)

<PAGE>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  THE ANNUITANT CONSENTS TO THIS APPLICATION.

  EACH PERSON SIGNING THIS APPLICATION DECLARES THAT THE ANSWERS AND STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS APPLICATION ARE CORRECTLY 
  RECORDED, COMPLETE AND TRUE TO THE BEST OF HIS OR HER KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF.
     
  IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT:
  For the purposes of this application, if a Variable Annuity is applied for, the word "policy" means contract and the word
  "premium" means purchase payment.
     
  If the Owner is a Trustee or successor Trustee under a tax qualified plan or the employer under a tax qualified non-trusteed
  plan, Northwestern Mutual LIfe will be fully discharged of liability for any action taken by the Owner in the exercise of any
  policy right and for all amounts paid to, or at the direction of, the Owner and will have no obligation as to the use of the 
  amounts.  In all dealings with the Owner, Northwestern Mutual Life will be fully protected against the claims of every other 
  person.
     
  The initial purchase payment will be credited the valuation date coincident with or next following the date it is received
  at the Home Office.  Receipt of purchase payments at a payment facility designated by Northwestern Mutual LIfe will be 
  considered the same as receipt at the Home Office.
     
  If a Tax Qualified Employee Plan, an IRA or TDA is applied for, the Applicant and/or Annuitant have received and reviewed
  the appropriate ERISA, IRA or TDA disclosure statements.
     
  BACK-END DESIGN VARIABLE ANNUITY AND SINGLE PREMIUM RETIREMENT ANNUITY POLICIES HAVE PROVISIONS FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF 
  SURRENDER CHARGES ON CASH WITHDRAWAL.

  No agent is authorized to make or alter contracts or to waive the rights or requirements of Northwestern Mutual Life.








  X                                                               X (signed) John J. Doe
  ----------------------------------------------------------     ------------------------------------------------------------------
      SIGNATURE OF ANNUITANT  (IF OTHER THAN APPLICANT)          SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT (INDICATE RELATIONSHIP BELOW IF APPLICABLE)
                                                                                  / / TRUSTEE       / / EMPLOYER

  SIGNED at         Milwaukee         Milwaukee        WI               DATE   / 0 / 5 /  -  / 0 / 1 /  -  / 1 / 9 / 9 / 9/
           ----------------------------------------------------------        ------------------------------------------------------
                         CITY             COUNTY        STATE                             MONTH      DAY          YEAR

                                                                  X (signed) Norm W. Western
                                                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       SIGNATURE OF LICENSED AGENT




- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

90-1900 (0599)                                                                                                            (PAGE 7)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                        IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU ...

                        read your contract.

                        notify your Northwestern Mutual agent or the Company at
                        720 E. Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wis. 53202, of an
                        address change.

                        call your Northwestern Mutual agent for information
                        -particularly on a suggestion to terminate or exchange
                        this contract for another contract or plan.

                        ELECTION OF TRUSTEES

                        The members of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                        Company are its policyholders of insurance policies and
                        deferred annuity contracts. The members exercise control
                        through a Board of Trustees. Elections to the Board are
                        held each year at the annual meeting of members. Members
                        are entitled to vote in person or by proxy.

                        FLEXIBLE PAYMENT VARIABLE ANNUITY-ACCOUNT B

                        AMOUNTS ALLOCATED TO THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS AND
                        VARIABLE PAYMENTS PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT ARE NOT
                        GUARANTEED AS TO FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT BUT ARE VARIABLE
                        AND MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE TO REFLECT THE INVESTMENT
                        EXPERIENCE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.

                [NORTHWESTERN
                 MUTUAL LIFE LOGO]

<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit-B(4)(b)

                        The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company agrees
                        to pay the benefits provided in this contract, subject
                        to its terms and conditions. Signed at Milwaukee,
                        Wisconsin on the Issue Date.

                        James D. Ericson        John M. Brenner
                        PRESIDENT AND C.E.O.    SECRETARY

                        FLEXIBLE PAYMENT VARIABLE ANNUITY-Account A

                        Net Purchase Payments accumulated in a Separate Account,
                        assets of which are invested in shares of one or more
                        mutual funds, or Guaranteed Interest Fund.

                        Retirement benefit payable at maturity. 
                        Payment at death before maturity.

                        Contract benefits payable in one sum or as variable or
                        guaranteed monthly income. Variable Payment Plan
                        benefits described in Section 11.

                        Participating.

                        AMOUNTS ALLOCATED TO THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS AND
                        VARIABLE PAYMENTS PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT ARE NOT
                        GUARANTEED AS TO FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT BUT ARE VARIABLE
                        AND MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE TO REFLECT THE INVESTMENT
                        EXPERIENCE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.

                        RIGHT TO RETURN CONTRACT -- Please read this contract
                        carefully. The Owner may return the contract for any
                        reason within ten days after receiving it. Return of the
                        contract is effective on the date written notice of the
                        return is delivered, mailed or sent by telegram to
                        either The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company,
                        720 E. Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 or
                        the agent who sold the contract. If returned, the
                        contract will be cancelled and the Company will refund
                        the sum of (a) the difference between the Purchase
                        Payments paid and the amounts, if any, allocated to the
                        Separate Account plus (b) the value of the contract on
                        the effective date of return.

                        [NORTHWESTERN
                         MUTUAL LIFE LOGO]

        CONTRACT NUMBER         V12 345 678

        ANNUITANT               John J. Doe

        ISSUE DATE              January 15, 1996

                                   Sex Neutral
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                PAGE
                                                                ----

CONTRACT INFORMATION, SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS                  3

LOADS, FEES, AND CHARGES;
PURCHASE PAYMENTS, ACCUMULATION VALUE, PAYMENT PLANS              4

SECTION 1. GENERAL TERMS AND DEFINITIONS                          5

SECTION 2. SEPARATE ACCOUNT                                       6
  -  Definition of Separate Account
  -  Accumulation Units
  -  Net Investment Factor
  -  Substitution and Change

SECTION 3. GUARANTEE INTEREST FUND                                7
  -  Guaranteed Interest Fund
  -  Accumulation Value
  -  Transfer Restrictions
  -  Maximum Accumulation Value

SECTION 4. PURCHASE PAYMENTS, TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS           7
  -  Payment of Purchase Payments
  -  Application of Purchase Payments
  -  Selection of Division for Purchase Payments
  -  Transfer of Accumulation Units
  -  Withdrawals and Full Surrender
  -  Effective Date

SECTION 5. BENEFITS                                               8
  -  Maturity Benefit
  -  Payment at Death

SECTION 6. BENEFICIARIES                                          9
  -  Definition of Beneficiaries
  -  Naming and Change of Beneficiaries
  -  Succession in Interest of Beneficiaries
  -  General

SECTION 7. LOADS, FEES, AND CHARGES                              10
  -  Contract Fee
  -  Sales Load and Premium Taxes
  -  Withdrawal Charge

SECTION 8. OWNERSHIP                                             11
  -  The Owner
  -  Transfer of Ownership
  -  Collateral Assignment
  -  Reports to Owners
  -  Transferability Restrictions


                                        1
<PAGE>

                                                                PAGE
                                                                ----

SECTION 9. THE CONTRACT                                          11
  - Guarantees
  - Valuation of Assets
  - Determination of Values
  - Deferment of Benefit Payments
  - Dividends
  - Incontestability
  - Misstatement of Age or Sex
  - Entire Contract; Changes
  - Termination of Contract

SECTION 10. PAYMENT OF CONTRACT BENEFITS                         12
  - Payment of Benefits
  - Payment at Death
  - Effective Date for Payment Plan
  - Payment Plan Elections

SECTION 11. PAYMENT PLANS                                        13
  - Description of Payment Plans
  - Allocation of Benefits
  - Annuity Units under Variable Payment Plans
  - Payments under Variable Payment Plans
  - Transfers between Variable Payment Plans
  - Withdrawal under Payment Plans
  - Payment Plan Rates

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS (IF ANY)                                     Following page

APPLICATION                                            Attached to the contract

                                  ENDORSEMENTS
                TO BE MADE ONLY BY THE COMPANY AT THE HOME OFFICE


                                        2
<PAGE>

CONTRACT INFORMATION

CONTRACT NUMBER                    V12 345 678

PLAN                               Flexible Payment Variable Annuity
ADDITIONAL BENEFITS                None

TAX REPORTING CATEGORY             Personal Annuity

ANNUITANT                          John J. Doe
AGE AND SEX                        35   Male
OWNER                              John J. Doe, the Annuitant

ISSUE DATE                         June 1, 1999
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY               June 1, 2000 and each June 1 
                                   thereafter
MATURITY DATE                      June 1, 2029
     
DIRECT BENEFICIARY                 Jane K. Doe, Wife of the Annuitant

     
     
                                 INVESTMENT DIVISIONS
     
On the Issue Date, Purchase Payments and contract values may be allocated among
the following Investment Accounts.  Available Separate Account Divisions are
subject to change.  See Section 2.1.
     
Divisions of Separate Account A:
     Select Bond Division
     International Equity Division
     Money Market Division
     Balanced Division
     Index 500 Stock Division
     Aggressive Growth Stock Division
     High Yield Bond Division
     Growth Stock Division
     Growth and Income Stock Division
     Index 400 Stock Division
     Small Cap Growth Stock Division
     Russell Multi-Style Equity Division
     Russell Aggressive Equity Division
     Russell Non-US Division
     Russell Real Estate Securities Division
     Russell Core Bond Division

Guaranteed Accounts:
     Guaranteed Interest Fund




QQV.ACCT.A.(0599)                       Page 3
<PAGE>

                                        CONTRACT NUMBER              V12 345 678

                            LOADS, FEES, AND CHARGES

DEDUCTION FROM PURCHASE PAYMENTS:

         SALES LOAD: Not applicable.

         PREMIUM TAX (See Section 7.2):
                 For the first Contract Year, Premium Taxes are not deducted
                 from Purchase payments. After the first Contract Year, the
                 Company may deduct Premium Taxes from Purchase Payments
                 received or benefits paid.

ANNUAL ANNUITY RATE AND EXPENSE GUARANTEE CHARGE (See Section 2.3):
         1.25% at Issue; 1.50% Maximum

ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE (See Section 7.1):
         $30 charged on the contract anniversary. The contract fee will be
         waived if the Accumulation Value of the contract equals or exceeds
         $50,000 on the contract anniversary.

TRANSFER FEE (See Sections 4.4 and 11.5):
         $25 beginning with the thirteenth transfer in any Contract Year.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE (See Section 7.3):

          Total Purchase Payments                     Withdrawal Charge
          Paid Under the Contract                        Starts at

               First $100,000                    8% of each Purchase Payment
               Next $400,000                     4% of each Purchase Payment
               Next $500,000                     2% of each Purchase Payment
               Balance over $1,000,000           1% of each Purchase Payment

The Withdrawal Charge for each Purchase Payment is reduced by l% as of each
contract anniversary after the Purchase Payment is paid.  The Withdrawal Charge
may be waived or deferred as described in the contract.

          MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS, ACCUMULATION VALUE, PAYMENT PLANS

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENT (See Section 4.1): $25

MINIMUM ACCUMULATION VALUE (See Section 9.9):
         $2,000 after the first contract anniversary

MINIMUM PAYMENT UNDER PAYMENT PLAN (See Sections 9.9 and 10.4): $20


                                     Page 4
<PAGE>

              GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND - TABLE OF GUARANTEED VALUES

The table shows minimum guaranteed values and assumes a $1,000 Purchase Payment
made at the time of issue and annually thereafter on each contract anniversary.
The values are based on the assumption that 100% of all net Purchase Payments
are allocated to, and remain in, the Guaranteed Interest Fund.

  End of
 Contract                                      Accumulation              Cash
   Year               October 1,                  Value                  Value

      1                  1996                   $ 1,030                $   960
      2                  1997                     2,060                  1,930
      3                  1998                     3,121                  2,941
      4                  1999                     4,214                  3,994
      5                  2000                     5,339                  5,089

      6                  2001                     6,498                  6,228
      7                  2002                     7,692                  7,412
      8                  2003                     8,922                  8,642
      9                  2004                    10,189                  9,909
     10                  2005                    11,494                 11,214

     11                  2006                    12,838                 12,558
     12                  2007                    14,222                 13,942
     13                  2008                    15,648                 15,368
     14                  2009                    17,116                 16,836
     15                  2010                    18,629                 18,349

     16                  2011                    20,187                 19,907
     17                  2012                    21,792                 21,512
     18                  2013                    23,444                 23,164
     19                  2014                    25,147                 24,867
     20                  2015                    26,900                 26,620

 Age 60                  2020                    36,489                 36,209
 Age 65                  2025                    47,605                 47,325

This table is based on the guaranteed annual interest rate of 3%. Higher
declared rates of interest will increase values. Values shown at the end of
contract years do not reflect any Purchase Payments paid on that contract
anniversary. The actual guaranteed values may differ from those shown above,
depending on the amount and frequency of Purchase Payments.


                                     Page 4A
<PAGE>

                    SECTION 1. GENERAL TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

ACCUMULATION UNIT. A unit of measure used to determine the value of the interest
of this contract in the Separate Account prior to the date on which amounts are
placed under a payment plan.

ACCUMULATION VALUE. The Accumulation Value of a Separate Account Division is the
total value of all Accumulation Units in that Division. The Accumulation value
of the Guaranteed Interest Fund is the sum of amounts applied to the fund, plus
credited interest, less amounts withdrawn or transferred from the fund. The
Accumulation Value of the contract is the sum of the Accumulation Values of all
Investment Accounts.

ANNUITANT. The person upon whose life this contract is issued and contract
benefits depend.

ANNUITY UNIT. A unit of measure used to determine the amount of variable
payments under a variable payment plan and the value of the interest of a
variable payment plan in the Separate Account.

COMPANY. The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company.

CONTRACT FEE. An annual charge for administrative expenses made on each contract
anniversary prior to the Maturity Date.

CONTRACT YEAR. The first Contract Year is the period of time ending on the first
contract anniversary. Subsequent Contract Years are the annual periods between
contract anniversaries.

DIVISION. A component of the Separate Account to which the Owner may allocate
Purchase Payments and contract values.

GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND. The portion of the contract that is credited with a
guaranteed interest rate and which is held as part of the general assets of the
Company.

HOME OFFICE. The office of the Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
located at 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee Wisconsin 53202.

INVESTMENT ACCOUNT. The Guaranteed Interest Fund and Separate Account Divisions
available for allocation of Purchase Payments and contract values. The available
investment Accounts are listed on page 3.

ISSUE DATE. The date this contract is issued and becomes effective.

MATURITY DATE. The date upon which contract benefits will become payable. If the
contract is continued in force under the Optional Maturity Date provision, the
Optional Maturity Date will become the Maturity Date.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT. A Purchase Payment less all applicable deductions.
Deductions may include the Sales Load and Premium Tax.

OPTIONAL MATURITY DATE. The contract anniversary nearest the Annuitant's 90th
birthday. Upon reaching the Maturity Date shown on page 3, the Owner may elect
to continue the contract in force until this Optional Maturity Date.

OWNER. The person possessing the ownership rights stated in this contract.

PREMIUM TAX. A tax imposed by a governmental entity when Purchase Payments and
charges for the Disability Waiver of Purchase Payment Benefit are received or
benefits are paid.

PURCHASE PAYMENT. A payment made by or on behalf of the Owner with respect to
this contract excluding any charge for the Disability Waiver of Purchase Payment
Benefit.

SALES LOAD. A deduction made from Purchase Payments received.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT. NML Variable Annuity Account A. The Separate Account consists
of assets set aside by the Company, the investment performance of which is kept
separate from that of the general assets and all other separate account assets
of the Company.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE. A deduction that is made from maturity benefits and
withdrawal amounts.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE FREE AMOUNT. For a withdrawal, the amount that can be
withdrawn without a Withdrawal Charge prior to the withdrawal of Net Purchase
Payments.

TRANSFER FEE. A deduction that is made from the amount transferred between
Investment Accounts.

VALUATION DATE. Any day on which the assets of the Separate Account are valued.
Assets are valued as of the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange for
each day the Exchange is open.


                                        5
<PAGE>

                           SECTION 2. SEPARATE ACCOUNT

2.1 SEPARATE ACCOUNT

      The Separate Account (NML Variable Annuity Account A) has been established
by the Company. The Separate Account consists of assets set aside by the
Company, the investment performance of which is kept separate from that of the
general assets and all other separate account assets of the Company. The assets
of the Separate Account will not be charged with liabilities arising out of any
other business the Company may conduct. Interests in the Separate Account are
represented by Accumulation Units and Annuity Units, described in Sections 2.2
and 11.3, respectively.

      The Separate Account is comprised of the Divisions listed on page 3. The
assets allocated to these Divisions are invested in shares of corresponding
Portfolios of the Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (the Series Fund). The
Series Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as an
open-end, diversified management investment company. Shares of the Series Fund
Portfolios are purchased for the Separate Account at their net asset value.

      The Company reserves the right to eliminate or add additional Divisions
and Portfolios.

2.2 ACCUMULATION UNITS

      The interest of this contract in the Separate Account, prior to the date
on which amounts become payable under a payment plan, is represented by
Accumulation Units. The dollar value of Accumulation Units for each Division
will increase or decrease to reflect the investment experience of the Division.
The value of an Accumulation Unit on any Valuation Date is determined by
multiplying:

      -     The value on the immediately preceding Valuation Date; by

      -     The Net Investment Factor for the period from the immediately
            preceding Valuation Date up to and including the current Valuation
            Date (the current period).

2.3 NET INVESTMENT FACTOR

      For each Division of the Separate Account the Net Investment Factor for
the current period is one plus the net investment rate for the Division. The net
investment rate for the current period is equal to the gross investment rate for
the Division reduced on each Valuation Date by a charge for annuity rate and
expense guarantees. The charge for these guarantees on the Issue Date is shown
on page 4. The Company may increase or decrease the charge after the Issue Date,
but the Company may not increase the charge to exceed the maximum charge shown
on page 4.

The gross investment rate for the current period for each Division is equal to
a. divided by b. where:

      a. is:

      -     the investment income of the Division for the current period; plus

      -     captial gains for the period, whether realized or unrealized, on the
            assets of the Division; less

      -     capital losses for the period, whether realized or unrealized, on
            the assets of the Division; less

      -     deduction for any tax liability paid or reserved for by the Company
            resulting from the maintenance or operation of the Division; and
            less

      -     any reasonable expenses paid or reserved for by the Company which
            result from a substitution of other securities for shares of the
            Portfolio(s) as set forth in Section 2.4 and

      b.    is the value of the assets in the Division on the immediately
            preceding Valuation Date.

      The gross investment rate may be positive or negative. The deduction for
any tax liability may be charged proportionately against those contracts to
which the liability is attributable by a reduction in the gross investment rate
for those contracts.

2.4 SUBSTITUTION AND CHANGE

      Pursuant to the authority of the Board of Trustees of the Company:

      -     the assets of the Division may be invested in securities other than
            shares of the Portfolio(s) as a substitute for those shares already
            purchased or as the securities to be purchased in the future;

      -     the provision of the contracts may be modified to comply with any
            other applicable federal or state laws.

      In the event of a substitution or change, the Company may make appropriate
endorsement on this and other contracts having an interest in the Separate
Account and take other actions as may be necessary to effect the substitution or
change.


                                        6
<PAGE>

                       SECTION 3. GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND

3.1 GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND

      Net Purchase Payments (see Section 4.2) and amounts transferred from other
investment Accounts under this contract (see Section 4.4) may be applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund. Contract benefits placed under a variable payment plan
may not be applied to the Guaranteed Interest Fund. Amounts applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund become part of the general assets of the Company.

3.2 ACCUMULATION VALUE

      The Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund is the sum of the
amounts applied to it, plus credited interest, less any amounts withdrawn or
transferred from the fund. Interest begins to accrue on the effective date of
the Purchase Payment or transfer (see Section 4.6). Interest will be credited at
an annual effective interest rate of not less than 3%. A higher rate may be
declared by the Company from time to time for a period set by the Company.

3.3 TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

      Neither transfers of Accumulation Value into the Guaranteed Interest Fund
nor transfers of Accumulation Value from the Guaranteed Interest Fund will be
allowed for a period of 365 days following the most recent transfer of
Accumulation Value from the Guaranteed Interest Fund. The maximum amount of the
Accumulation Value that may be transferred from the Guaranteed Interest Fund in
one transfer is limited to the greater of:

      -     20% of the Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund on the
            last contract anniversary preceding the transfer, and

      -     the amount of the most recent transfer from the Guaranteed Interest
            Fund.

      However, in no event will this maximum transfer amount be less than $1,000
or greater than $50,000.

3.4 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND ACCUMULATION VALUE

      The Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed interest Fund may not exceed
$1,000,000 without prior consent of the Company, except when the maximum is
exceeded because of interest accruing to the Guaranteed Interest Fund.

3.5 TABLE Of GUARANTEED VALUES

      Accumulation and cash values are shown on page 4A for the end of the
contract years shown. Values for contract years not shown are calculated on the
same basis as those shown on page 4A. All values are at least as great as those
required by the state in which this contract is delivered.

               SECTION 4. PURCHASE PAYMENTS TRANSFERS, WITHDRAWALS

4.1 PAYMENT Of PURCHASE PAYMENTS

      All Purchase Payments are payable at the Home Office or to an authorized
agent. A receipt signed by an officer of the Company will be furnished on
request.

      Purchase Payments may be made at any time prior to the Maturity Date. The
Owner may vary the amount of Purchase Payments, but no Purchase Payment may be
less than the minimum Purchase Payment shown on page 4. Total Purchase Payments
may not exceed $5,000,000 without the consent of the Company.

      The Company will not accept any Purchase Payments under Section 4 unless
it is a contribution under a pension or profit sharing plan which meets the
requirements of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, or
the requirements for deduction of the employer's contribution under Section
404(a)(2) of such code.

4.2 APPLICATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

      Each Purchase Payment, net of the Sales Load and Premium Tax, will be
applied to one or more Investment Accounts. Net Purchase Payments applied to the
Guaranteed Interest Fund will accrue interest from the effective date of the
Purchase Payment. Net Purchase Payments applied to the Separate Account will
provide Accumulation Units in one or more Divisions. Accumulation Units are
credited as of the effective date of the Purchase Payment.

      The number of Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the Net
Purchase Payment by the value of an Accumulation Unit on the effective date.
This number of Accumulation Units will not be changed by any subsequent change
in the dollar value of Accumulation Units.

4.3 SELECTION OF INVESTMENT ACCOUNT FOR PURCHASE PAYMENTS

      The Owner may at any time change the allocation of Net Purchase Payments
among the Investment Accounts by written notice to the Company. Net Purchase
Payments received at the Home Office on or after the date on which notice is
received will be applied to the designated Investment Accounts on the basis of
the new allocation.

4.4 TRANSFER OF ACCUMULATION VALUE

      Before the Maturity Date the Owner may, on request satisfactory to the
Company, transfer amounts from one Investment Account to another, subject to the
transfer restrictions described in Section 3.3. For transfers among the Separate
Account Divisions, the number of Accumulation Units to be applied or deducted
will be adjusted to reflect the respective value of the Accumulation Units in
each of the Divisions on the date the transfer is effective. A Transfer Fee will
be deducted from the amount transferred. The amount of the Transfer Fee is shown
on page 4. The minimum amount which may be transferred is the lesser of $100 or
the entire Accumulation Value of the Investment Account from which the transfer
is being made.

      For transfers from the Guaranteed Interest Fund, amounts closest to
expiration of an interest rate guarantee will be removed first. In the event
that two amounts are equally close to expiration, the one which was applied to
the Guaranteed Interest Fund earlier will be removed first.


                                        7
<PAGE>

4.5 WITHDRAWALS AND FULL SURRENDER

      Before the Maturity Date the Owner may, on request satisfactory to the
Company, withdraw all or a portion of the Accumulation Value of the contract.
The Company may require that at least 100 Accumulation Units or $100 of
Accumulation Value of the Guaranteed Interest Fund remain after a partial
withdrawal. Withdrawal of the entire value of the contract constitutes a full
surrender, and receipt of the contract at the Home Office will terminate this
contract. Receipt of the contract may be waived by the Company.

      The cash value of the amount withdrawn will be the Accumulation Value
withdrawn determined as of the date the withdrawal is effective, less any
applicable Withdrawal Charge. The Withdrawal Charge is described in Section 7.3.

      The term "withdrawal amounts" as used in this contract includes amounts
paid as full surrenders and withdrawals of a portion of the Accumulation Value
of the contract.

      For withdrawals from the Guaranteed Interest Fund, amounts closest to
expiration of an interest rate guarantee will be removed first. In the event
that two amounts are equally close to expiration, the one which was applied to
the Guaranteed Interest Fund earlier will be removed first.

4.6 EFFECTIVE DATE

      The effective date of a Purchase Payment, transfer, or withdrawal is the
Valuation Date on which the Purchase Payment or the request for transfer or
withdrawal is received at the Home Office. However, the Purchase Payment,
transfer, or withdrawal will be effective on the following Valuation Date if the
Purchase Payment or request for transfer or withdrawal is received at the Home
Office either:

      -     on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
            Exchange; or

      -     on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

                               SECTION 5. BENEFITS

5.1 MATURITY BENEFIT

MATURITY OPTIONS. If the Annuitant is living on the Maturity Date shown on page
3, and that Maturity Date is earlier than the contract anniversary nearest the
Annuitant's 90th birthday, the Owner may elect between the following maturity
options:

      -     payment of a monthly income to the Annuitant under a payment plan
            chosen by the Owner; or

      -     deferral of the maturity benefit and continuation of this contract,
            without any Disability Waiver of Purchase Payment Benefit, to the
            Optional Maturity Date. The contract will continue under this option
            if a written election for this purpose is received by the Company or
            if on the Maturity Date shown on page 3, the Owner has not chosen a
            payment plan.

      If the Annuitant Is living on the Maturity Date and that Maturity Date is
on or after the contract anniversary nearest the Annuitant's 90th birthday, the
Company will pay a monthly income to the Annuitant under a payment form chosen
by the Owner.

PAYMENT OF MATURITY BENEFIT. The amount of the monthly income paid as the
maturity benefit will depend on the payment plan chosen (see Section 11) and the
maturity value. The maturity value of this contract will be the Accumulation
Value of the contract on the effective date of the maturity benefit, less any
applicable Withdrawal Charge (see Section 7.3). The maturity benefit will be
effective on the Maturity Date. However, if the New York Stock Exchange is
closed on the Maturity Date, the effective date will be the Valuation Date next
preceding the Maturity Date.

      If no payment form is chosen at the time a monthly income becomes payable,
payments will be made to the Annuitant under he variable payment form of Life
Income Plan (Option C), with installments certain for ten years, as described in
Section 11.1.

OPTIONAL MATURITY DATE. The Optional Maturity Date is the contract anniversary
nearest the Annuitant's 90th birthday. If the contract is continued to the
Optional Maturity Date, all contract rights of the Owner will continue in effect
to the Optional Maturity Date except that the Disability Waiver of Purchase
Payment Benefit will not continue in force after the Maturity Date shown on page
3. The Optional Maturity Date will become the Maturity Date for all other
purposes of this contract.

5.2 PAYMENT AT DEATH

      The Company will make a payment to the beneficiary upon receipt at its
Home Office of satisfactory proof of the death of the Annuitant before the
Maturity Date. The payment at death will be the Accumulation Value of the
contract determined on the effective date of the payment at death. The payment
at death will be effective on the Valuation Date on which proof of death is
received at the Home Office or, if later, the date on which a method of payment
is elected. However, payment at death will be effective on the next following
Valuation Date if the proof of death is received at the Home Office either:

      -     on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
            Exchange; or

      -     on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

      If the date of death is before the Annuitant's 65th birthday, the payment
at death will not be less than:

      -     total Purchase Payments paid under the contract; less

      -     any amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5.

      The term "death benefits" as used in this contract refers to the payment
at death.


                                        8
<PAGE>

                            SECTION 6. BENEFICIARIES

6.1 DEFINITIONS

      The term "beneficiaries" as used in this contract includes direct
beneficiaries, contingent beneficiaries and further payees.

6.2 NAMING AND CHANGE OF BENEFICIARIES

FOR MATURITY BENEFITS BY OWNER. The Owner may name and change the beneficiaries
of maturity benefits before the Maturity Date. If no direct beneficiary is named
by the Owner, the Annuitant will be the direct beneficiary.

FOR DEATH BENEFITS BY OWNER. The Owner may name and change the beneficiaries:

      -     while the Annuitant is living; or

      -     during the first 60 days after the date of death of the Annuitant,
            if the Annuitant was not the Owner immediately prior to the
            Annuitant's death. A change made during this 60 days cannot be
            revoked.

FOR WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS BY OWNER. The Owner may name the beneficiaries at the
time of withdrawal.

FOR DEATH BENEFITS BY DIRECT BENEFICIARY. A direct beneficiary may name and
change the contingent beneficiaries and further payees of the direct
beneficiary's share of the benefits:

      -     if the direct beneficiary is the Owner;

      -     if, at any time after the death of the Annuitant, no contingent
            beneficiary or further payee of that share is living; or

      -     if, after the death of the Annuitant, the direct beneficiary elects
            a payment plan. The interest of any other beneficiary in the share
            of that direct beneficiary will end.

      These direct beneficiary rights are subject to the Owner's rights during
the 60 days after the date of death of the Annuitant.

FOR MATURITY BENEFITS OR WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS BY DIRECT BENEFICIARY. After a
withdrawal or the maturity of the contract, the direct beneficiary may name and
change the contingent beneficiaries and further payees of the direct
beneficiary's share of benefits that is under a payment plan.

FOR MATURITY OR DEATH BENEFITS OR WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS BY SPOUSE (MARITAL
DEDUCTION PROVISION).

      -     POWER TO APPOINT. The spouse of the Annuitant will have the power
            alone and in all events to appoint all amounts payable to the spouse
            under the contract if:
            a.    just before the Annuitant's death, the Annuitant was the
                  Owner; and
            b.    the spouse is a direct beneficiary; and
            c.    the spouse survives the Annuitant.

      -     TO WHOM SPOUSE CAN APPOINT. Under this power, the spouse can
            appoint:
            a.    to the estate of the spouse; or
            b.    to any other persons as contingent beneficiaries and further
                  payees.

      -     EFFECT OF EXERCISE. As to the amounts appointed, the exercise of
            this power will:
            a.    revoke any other designation of beneficiaries;
            b.    revoke any election of payment plan as it applies to them; and
            c.    cause any provision to the contrary in Section 6 or 10 of this
                  contract to be of no effect.

EFFECTIVE DATE. A naming or change of a beneficiary will be made on receipt at
the Home Office of a written request that is acceptable to the Company. The
request will then take effect as of the date that it was signed. The Company is
not responsible for any payment or other action that is taken by it before the
receipt of the request. The Company may require that the contract be sent to it
to be endorsed to show the naming or change.

6.3 SUCCESSION IN INTEREST OF BENEFICIARIES

DIRECT BENEFICIARIES. The maturity or death benefits or withdrawal amounts will
be payable in equal shares to the direct beneficiaries who survive and receive
payment. If a direct beneficiary dies before receiving all or part of the direct
beneficiary's full share, the unpaid portion will be payable in equal shares to
the other direct beneficiaries who survive and receive payment.

CONTINGENT BENEFICIARIES. At the death of all of the direct beneficiaries, the
maturity or death benefits, the withdrawal amounts, or the present value of any
unpaid payments under a payment plan, will be payable in equal shares to the
contingent beneficiaries who survive and receive payment. If a contingent
beneficiary dies before receiving all or part of the contingent beneficiary's
full share, the unpaid portion will be payable in equal shares to the other
contingent beneficiaries who survive and receive payment.

FURTHER PAYEES. At the death of all the direct and contingent beneficiaries, the
maturity or death benefits, the withdrawal amounts, or the present value of any
unpaid payments under a payment plan, will be paid in one sum:

      -     in equal shares to the further payees who survive and receive
            payment; or

      -     if no further payees survive and receive payment, to the estate of
            the last to die of all beneficiaries who survive the Annuitant.


                                        9
<PAGE>

OWNER OR THE OWNER'S ESTATE. If no beneficiaries are alive when the Annuitant
dies, the benefits will be paid to the Owner or to the Owner's estate.

6.4 TRUSTEE AS BENEFICIARY

      If a trustee is named as a beneficiary and no qualified trustee makes
claim to the proceeds, or to the present value of any unpaid payments under a
payment plan, within one year after payment becomes due to the trustee, or if
satisfactory evidence is furnished to the Company within that year showing that
no trustee can qualify to receive payment, payment will be made as though the
trustee had not been named.

      The Company will be fully discharged of liability for any action taken by
the trustee and for all amounts paid to, or at the direction of, the trustee and
will have no obligation as to the use of the amounts. In all dealings with the
trustee the Company will be fully protected against the claims of every other
person. The Company will not be charged with notice of a change of trustee
unless written evidence of the change is received at the Home Office.

6.5 GENERAL

TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP. A transfer of ownership of itself will not change the
interest of a beneficiary.

CLAIMS OF CREDITORS. So far as allowed by law, no amount payable under this
contract will be subject to the claims of creditors of a beneficiary.

SUCCESSION UNDER PAYMENT PLANS. A direct or contingent beneficiary who succeeds
to an interest in a payment plan will continue under the terms of the plan.

                           SECTION 7. FEES AND CHARGES

7.1 CONTRACT FEE

      On each contract anniversary prior to the Maturity Date, a Contract Fee
will be charged for administrative expenses. The amount of the Contract Fee is
shown on page 4. The Contract Fee will be deducted from the Investment Accounts
in proportion to the Accumulation Value of the Investment Accounts. The
effective date of the Contract Fee will be the contract anniversary. However, if
the New York Stock Exchange is closed the contract anniversary, the effective
date will be the next following Valuation Date.

7.2 SALES LOAD AND PREMIUM TAXES

      The Company will deduct from Purchase Payments received the Sales Load
shown on page 4. The Company may also deduct from Purchase Payments received any
Premium Taxes incurred.

7.3 WITHDRAWAL CHARGE

CONDITIONS. Maturity benefits and withdrawals are subject to a Withdrawal Charge
described on page 4. There is no Withdrawal Charge on benefits that are paid
under a variable Installment Income or variable Life Income Payment Plan.
However, the withdrawal of the present value of any unpaid installments under a
variable Installment Income Plan (Option B) will be subject to a withdrawal
charge if the withdrawal is made less than five years after the date that the
payment plan takes effect.

CALCULATIONS. The amount of the Withdrawal Charge on the contract is equal to
the sum of the Withdrawal Charges on all Net Purchase Payments. The Withdrawal
Charge on a Net Purchase Payment is equal to the Withdrawal Charge percentage on
the date the Withdrawal Charge is determined, multiplied by the amount of the
Net Purchase Payment. The Withdrawal Charge percentages are shown on page 4. The
excess of the Accumulation Value of the contract over the total of Net Purchase
Payments paid is not subject to a Withdrawal Charge.

      Withdrawal Charges are determined:
      -     for maturity benefits, as of the Maturity Date.

      -     for withdrawals under Section 4.5, as of the effective date of the
            withdrawal.

      -     for withdrawals from payment plans, as of the effective date of the
            withdrawal.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE FREE AMOUNT. If the Accumulation Value of the contract is at
least $10,000 on the most recent contract anniversary preceding a withdrawal
under Section 4.5, then the amount withdrawn will be taken first from any
eligible portion of the Accumulation Value of the contract that exceeds the
total of Net Purchase Payments paid. For each Contract Year, the amount eligible
for the Withdrawal Charge Free Amount is the lesser of the following:

      -     the excess of the Accumulation Value of the contract on the
            effective date of the withdrawal over the total of Net Purchase
            Payments paid up to the effective date of the withdrawal; and

      -     10% of the Accumulation Value of the contract on the most recent
            contract anniversary preceding the withdrawal.

ORDER OF WITHDRAWAL. A withdrawal will be taken from the contract in the
following order:

      -     first, from the Withdrawal Charge Free Amount, if any;

      -     next, from the Net Purchase Payments in the order that produces the
            lowest Withdrawal Charge; and

      -     last, from any remaining amount by which the Accumulation Value of
            the contract exceeds the total of Net Purchase Payments.


                                       10
<PAGE>

                              SECTION 8. OWNERSHIP

8.1 THE OWNER

      The Owner is named on page 3. All contract rights may be exercised by the
Owner, the Owner's successor, or the Owner's transferee without the consent of
any beneficiary. After the Annuitant's death, contract rights may be exercised
only as provided in Sections 6 and 10.

      If the contract has more than one Owner, contract rights may be exercised
only by authorization of all Owners.

8.2 TRANSFER Of OWNERSHIP

      The Owner may transfer the ownership of this contract. Written proof of
transfer satisfactory to the Company must be received at its Home Office. The
transfer will then take effect as of the date it was signed. The Company may
require that the contract be sent to it for endorsement to show the transfer.
The Company will not be responsible to a transferee Owner for any payment or
other action taken by the Company before receipt of the proof of transfer at its
Home Office.

8.3 COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT

      The Owner may assign this contract as collateral security. The Company is
not responsible for the validity or effect of a collateral assignment. The
Company will not be responsible to an assignee for any payment or other action
taken by the Company before receipt of the assignment in writing at its Home
Office.

      The interest of any beneficiary will be subject to any collateral
assignment made either before or after the beneficiary is named.

      A collateral assignee is not an Owner. A collateral assignment is not a
transfer of ownership. Ownership can be transferred only by complying with
Section 8.2.

8.4 REPORTS TO OWNERS

      At least once each Contract Year, the Company will also send to the Owner
or payee a statement of the Accumulation Values of the Investment Accounts, the
number of units credited to the contract, the dollar value of a unit as of a
date not more than two months previous to the date of mailing, and a statement
of the investments held by the Separate Account.

8.5 TRANSFERABILITY RESTRICTIONS

      Notwithstanding any other provisions of this contract, the Owner may not:

      -     change the ownership of the contract; or

      -     sell the contract, or assign or pledge the contract as collateral
            for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation or
            for any other purpose, to any person other than the Company.

      These restrictions will not apply if the Owner is:

      -     the trustee of an employee trust that is qualified under the
            Internal Revenue Code; or

      -     the custodian of a custodial account treated as an employee trust
            that is qualified under the Internal Revenue Code.

      The restrictions do not preclude the employer under a non-trusteed plan
from transferring ownership of this contract to the Annuitant or to the employer
or trustee under another plan or trust when required by the plan.

                             SECTION 9. THE CONTRACT

9.1 GUARANTEES

      The Company guarantees that mortality and expense results will not
adversely affect the amount of variable payments.

9.2 VALUATION OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT ASSETS

      The value of the shares of each Portfolio held in the Separate Account on
each Valuation Date will be the redemption value of the shares on that date. If
the right to redeem shares of a Portfolio has been suspended, or payment of the
redemption value has been postponed, the shares held in the Separate Account
(and Annuity Units) may be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by
the Board of Trustees of the Company for the sole purpose of computing annuity
payments.

9.3 DETERMINATION OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT VALUES

      The method of determination by the Company of the Net Investment Factor,
and the number and value of Accumulation Units and Annuity Units, will be
conclusive upon the Owner, any assignee, the Annuitant, and any beneficiary.

9.4 DEFERMENT OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS

SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS. The Company reserves the right to defer
determination of the contract values of the Separate Account portion of this
contract, or the payment of benefits under a variable payment plan, until after
the end of any period during which the right to redeem shares of a Portfolio is
suspended, or payment of the redemption value is postponed. Any deferment would
be in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 by
reason of closing of, or restriction of trading on, the New York Stock Exchange,
or other emergency, or as otherwise permitted by the Act. In addition, the
Company reserves the right to defer payment of contract values until seven days
after the end of any deferment in the determination of contract values.

GUARANTEED INTEREST FUND. The Company may defer paying contract values of the
Guaranteed Interest Fund for up to six months from the effective date of the
withdrawal or full surrender. If payment is deferred for 30 days or more,
interest will be paid on the withdrawal amounts at an annual effective rate of
3% from the effective date of the withdrawal or surrender to the date of the
payment.


                                       11
<PAGE>

9.5  DIVIDENDS

      This contract will share in the divisible surplus of the Company, except
while payments are being made under a variable payment plan. This surplus will
be determined each year, and the dividend, if any, will be credited on the
contract anniversary. Any dividend credited prior to the Maturity Date will be
applied on the effective date as a Net Purchase Payment unless the Owner elects
to have the dividend paid in cash. The effective date of the dividend will be
the contract anniversary. However, if the New York Stock Exchange is closed on
the contract anniversary, the effective date will be the next following
Valuation Date.

9.6 INCONTESTABILITY

      The Company will not contest this contract after it has been in force
during the lifetime of the Annuitant for two years from the Issue Date. This
Issue Date is shown on page 3.

9.7 MISSTATEMENT OF AGE OR SEX

      If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated, the amount payable
will be the amount which the Purchase Payments paid would have purchased at the
correct age and sex.

9.8 ENTIRE CONTRACT; CHANGES

      This contract with the attached application is the entire contract.
Statements in the application are representations and not warranties. A change
in the contract is valid only if it is approved by an officer of the Company.
The Company may require that the contract be sent to it for endorsement to show
a change. No agent has the authority to change the contract or to waive any of
its terms.

All payments by the Company under this contract are payable at its Home Office.

      Assets of the Separate Account are owned by the Company and the Company is
not a trustee with respect thereto. The Company may from time to time adjust the
amount of assets contained in the Separate Account, by periodic withdrawals or
additions, to reflect the contract deductions and the Company's reserves for
this and other similar contracts.

      This contract is subject to the laws of the state in which it is
delivered. All benefits are at least as great as those required by that state.

9.9 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT

      At any time after the first contract anniversary, the Company may
terminate the contract and pay the Owner the Accumulation Value of the contract
and be released of any further obligation if:

      -     prior to the Maturity Date no Purchase Payments have been received
            under the contract for a period of two full years and each of the
            following is less than the Minimum Accumulation Value shown on page
            4:

            a.    the Accumulation Value of the contract; and

            b.    total Purchase Payments paid under the contract, less any
                  amounts withdrawn under Section 4.5; or

      -     on the Maturity Date the Accumulation Value of the contract is less
            than the Minimum Accumulation Value shown on page 4 or would provide
            a monthly income the initial amount of which is less than the
            minimum payment amount shown on page 4.

                    SECTION 10. PAYMENT OF CONTRACT BENEFITS

10.1 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

      All or part of the contract benefits may be paid under one or more of the
following:

      -     a variable payment plan;

      -     a fixed payment plan; or

      -     in cash.

      The provisions and rate for variable and fixed payment plans are described
in Section 11. Contract benefits may not be placed under a payment plan unless
the plan would provide to each beneficiary a monthly income the initial amount
of which is at least the minimum payment amount shown on page 4. A Withdrawal
Charge will be deducted from contract benefits before their payment under
certain conditions described in Section 7.3.

10.2 PAYMENT AT DEATH

      Upon the death of the Annuitant prior to the Maturity Date, the payment at
death will be made under any payment plan previously elected. If no payment plan
has been elected, the payment at death will be made under a payment plan or in
cash as elected by the Owner or beneficiary.


                                       12
<PAGE>

10.3 EFFECTIVE DATE FOR PAYMENT PLAN

      A payment plan that is elected for maturity benefits will take effect on
the Maturity Date.

      A payment plan that is elected for death benefits will take effect on the
date proof of death of the Annuitant is received at the Home Office if:

      -     the plan is elected by the Owner; and

      -     the election is received at the Home Office while the Annuitant is
            living.

      In all other cases, a payment plan that is elected will take effect:

      -     On the date the election is received at the Home Office; or

      -     on a later date, if requested.

10.4 PAYMENT PLAN ELECTIONS

FOR DEATH BENEFITS BY OWNER. The Owner may elect payment plans for death
benefits:

      -     while the Annuitant is living; or

      -     during the first 60 days after the date of death of the Annuitant,
            if the Annuitant was not the Owner immediately prior to the
            Annuitant's death. An election made during the 60 days cannot be
            changed.

FOR DEATH BENEFITS BY DIRECT OR CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY. A direct or contingent
beneficiary may elect payment plans for death benefits payable to the direct or
contingent beneficiary if no payment plan that has been elected is in effect.
This right is subject to the Owner's rights during the above 60 days.

FOR MATURITY BENEFITS OR WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS. The Owner may elect payment plans
for maturity benefits or withdrawal amounts.

TRANSFER BETWEEN PAYMENT PLANS. A beneficiary who is receiving payment under a
payment plan which includes the right to withdraw may transfer the amount
withdrawable to any other payment plan that is available.

                            SECTION 11. PAYMENT PLANS

11.1 DESCRIPTION OF PAYMENT PLANS

INSTALLMENT INCOME FOR SPECIFIED PERIOD (OPTION B)

      The Company will make monthly installment income payments providing for
payment of benefits over a specified period of 5 to 30 years.

LIFE INCOME PLANS

      -     SINGLE LIFE INCOME (OPTION C). The Company will make monthly
            payments for the selected certain period, if any, and thereafter
            during the remaining lifetime of the individual upon whose life
            income payments depend. The selections available are: (a) no certain
            period; or (b) a certain period of 10 or 20 years.

      -     JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE INCOME (OPTION E). The Company will make
            monthly payments for a 10-year certain period and thereafter during
            the joint lifetime of the two individuals upon whose lives income
            payments depend and continuing during the remaining lifetime of the
            survivor.

      -     OTHER SELECTIONS. The Company may offer other selections under the
            Life Income Plans.

      -     LIMITATIONS. A direct or contingent beneficiary who is a natural
            person may be paid under a Life Income Plan only if the payments
            depend on that beneficiary's life. A corporation may be paid under a
            Life Income Plan only if the payments depend on the life of the
            Annuitant or, after the death of the Annuitant, on the life of the
            Annuitant's spouse or dependent.

      These payment plans are available on either a fixed or variable basis.
Under a fixed payment plan the payment remains level. Under a variable payment
plan the payment will increase or decrease as described in Section 11.4.

11.2 ALLOCATION OF BENEFITS

      Upon election of a variable payment plan, the Owner or direct or
contingent beneficiary may select the allocation of variable benefits among the
Divisions.

If no selection is made, the allocation of benefits will be as follows:

      -     for amounts in the Separate Account Divisions, benefits will be
            allocated in proportion to the Accumulation Value of each Division
            on the effective date of the variable payment plan, and

      -     for amounts in the Guaranteed Interest Fund, benefits will be
            allocated 100% to the Money Market Division.

11.3 ANNUITY UNITS UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

      The interest of this contract in the Separate Account after the effective
date of a variable payment plan is represented by Annuity Units. The dollar
value of Annuity Units for each Division will increase or decrease to reflect
the investment experience of the Division. The value of an Annuity Unit on any
Valuation Date is the product of:

      -     the Annuity Unit value on the, immediately preceding Valuation Date;

      -     the Net Investment Factor for the period from the immediately
            preceding Valuation Date up to and including the current Valuation
            Date (the current period); and

      -     the Daily Adjustment Factor of .99990575 raised to a power equal to
            the number of days in the current period to reflect the Assumed
            Investment Rate of 3 1/2% used in calculating the monthly payment
            rate.


                                       13
<PAGE>

11.4 PAYMENTS UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

FIRST PAYMENT. The first payment under a variable payment plan will be due as of
the effective date of the payment plan.

      The amount of the first payment is the sum of payments from each Division,
each determined by multiplying the benefits allocated to the Division under the
variable payment plan by the applicable monthly variable payment rate per $1,000
of benefits.

NUMBER OF ANNUITY UNITS. The number of Annuity Units in each Division under a
variable payment plan is determined by dividing the amount of the first payment
payable from the Division by the Annuity Unit value for the Division at the
close of business on the Valuation Date on which the variable payment plan
becomes effective. The number of Annuity Units will not be changed by any
subsequent change in the dollar value of Annuity Units.

SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE PAYMENTS. The amount of each subsequent payment from each
Division under a variable payment plan will increase or decrease in accord with
the increase or decrease in the value of an Annuity Unit which reflects the
investment experience of that Division of the Separate Account.

      The amount of subsequent variable payments is the sum of payments from
each Division, each determined by multiplying the fixed number of Annuity Units
for the Division by the value of an Annuity Unit for the Division on:

      -     the fifth Valuation Date prior to the payment due date if the
            payment due date is a Valuation Date; or

      -     the sixth Valuation Date prior to the payment due date if the
            payment due date is not a Valuation Date.

11.5 TRANSFER BETWEEN VARIABLE PAYMENT PLANS

      A payee or joint payees receiving payments under a variable payment plan
may:

      -     transfer Annuity Units from one Division to another. The number of
            Annuity Units in each Division will be adjusted to reflect the
            respective value of the Annuity Units in the Divisions on the date
            the transfer is effective. A Transfer Fee will be deducted from the
            amount transferred. The amount of the Transfer Fee is shown on page
            4. Transfers from the Money Market Division may be made at any time.
            No transfer from the other Divisions may be made within 90 days of
            the effective date of the variable payment plan or within 90 days
            from the effective date of the last transfer.

      -     transfer from an Installment Income Plan (Option B) to either form
            of the Life Income Plan (Option C or E).

      Other transfers may be permitted subject to conditions set by the Company.
A transfer will be effective on the Valuation Date on which a satisfactory
transfer request is received in the Home Office, or a later date if requested.
However, the transfer will be effective on the following Valuation Date if the
request is received at the Home Office either:

      -     on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
            Exchange; or

      -     on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

11.6 WITHDRAWAL UNDER PAYMENT PLANS

      Withdrawal of the present value of any unpaid income payments may be
elected at any time by the beneficiary, except that withdrawal may not be
elected under a Life Income Plan (Option C or E) until the death of all
individuals upon whose lives income payments depend.

      The withdrawal value under the Installment Income Plan (Option B) will be
the present value of any unpaid payments, less any applicable Withdrawal Charge
under Section 7.3. The withdrawal value under a Life Income Plan (Option C or E)
will be the present value of any unpaid payments for the certain period with no
Withdrawal Charge.

      For a fixed payment plan, the present value of any unpaid income payments
will be based on the rate of interest used to determine the amount of the
payments. For a variable payment plan, the present value of any unpaid income
payments will be based on interest at the Assumed Investment Rate used in
calculating the amount of the variable payments. The amount of variable payments
used in calculating the present value of unpaid payments will be determined by
multiplying the number of Annuity Units by the value of an Annuity Unit on the
effective date of the withdrawal.

      A withdrawal will be effective on the Valuation Date on which the request
is received in the Home Office. However, the withdrawal will be effective on the
following Valuation Date if the request is received at the Home Office either:

      -     on a Valuation Date after the close of trading on the New York Stock
            Exchange; or,

      -     on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.


                                       14
<PAGE>

11.7 PAYMENT PLAN RATES

PAYMENT RATE TABLES. The guaranteed monthly payment rates for both a fixed
payment plan and the first payment under a variable payment plan are shown in
the Payment Rate Tables. The tables show rates for the Installment Income Plan
for a Specified Period (Option B) and Life Income Plans (Options C and E). Life
Income Plan (Option C or E) rates are based on the sex and adjusted age of any
individual upon whose life payments depend. The adjusted age is:

      -     the age on the birthday that is nearest to the date on which the
            payment plan takes effect; plus

      -     the age adjustment shown below for the number of Contract Years that
            have elapsed from the Issue Date to the date that the payment plan
            takes effect. A part of a Contract Year is counted as a full year.

CONTRACT                     CONTRACT
 YEARS           AGE           YEARS          AGE
ELAPSED       ADJUSTMENT      ELAPSED      ADJUSTMENT

 1 to 8           0           33 to 40         -4
 9 to 16         -1           41 to 48         -5
17 to 24         -2          49 or more        -6
25 to 32         -3

CURRENT FIXED PAYMENT PLAN RATES

      -     INSTALLMENT INCOME FOR SPECIFIED PERIOD (OPTION 6). The Company may
            offer fixed payment plan rates higher than those guaranteed in this
            contract with conditions on withdrawal.

      -     LIFE INCOME PLANS (OPTION C OR E). Payments will be based on rates
            declared by the Company which will not be less than the rates
            guaranteed in this contract. The declared rates will provide at
            least as much income as would the Company's rates, on the date that
            the payment plan takes effect, for a single premium immediate
            annuity contract.

ALTERNATE VARIABLE RATE BASIS. The Company may from time to time publish higher
initial rates for variable payment plans under this contract. These higher rates
will not be available to increase payments under payment plans already in
effect.

      When a variable payment plan is effective on an alternate rate basis, the
Daily Adjustment Factor described in Section 11.3 will be determined based on
the Assumed Investment Rate used in calculating the alternate payment rate.

                               PAYMENT RATE TABLES
                   MONTHLY INCOME PAYMENTS PER $1,000 BENEFITS

                    FIRST PAYMENT UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLAN

INSTALLMENT INCOME PLAN (OPTION B)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 PERIOD            MONTHLY              PERIOD            MONTHLY             PERIOD         MONTHLY
(YEARS)            PAYMENT             (YEARS)            PAYMENT            (YEARS)         PAYMENT
<S>                 <C>                   <C>                <C>                  <C>          <C>
  Years 1-4                               11                 $ 9.09               21           $ 5.56
Not Available                             12                   8.46               22             5.39
                                          13                   7.94               23             5.24
                                          14                   7.49               24             5.09
      5             $ 18.12               15                   7.10               25             4.96

      6               15.35               16                   6.76               26             4.84
      7               13.38               17                   6.47               27             4.73
      8               11.90               18                   6.20               28             4.63
      9               10.75               19                   5.97               29             4.53
     10                9.83               20                   5.75               30             4.45
</TABLE>

                         GUARANTEED FIXED PAYMENT PLANS

INSTALLMENT INCOME PLAN (OPTION B)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 PERIOD            MONTHLY              PERIOD            MONTHLY             PERIOD         MONTHLY
(YEARS)            PAYMENT             (YEARS)            PAYMENT            (YEARS)         PAYMENT
<S>                 <C>                   <C>                <C>                  <C>          <C>
 Years 1-4                                11                 $ 8.42               21           $ 4.85
Not Available                             12                   7.80               22             4.67
                                          13                   7.26               23             4.51
                                          14                   6.81               24             4.36
      5             $ 17.49               15                   6.42               25             4.22

      6               14.72               16                   6.07               26             4.10
      7               12.74               17                   5.77               27             3.98
      8               11.25               18                   5.50               28             3.87
      9               10.10               19                   5.26               29             3.77
     10                9.18               20                   5.04               30             3.68
</TABLE>


                                       15
<PAGE>

                               PAYMENT RATE TABLES
                   MONTHLY INCOME PAYMENTS PER $1,000 BENEFITS

LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION C)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          SINGLE LIFE MONTHLY PAYMENTS

                              CHOSEN PERIOD (YEARS)
ADJUSTED
  AGE*                ZERO              10                     20
<S>                 <C>               <C>                    <C>
   55               $ 4.17           $ 4.14                 $ 4.06
   56                 4.23             4.20                   4.11
   57                 4.31             4.28                   4.17
   58                 4.39             4.35                   4.23
   59                 4.47             4.43                   4.29

   60                 4.56             4.51                   4.35
   61                 4.65             4.59                   4.42
   62                 4.76             4.69                   4.49
   63                 4.87             4.79                   4.56
   64                 4.98             4.90                   4.63

   65                 5.10             5.00                   4.70
   66                 5.24             5.12                   4.77
   67                 5.38             5.24                   4.84
   68                 5.54             5.37                   4.91
   69                 5.70             5.51                   4.98

   70                 5.88             5.66                   5.05
   71                 6.07             5.81                   5.12
   72                 6.27             5.96                   5.19
   73                 6.49             6.13                   5.24
   74                 6.73             6.30                   5.30

   75                 6.99             6.48                   5.36
   76                 7.27             6.67                   5.40
   77                 7.58             6.86                   5.45
   78                 7.91             7.05                   5.49
   79                 8.26             7.25                   5.52

   80                 8.64             7.45                   5.55
   81                 9.05             7.65                   5.58
   82                 9.50             7.84                   5.60
   83                 9.98             8.02                   5.62
   84                10.50             8.20                   5.63

85 and over.         11.06             8.38                   5.64
</TABLE>

LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION E)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             JOINT AND SURVIVOR MONTHLY PAYMENTS
    OLDER LIFE                   YOUNGER LIFE ADJUSTED AGE*
     ADJUSTED
      AGE*       55            60            65          70          75           80          85 and   over
    <S>        <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>
     55       $ 3.79
     60         3.87        $ 4.07
     65         3.94          4.18       $ 4.45
     70         3.99          4.27         4.61       $ 4.99
     75         4.02          4.34         4.73         5.20        $ 5.72
     80         4.05          4.38         4.81         5.35          6.00         $ 6.67
85 and over     4.06          4.40         4.86         5.45          6.18           7.00       $ 7.75
</TABLE>

*See Section 10.7.

The amount of the payment for any other combination of ages will be furnished by
the Company on request. The maximum initial monthly income per $l,000 will be
$7.75.

Monthly payment rates are based on an Assumed Investment Rate of 3 1/2% and the
1983 Table a with Projection Scale G.


                                       16
<PAGE>

                                AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2
                       FOR FLEXIBLE PAYMENT VARIABLE ANNUITY
                                     ACCOUNT A



    AS OF THE ISSUE DATE, THE SECOND PARAGRAPH OF SECTION 2.1 IS AMENDED TO READ
AS FOLLOWS:

    The Separate Account is comprised of the Divisions listed on page 3.  The
assets allocated to these Divisions are invested in shares of corresponding
mutual funds or portfolios of mutual funds, both of which are referred to in
this policy as Portfolios. Shares of the Portfolios are purchased for the
Separate Account at their net asset value.








                                                      Secretary
                                               NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
                                                  INSURANCE COMPANY






QQVA.FUNDS.(0599)

<PAGE>

                       AMENDMENT TO SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS



    AS OF APRIL 30, 1999, THE SECOND AND THIRD PARAGRAPHS OF THE SEPARATE
ACCOUNT SECTION OF THE CONTRACT RELATING TO THE DIVISIONS OF THE SEPARATE
ACCOUNT AND THE ASSETS ALLOCATED TO THESE DIVISIONS ARE AMENDED TO READ AS
FOLLOWS:

     The Separate Account is comprised of the Select Bond, International Equity,
Money Market, Balanced, Index 500 Stock, Aggressive Growth Stock, High Yield
Bond, Growth Stock, Growth and Income Stock, Index 400 Stock, Small Cap Growth
Stock, Russell Multi-Style Equity, Russell Aggressive Equity, Russell Non-US,
Russell Real Estate Securities, and Russell Core Bond Divisions.  Assets
allocated to these Divisions are invested in shares of corresponding mutual
funds or portfolios of mutual funds, both of which are referred to in this
policy as Portfolios.  Shares of the Portfolios are purchased for the Separate
Account at their net asset value.

     The Company may make available additional Divisions and Portfolios.




                                                      Secretary
                                               NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
                                                   INSURANCE COMPANY






VA.FUNDS.(0599)
A

<PAGE>

                            THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
                                  INSURANCE COMPANY
                                MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S><C>

                                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                                                CONTRACT NUMBER
                                                                                                          _______________________
                                                                                                        --------------------------
DEFERRED ANNUITY APPLICATION
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.   Has a Northwestern Mutual policy ever been issued on the annuitant's life?     / / Yes   / / No

     If yes, the last policy number is
                                        -----------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.   ANNUITANT

     /X/ Mr.   / / Mrs.  / / Ms.   / / Dr.   / / Other___________________________                   /X/ Male  / / Female
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     NAME                                                                                           BIRTHDATE (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)
     /J/O/H/N/ /J/ /D/O/E/                                                                          /0/1/ -  /1/5/ -  /1/9/6/1/
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     STATE OF BIRTH (OR FOREIGN COUNTRY)                                                  TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
     Wisconsin                                                                            /4/4/4/  -  /4/4/  -  /4/4/4/4/
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PRIMARY RESIDENCE
     STREET OR PO BOX              1234 Main Street
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CITY, STATE, ZIP (COUNTRY IF OTHER THAN U.S.)
     Milwaukee, WI  53200
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.   MARKET CATEGORY (SELECT ONE)

     NON-TAX QUALIFIED
     / /  Personal
     / /  Estate or Business
     / /  Eligible 457 Deferred Compensation Plan
          GO TO QUESTION 4.

     TAX QUALIFIED
     / /  IRA Individual
     / /  IRA Simplified Employee Pension Plan (SEPP)
     / /  TDA Employee salary reduction only
     / /  TDA Employer matching or non-elective contributions included
     / /  401(g) Non-transferable annuity
          THE OWNER IS THE ANNUITANT.  GO TO QUESTION 5.

     /x/  Pension and Profit Sharing

                              -------------------------
                                                          If new trust, attach
               Trust Number   / 0 / 0 / 0 / 1 / 2 / 3 /   Declaration of Employer (31-3344)
                              -------------------------

                                             -------------------
                                               MONTH      DAY
               Contract Anniversary Date     /  /  /  -  /  /  /  Complete only if required by plan.
                                             -------------------

     THE OWNER AND BENEFICIARY ARE THE TRUSTEE(S) OF THE PLAN.  GO TO QUESTION 6.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

90-1900 (0196)                                                                                                             

<PAGE>

4.   OWNER (NOTE: A minor owner limits future contract actions.)
          / / Annuitant  / / See attached information  / / Other: (Complete A, B, C below)
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A.   / / Mr.   / / Mrs.  / / Ms.   / / Dr.   / / Other____________________________________    / / Male  / / Female
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          PERSONAL NAME                                                                            BIRTHDATE (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)

          /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /   /               /  /  / - /  /  / - /  /  /  /
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     OR
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          BUSINESS/TRUST NAME

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     B.   RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT                                                  TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
                                                                                     /  /  / - /  /  / - /  /  /  /  /
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     C.   ADDRESS - ANNUITANT'S ADDRESS, OR
          STREET OR PO BOX
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          CITY, STATE, ZIP (COUNTRY IF OTHER THAN US)                                

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     BENEFICIARY (NOTE: Cannot be annuitant unless "Estate of Annuitant" named.)
5.   A.   Direct Beneficiary of payment at DEATH:
          / / Owner      / / Other
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     B.   Contingent Beneficiary of payment at DEATH:

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Box (1) or (2) may be selected to include all children or brothers and sisters without naming them, or to add to the
          contingent beneficiaries named.  Box (3) may be selected to provide for children of a deceased contingent beneficiary; use
          only if contingent beneficiaries are named and/or box (1) or (2) is checked.  NOTE: The word "children" includes child and
          any legally adopted child.
          / /  (1)  and all (other) children of the Annuitant.
          / /  (2)  and all (other) brothers and sisters of the Annuitant born of the marriage of or legally adopted by __________
                    and ______________ before the Annuitant's death.
          / /  (3)  any amount that would have been paid to a deceased contingent beneficiary, if living, will be paid in one sum
                    and in equal shares to the children of that contingent beneficiary who survive and receive payment.

     C.   Further Payee of payment at DEATH:
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          FIRST               MIDDLE INITIAL                LAST                RELATIONSHIP TO ANNUITANT

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     D.   / /  See attached information form (Use in place of 5A, 5B, 5C)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.   Will the policy applied for replace any Northwestern Mutual Life insurance or annuities?                 / /Yes    /X/ No
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.   Will the policy applied for replace insurance or annuities from another insurance company?               / / Yes   /X/ No
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.   PLAN (Select One)
     /X/  VARIABLE ANNUITY. Complete Variable Annuity Section (Pages 3-4)
     / /  FLEXIBLE PREMIUM ANNUITY. Complete Fixed Rate Annuity Supplement (Page 5)
     / /  SINGLE PREMIUM RETIREMENT ANNUITY. Complete Fixed Rate Annuity Supplement (Page 5)

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

90-1900 (0196)                                                                                                            
<PAGE>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V1             / /  Back-end Design
     TYPE      /X/  Front-end Design ($10,000 minimum initial purchase payment)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V2
                             ------------                        ----------------------------------------
                                                                  (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)                         If neither specified,
               MATURITY AGE  /     /    /     OR MATURITY DATE   /   /   /  -  /   /   /  -  /  /  /  /  /   defaults to age 85.
                             ------------                        ----------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V3   A. COMPLETE IN ALL CASES TO INDICATE ALLOCATION OF NET PUR-       B. COMPLETE ONLY IF THE ALLOCATION OF THE ATTACHED INITIAL
        CHASE PAYMENTS.                                                   PAYMENT IS TO BE DIFFERENT THAN INDICATED IN A.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               (Use whole %. Total must equal 100%)                                 (Use whole %. Total must equal 100%)

     VARIABLE FUNDS                                                    VARIABLE FUNDS
              10     Select Bond                                                      Select Bond
         -----------                                                      -----------
              10     International Equity                                             International Equity   
         -----------                                                      -----------                        
              10     Money Market                                                     Money Market           
         -----------                                                      -----------                        
              10     Balanced                                                         Balanced               
         -----------                                                      -----------                        
              10     Index 500 Stock                                                  Index 500 Stock        
         -----------                                                      -----------                        
              10     Aggressive Growth Stock                                          Aggressive Growth Stock
         -----------                                                      -----------                        
              10     High Yield Bond                                                  High Yield Bond        
         -----------                                                      -----------                        
              10     Growth Stock                                                     Growth Stock           
         -----------                                                      -----------                        
              10     Growth and Income Stock                                          Growth and Income Stock
         -----------                                                      -----------                        

     FIXED FUNDS                                                       FIXED FUNDS
              10     Guaranteed Interest                                             Guaranteed Interest
         -----------                                                      -----------
             100%         Total                                                100%         Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V4   INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT

     /X/  PREPAID  A purchase payment for the contract applied for has been paid to the agent in exchange for the receipt
          with the same number as this application.  NOTE: ALL PURCHASE PAYMENT CHECKS MUST BE MADE PAYABLE TO
          NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE. DO NOT MAKE CHECK PAYABLE TO AGENT OR LEAVE PAYEE BLANK.
          ------------------------
          AMOUNT
          $      5,000.00
          ------------------------

               For IRA and SEPP only, indicate how initial purchase payment is to be applied.  Total must equal amount above.


                    ------------------------
                    $                        Current (19   ) tax year 
                    ------------------------
                    $                        Prior (19   ) tax year 
                    ------------------------
                    $                        Rollover distribution received by Annuitant in last 60 days.
                    ------------------------
                    $                        Direct transfer of / / IRA / / TDA  / / Pension from another
                                                                                     institution or plan
                                                                                     trustee

          / / NON-PREPAID (NOTE: Contract will not be issued until initial purchase payment is received.)
                  / / Collected via Multiple Contract Bill (MCB).
              / / Automatic withdrawal from checking account (ISA/EFT).              -----------------------------
              / / Check coming from another financial institution. Estimated Amount $
                                                                                    -----------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V5   Waiver of Purchase Payment Benefit requested?       / / Yes /X/ No (If yes, send evidence of insurability).
     If waiver not approved, issue contract without benefit? / /Yes  /X/ No

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
90-1900 (0196)                                                                                                            

<PAGE>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V6   SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS (Select One)                                                                   -----------------
     / / None Anticipated.                                                                                           ISA NUMBER
     /X/ Send Investment Reminders to Owner with Confirmations and Quarterly Summary Statements.
         -------------------------                                                                                ----------------
         ANTICIPATED ANNUAL AMOUNT                                                                            
         $   2,000.00
         -------------------------
     / / Automatic Withdrawal from Checking Account (ISA/EFT).
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         AMOUNT          DATE OF FIRST DRAFT (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)       FREQUENCY

         $                 /  /  -  /  /  /  -  /  /  /  /  /         / / Monthly   / / Quarterly   / / Semiannual   / / Annual
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         NOTE: Subsequent withdrawals will be on the same day of the month (1-28 ONLY) as the initial draft.  ATTACH VOID CHECK
         IF ONGOING DRAFT DRAWN ON DIFFERENT ACCOUNT THAN INITIAL PAYMENT CHECK OR IF CHECK NOT ATTACHED.

         ISA/EFT Payer   / / Annuitant at annuitant address   / / Other:
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A.  / / Mr.   / / Mrs.   / / Ms.   / / Dr.   / / Other:_______________________________         / / Male   / / Female
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         PERSONAL NAME                                                                   BIRTHDATE (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)
         /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /          /  /  / - /  /  / - /  /  /  /  /
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       OR
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         BUSINESS/TRUST NAME

         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     B.  TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER    DAYTIME TELEPHONE NUMBER
         /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /   (   )
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     C.  ADDRESS

         STREET OR PO BOX
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         CITY, STATE, ZIP (COUNTRY IF OTHER THAN US)

         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Payer signature below is authorization to the depository institution named on the attached check to pay and charge named
         account electronic funds transfers, or other form of pre-authorized check or withdrawal order transfers, initiated
         by the Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company to its own order.  This authorization will remain in effect until 
         revoked in writing.

                                                                        X
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              ISA/EFT PAYER SIGNATURE
     / / Add to Multiple Contract Bill.
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         AMOUNT                         MCB NUMBER               MCB PAYER
         $
         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V7
     ANNUITANT'S PURPOSE FOR CONTRACT                             CURRENT FINANCIAL STATUS
     /X/ Fund tax-qualified retirement plan                       Total Annual Income (all sources)   $__________________________
     / / Personal retirement planning                             Total Net Worth                     $__________________________
     / / Other.  Specify __________________________________       ANTICIPATED NUMBER OF YEARS CONTRACT WILL BE IN FORCE__________

     INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES FOR THIS CONTRACT
     / / Preservation of principal                                     / / Moderate risk, moderate return potential
     / / Lower risk, lower return potential                            / / Higher risk, higher return potential

     THE COMPANY IS REQUIRED TO MAKE THE ABOVE INQUIRIES FOR PURPOSES OF DETERMINING SUITABILITY OF THIS SALE.  ALL RESPONSES WILL
     BE KEPT STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL. CHECK ONE:  / / The answers to V7 accurately describe my current financial status and
                                                    objectives.
                                                /x/ I have been asked these questions and decline to answer.

     ON (date of delivery: ___-___-___) THE FOLLOWING PROSPECTUS OR OFFERING CIRCULAR AND REPORT WAS DELIVERED:
     / / Account A Offering Circular dated __-__-__ and Report dated ___-___-___ (Corporate Pension Plans)
     /X/ Account A Prospectus dated 01-15-96 (Partnership or Sole Proprietorship Pension Plans)
     / / Account B Prospectus dated ___-___-___ (all others)

     I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THE PROSPECTUS OR OFFERING CIRCULAR AND REPORT AND I UNDERSTAND THAT ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES 
     PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT, WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF A SEPARATE ACCOUNT, ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT
     GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.

     X                                                                 X (SIGNED) John J. Doe
     -------------------------------------------------------------     -----------------------------------------------------------
           ANNUITANT SIGNATURE (IF OTHER THAN APPLICANT)                                    APPLICANT SIGNATURE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
90-1900 (0196)                                                                                                            


<PAGE>

FIXED RATE ANNUITY SUPPLEMENT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F1   Single Premium Retirement Annuity Guarantee Period:  / / One Year      / / Three Year
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F2   Maturity Age ______. If not specified, defaults to age 85.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F3   Initial Premium:

     A.  Has the initial premium for the policy been paid to the agent
         in exchange for the receipt with the same number as this application?
         / / Yes. Check attached. NOTE: ALL PREMIUM CHECKS MUST BE MADE PAYABLE
                                        TO NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE. DO NOT MAKE
                                        CHECK PAYABLE TO AGENT OR LEAVE PAYEE 
                                        BLANK.
         / / Non-prepaid TDA or 457 Deferred Compensation.
         / / Check coming from another financial institution.

     B.  Amount $__________ (Can be estimated amount if check coming from another financial institution)

     C.  For IRA and SEPP only, indicate how premium to be applied. Total must equal amount above.

            $__________ Current (19__) tax year
            $__________ Prior (19__) tax year
            $__________ Rollover/Transfer from another institution (Always credited as of current year)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F4   Waiver of Premium Benefit requested?       / / Yes  / / No (If yes, send evidence of insurability).
     If waiver not approved, issue contract without benefit?  / / Yes  / / No
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F5   Subsequent Premiums: (Flexible Premium Annuity only)

     A. Periodic Billing Amount $_________________ or Monthly Retirement Life Income $___________________________
                                                                                      DEFINED BENEFIT POLICY ONLY
     B. Billing Frequency / / Monthly / / Quarterly / / Semiannual / / Annual

     C. Billing Method:   / / Send Billing Notices

                          / / TDA Policy. Payer #__________

                          / / Add to Multiple Contract Bill:     --------------          -----------------------------
                                                                 (MCB NUMBER)                  (MCB PAYER)

                         / / Automatic Withdrawal from   DATE OF FIRST DRAFT  (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)
                         Checking Account (ISA/EFT).      /  /  /  -  /  /  /  -  /  /  /  /  /

                        NOTE: SUBSEQUENT WITHDRAWALS WILL BE ON THE SAME DAY OF THE MONTH (1-28 ONLY) AS THE INITIAL
                              DRAFT.  ATTACH VOID CHECK IF ONGOING DRAFT DRAWN ON DIFFERENT ACCOUNT THAN INITIAL PAYMENT
                              CHECK OR IF CHECK NOT ATTACHED.

     D. Send Billing To: / / Annuitant at Annuitant's Address                                   / / Owner at address shown below:
                         / / Annuitant at address shown below:                                  / / MCB Payer
                         / / Owner at Owner's address (Pension and Profit Sharing only)         / / Other/TDA Payer:

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        / / Mr. / / Mrs. / / Ms. / / Dr. / / Other: ________________                       / / Male      / / Female
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        PERSONAL NAME                                                                      BIRTHDATE (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)
        /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /          /  /  / - /  /  / - /  /  /  /  /
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      OR
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        BUSINESS/TRUST NAME

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER    DAYTIME TELEPHONE NUMBER                         ISA NUMBER
        /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /  /      (   )
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     ADDRESS
     STREET OR PO BOX
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CITY, STATE, ZIP (COUNTRY IF OTHER THAN US)

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Payer signature below is authorization to the depository institution named
     on the attached check to pay and charge named account electronic funds
     transfers, or other form of pre-authorized check or withdrawal order
     transfers, initiated by the Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company to
     its own order. This authorization will remain in effect until revoked in
     writing.

     X
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              ISA/EFT PAYER SIGNATURE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
90-1900 (0196) 
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

THE ANNUITANT CONSENTS TO THIS APPLICATION.

EACH PERSON SIGNING THIS APPLICATION DECLARES THAT THE ANSWERS AND STATEMENTS
MADE ON PAGES 1, 2, (3 AND 4, OR 5) AND 6 ARE CORRECTLY RECORDED, COMPLETE AND
TRUE TO THE BEST OF HIS OR HER KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF.

IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT: 
For the purposes of this application, if a Variable Annuity is applied for, the
word "policy" means contract and the word "premium" means purchase payment.

If the Owner is a Trustee or successor Trustee under a tax qualified plan or the
employer under a tax qualified non-trusteed plan, Northwestern Mutual Life will
be fully discharged of liability for any action taken by the Owner in the
exercise of any policy right and for all amounts paid to, or at the direction
of, the Owner and will have no obligation as to the use of the amounts. In all
dealings with the Owner, Northwestern Mutual Life will be fully protected
against the claims of every other person.

If paid at the time of application, the first premium will be credited the date
it is received at the Home Office, if this is a Flexible Premium or Single
Premium Retirement Annuity, or the valuation date coincident with or next
following the date it is received at the Home Office, if this is a Variable
Annuity.

If a Tax Qualified Employee Plan, an IRA or TDA is applied for, the Applicant
and/or Annuitant have received and reviewed the appropriate ERISA, IRA or TDA
disclosure statements.

FIXED RATE ANNUITY AND BACK LOADED VARIABLE ANNUITY POLICIES HAVE PROVISIONS FOR
THE ASSESSMENT OF SURRENDER CHARGES ON CASH WITHDRAWAL.

No agent is authorized to make or alter contracts or to waive the rights or
requirements of Northwestern Mutual Life.


X                                       X (signed) John J. Doe
- --------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
SIGNATURE OF ANNUITANT                  SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT
(If Other Than Applicant)               (Indicate relationship below if
                                        applicable)
                                        / / TRUSTEE  / / EMPLOYER

SIGNED at Milwaukee  Milwaukee  WI      Date / 0 / 1 / - / 1/ 5 / - / 1/9/9/6
          ----------------------------       ----------------------------------
          CITY       COUNTY     STATE         MONTH        DAY        YEAR

                        X (signed) Norm M  Western
                        ------------------------------------------
                        SIGNATURE OF LICENSED AGENT
<PAGE>

                        IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU ...

                        read your contract.

                        notify your Northwestern Mutual agent or the Company at
                        720 E. Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wis. 53202, of an
                        address change.

                        call your Northwestern Mutual agent for information
                        -- particularly on a suggestion to terminate or exchange
                        this contract for another contract or plan.

                        ELECTION OF TRUSTEES

                        The members of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                        Company are its policyholders of insurance policies and
                        deferred annuity contracts. The members exercise control
                        through a Board of Trustees. Elections to the Board are
                        held each year at the annual meeting of members. Members
                        are entitled to vote in person or by proxy.

                        FLEXIBLE PAYMENT VARIABLE ANNUITY-ACCOUNT B

                        AMOUNTS ALLOCATED TO THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISIONS AND
                        VARIABLE PAYMENTS PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT ARE NOT
                        GUARANTEED AS TO FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT BUT ARE VARIABLE
                        AND MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE TO REFLECT THE INVESTMENT
                        EXPERIENCE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.

                        QQV.ACCT.A.(0196)

                [NORTHWESTERN
                 MUTUAL LIFE(R) LOGO]

<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit B(4)(c)

                               PAYMENT RATE TABLES

                   MONTHLY INCOME PAYMENTS PER $1,000 BENEFITS

      GUARANTEED FIXED PAYMENT OR FIRST PAYMENT UNDER VARIABLE PAYMENT PLAN LIFE
INCOME PLAN (OPTION C)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        SINGLE LIFE MONTHLY PAYMENTS
   MALE                       CHOSEN PERIOD (YEARS)              FEMALE               CHOSEN PERIOD (YEARS)
ADJUSTED                                                        ADJUSTED
   AGE*        ZERO             10           20                  AGE*      ZERO             10               20
  <S>       <C>             <C>             <C>                <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>
     55      $ 4.48          $ 4.43           $ 4.28                55      $ 4.09          $ 4.07         $ 4.00
     56        4.56            4.50             4.34                56        4.15            4.13           4.05
     57        4.65            4.59             4.40                57        4.22            4.20           4.11
     58        4.75            4.68             4.46                58        4.30            4.27           4.17
     59        4.85            4.77             4.52                59        4.38            4.34           4.23
     60        4.96            4.87             4.59                60        4.46            4.42           4.29
     61        5.07            4.97             4.66                61        4.55            4.50           4.36
     62        5.20            5.08             4.72                62        4.65            4.59           4.43
     63        5.33            5.19             4.79                63        4.75            4.69           4.50
     64        5.48            5.32             4.86                64        4.86            4.79           4.57
     65        5.63            5.44             4.92                65        4.97            4.89           4.64
     66        5.80            5.58             4.99                66        5.10            5.01           4.71
     67        5.97            5.72             5.05                67        5.23            5.12           4.79
     68        6.16            5.86             5.12                68        5.38            5.25           4.86
     69        6.36            6.01             5.18                69        5.53            5.39           4.93
     70        6.58            6.17             5.23                70        5.70            5.53           5.01
     71        6.81            6.33             5.29                71        5.88            5.68           5.08
     72        7.05            6.49             5.34                72        6.08            5.83           5.15
     73        7.31            6.66             5.38                73        6.29            6.00           5.21
     74        7.59            6.83             5.43                74        6.52            6.17           5.27
     75        7.89            7.01             5.46                75        6.77            6.35           5.33
     76        8.21            7.19             5.50                76        7.04            6.54           5.38
     77        8.56            7.37             5.53                77        7.33            6.73           5.43
     78        8.93            7.55             5.56                78        7.65            6.93           5.47
     79        9.32            7.72             5.58                79        7.99            7.13           5.51
     80        9.75            7.90             5.60                80        8.36            7.34           5.54
     81       10.20            8.07             5.62                81        8.76            7.54           5.57
     82       10.69            8.23             5.63                82        9.20            7.74           5.59
     83       11.21            8.39             5.64                83        9.67            7.93           5.61
     84       11.76            8.54             5.65                84       10.18            8.12           5.63
85 and over   12.35            8.68             5.66         85 and over     10.74            8.30           5.64
</TABLE>

LIFE INCOME PLAN (OPTION E)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      JOINT AND SURVIVOR MONTHLY PAYMENTS

   MALE                      FEMALE ADJUSTED AGE*
ADJUSTED
   AGE*         55             60               65                70          75              80        85 and over
<S>          <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
     55      $ 3.79          $ 3.93           $ 4.07            $ 4.19      $ 4.29          $ 4.35         $ 4.39
     60        3.87            4.07             4.27              4.46        4.61            4.73           4.80
     65        3.94            4.18             4.45              4.73        4.98            5.19           5.32
     70        3.99            4.27             4.61              4.99        5.37            5.70           5.94
     75        4.02            4.34             4.73              5.20        5.72            6.21           6.60
     80        4.05            4.38             4.81              5.35        6.00            6.67           7.24
 85 and over   4.06            4.40             4.86              5.45        6.18            7.00           7.75
</TABLE>

*See Section 11-7.

The amount of the payment for any other combination of ages will be furnished by
the Company on request. The maximum initial monthly income per $1,000 will be
$7.75.

Monthly payment rates are based on an Assumed Investment Rate of 3 1/2% and the
1983 Table with a Projection Scale G.


                                       16

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT B(8)(a)

                              PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
                                       AMONG
                              RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS,
                          RUSSELL FUND DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
                                        AND
                   THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

     THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of this ____ day of 
______________,by and among THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY a 
Wisconsin life insurance company (hereinafter the "Company"), on its own 
behalf and on behalf of each segregated asset account of the Company set 
forth on Schedule A hereto as such schedule may be amended from time to time 
(each such account hereinafter referred to as the "Account" and collectively 
as the "Accounts"), and RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS, a Massachusetts Business 
Trust (hereinafter the "Investment Company"), and RUSSELL FUND DISTRIBUTORS, 
INC. a Washington corporation (hereinafter the "Underwriter").

     WHEREAS, Investment Company engages in business as a diversified 
open-end management investment company and is available to act as the 
investment vehicle for separate accounts established for variable life 
insurance policies and variable annuity contracts (collectively, the 
"Variable Insurance Products"); and

     WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in the Investment Company is divided 
into several series of shares, referred to individually as "Funds" and 
representing the interest in a particular managed portfolio of securities and 
other assets; and

     WHEREAS, Investment Company is registered as an open-end management 
investment company under the 1940 Act, and its shares are registered under 
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act"); and

     WHEREAS, Frank Russell Investment Management Company (the "Adviser") is 
registered as an investment adviser under the federal Investment Advisers Act 
of 1940 and any applicable state securities law; and

     WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register certain variable 
life or annuity contracts or both under the 1933 Act, and offers or will 
offer for sale certain variable life or annuity contracts or both which are 
or will be exempt from registration; and

     WHEREAS, each Account is a duly organized, validly existing, segregated 
asset account, established by resolution of the Board of Trustees of the 
Company, on the date shown for such Account on Schedule A hereto, to set 
aside and invest assets attributable to one or more variable life or annuity 
contracts; and

     WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register some of the 
Accounts as unit investment trusts under the 1940 Act and other Accounts are 
exempt from registration; and

                                       1
<PAGE>

     WHEREAS, Investment Company has received "mixed and shared funding" 
exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange Commission permitting it to 
offer its shares to life insurers in connection with variable annuity 
contracts and variable life insurance policies offered by such insurers which 
may or may not be affiliated with each other (SEC Release IC-16160, Dec. 7, 
1987); and

     WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker/dealer with the SEC 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (hereinafter the "1934 
Act") and is a member in good standing of the National Association of 
Securities Dealers, Inc. (hereinafter the "NASD"); and

     WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and 
regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares in the Funds on behalf of 
each Account to fund certain of the aforesaid variable life or annuity 
contracts or both, and the Underwriter is authorized to sell such shares to 
unit investment trusts such as each Account at net asset value.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual 
covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration the 
receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be 
legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

                   ARTICLE 1.  SALE OF INVESTMENT COMPANY SHARES

1.1       The Underwriter agrees to sell to the Company those shares of 
Investment Company which each Account orders, executing such orders on a 
daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the 
Investment Company or its designee of the order for the shares of the 
Investment Company. For purposes of this Section 1.1, the Company shall be 
the designee of the Investment Company for receipt of such orders from each 
Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the 
Investment Company; provided that the Investment Company receives notice of 
such order by 8:00 a.m. Pacific time on the next following Business Day.  
"Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is 
open for trading and on which Investment Company calculated its net asset 
value pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.2       The Investment Company agrees to make its shares available 
indefinitely for purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the 
Company and its Accounts on those days on which the Investment Company 
calculates its net asset value pursuant to rules of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission, and the Investment Company shall use reasonable efforts 
to calculate such net asset value on each day on which the New York Stock 
Exchange is open for trading.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of 
Directors of the Investment Company (hereinafter the "Board") may refuse to 
sell shares of any Fund, or suspend or terminate the offering of shares of 
any Fund if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities 
having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Board acting in good 
faith and in light of their fiduciary duties under federal and any applicable 
state laws, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders of such Fund.

1.3       The Investment Company and the Underwriter agree that no shares of 
any Fund will be sold to the general public.

                                       2
<PAGE>

1.4       The Investment Company agrees to redeem for cash, on the Company's 
request, any full or fractional shares of the Investment Company held by the 
Company, executing such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next 
computed after receipt by the Investment Company or its designee of the 
request for redemption.  For purposes of this Section 1.4, the Company shall 
be the designee of the Investment Company for receipt of requests for 
redemption from each Account, and receipt by such designee shall constitute 
receipt by the Investment Company; provided that the Investment Company 
receives notice of such request for redemption by 8:00 a.m. Pacific time on 
the next following Business Day.

1.5       The Company agrees to purchase and redeem the shares of selected 
Funds offered by the then-current prospectus of the Investment Company and in 
accordance with the provisions of such prospectus.  The parties agree that 
all net amounts available under the variable life and annuity contracts with 
the form number(s) which are listed on Schedule B attached hereto and 
incorporated herein by this reference, as such Schedule B may be amended from 
time to time hereafter by mutual written agreement of all the parties hereto 
(the "Contracts"), may be invested in the Investment Company, in other 
separate accounts of the Company, in other investment companies, in the 
Company's general account, or in other funding vehicles.

1.6       The Company shall pay for Investment Company shares on the next 
Business Day after an order to purchase Investment Company shares is made in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 1.1 hereof.  Payment shall be in 
federal funds transmitted by wire.

1.7       Issuance and transfer of the Investment Company's shares will be by 
book entry only.  Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or any 
Account.  Shares ordered from the Investment Company will be recorded in an 
appropriate title for each Account.

1.8       The Investment Company shall furnish same day notice (by wire or 
telephone, followed by written confirmation) to the Company of any income 
dividends or capital gain distributions payable on the Investment Company's 
shares.  The Company hereby elects to receive all such income dividends and 
capital gain distributions as are payable on the Fund shares in additional 
shares of that Fund.  The Company reserves the right to revoke this election 
and to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions in 
cash. Investment Company shall furnish same day notice to the Company of the 
number of shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

1.9       The Investment Company shall make the net asset value per share for 
each Fund available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably 
practical after the net asset value per share is calculated.

                    ARTICLE II.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1       The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are 
registered under the 1933 Act or are exempt from registration thereunder; 
that the Contracts will be issued and sold in compliance in all material 
respects with all applicable Federal and State laws and that the sale of the 
Contracts shall comply in all material respects with state insurance 
suitability requirements. The Company further represents and warrants that it 
is an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under applicable 
law and that it has legally and validly established each 

                                       3
<PAGE>

Account prior to any issuance or sale of Contracts funded thereby as a 
segregated asset account under applicable state insurance law and that each 
Account is or will be registered as a unit investment trust in accordance 
with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve as a segregated investment 
account for the Contracts or is exempt from registration thereunder.

2.2       The Investment Company represents and warrants that Investment 
Company shares sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 
1933 and 1940 Acts, duly authorized for issuance and sold in compliance with 
the laws of the State of Washington and all applicable federal and state 
securities laws and that the Investment Company is and shall remain 
registered under the 1940 Act. The Investment Company shall amend the 
Registration Statement for its shares under the 1933 and the 1940 Acts from 
time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its 
shares.  The Investment Company shall register and qualify the shares for 
sale in accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the 
extent deemed advisable by the Investment Company or the Underwriter.

2.3       The Investment Company represents that it is currently qualified as 
a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue 
Code of 1986, as amended, (the "Code") and that it will make every effort to 
maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar 
provision) and that it will notify the Company immediately upon having a 
reasonable basis for believing that it has ceased to so qualify or that it 
might not so qualify in the future.

2.4       The Company represents that the Contracts are currently treated as 
endowment, annuity or life insurance contracts, under applicable provisions 
of the Code and that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and 
that it will notify the Investment Company and the Underwriter immediately 
upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased 
to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

2.5       The Investment Company currently does not intend to make any 
payments to finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule l2b-1 under the 
1940 Act or otherwise, although it may make such payments in the future.  To 
the extent that it decides to finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 
12b-1, the Investment Company undertakes to have its board of trustees, a 
majority of whom are not interested persons of the Investment Company, 
formulate and approve any plan under Rule l2b-1 to finance distribution 
expenses.

2.6       The Investment Company makes no representation as to whether any 
aspect of its operations (including, but not limited to, fees and expenses 
and investment policies) complies with the insurance laws or regulations of 
the various states.

2.7       The Underwriter represents and warrants that it is a member in good 
standing of the NASD and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC.  The 
Underwriter further represents that it will sell and distribute the 
Investment Company shares in accordance with any applicable state laws and 
federal securities laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the 1934 
Act, and the 1940 Act.

2.8       The Investment Company represents that it is lawfully organized and 
validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that 
it does and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.

                                       4
<PAGE>

2.9       The Underwriter represents and warrants that the Adviser is and 
shall remain duly registered in all material respects under all applicable 
federal and state securities laws and that the Adviser shall perform its 
obligations for the Investment Company in compliance in all material respects 
any applicable state laws and federal securities laws.

2.10      The Investment Company and Underwriter represent and warrant that 
all of their directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other 
individuals/entities dealing with the money or securities of the Investment 
Company are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket 
fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Investment Company 
in an amount not less than the minimal coverage as required currently by Rule 
17g-(1) of the 1940 Act or related provisions as may be promulgated from time 
to time.  The aforesaid Bond shall include coverage for larceny and 
embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.

2.11      The Company represents and warrants that all of its directors, 
officers, employees, investment advisers, and other entities dealing with the 
money or securities of the Investment Company are and shall continue to be at 
all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the 
benefit of the Investment Company in an amount not less than five million 
dollars ($5 million).  The aforesaid Bond shall include coverage for larceny 
and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.

              ARTICLE III.  PROSPECTUSES AND PROXY STATEMENTS:  VOTING

3.1       The Underwriter shall provide the Company with as many printed 
copies of the Investment Company's current prospectus and Statement of 
Additional Information as the Company may reasonably request.  If requested 
by the Company in lieu thereof, the Investment Company shall provide 
camera-ready film or computer diskettes containing the Investment Company's 
prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and such other assistance 
as is reasonably necessary in order for the Company once each year (or more 
frequently if the prospectus and/or Statement of Additional Information for 
the Investment Company is amended during the year) to have the prospectus for 
the Contracts and the Investment Company's prospectus printed together in one 
document, and to have the Statement of Additional Information for the 
Investment Company and the Statement of Additional Information for the 
Contracts printed together in one document. Alternatively, the Company may 
print the Investment Company's prospectus and/or its Statement of Additional 
Information in combination with other fund companies' prospectuses and 
statements of additional information.  Except as provided in the following 
three sentences, all expenses of printing and distributing Investment Company 
prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information distributed by the 
Company shall be the expense of the Company.  For Prospectuses and Statement 
of Additional Information provided by the Company to its existing owners of 
Contracts in order to update disclosure as required by the 1933 Act and/or 
the 1940 Act, the cost of printing shall be borne by the Investment Company.  
If the Company chooses to receive camera-ready film or computer diskettes in 
lieu of receiving printed copies of the Investment Company's prospectus, the 
Investment Company will reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the 
product of A and B where A is the number of such prospectuses distributed to 
owners of the Contracts, and B is the Investment Company's per unit cost of 
typesetting and printing the Investment Company's 

                                       5
<PAGE>

prospectus.  The same procedures shall be followed with respect to the 
Investment Company's Statement of Additional Information.

          The Company agrees to provide the Investment Company or its 
designee with such information as may be reasonably requested by the 
Investment Company to assure that the Investment Company's expenses do not 
include the cost of printing any prospectuses or Statements of Additional 
Information other than those actually distributed to existing owners of the 
Contracts.

3.2       The Investment Company's prospectus shall state that the Statement 
of Additional Information for the Investment Company is available from the 
Underwriter or the Company (or in the Fund's discretion, the Prospectus shall 
state that such Statement is available from the Investment Company).

3.3       The Investment Company, at its expense, shall provide the Company 
with copies of its proxy statements, reports to shareholders, and other 
required communications (except for prospectuses and Statement of Additional 
Information, which are covered in Section 3.1) to shareholders in such 
quantity as the Company shall reasonably require for distributing to Contract 
owners.

3.4       The Company will provide pass-through voting privileges to all 
Contract owners to the extent that and so long as the SEC continues to 
interpret the Investment Company Act of 1940 as requiring pass-through voting 
privileges for Contract owners.  Accordingly, the Company, where applicable, 
will vote shares of the Fund held in its Separate Accounts in a manner 
consistent with voting instructions timely received from its Contract owners. 
The Company will be responsible for assuring that each of its separate 
accounts that participates in the Investment Company calculates voting 
privileges in a manner consistent with other participating insurance 
companies.  The Company will vote shares for which it has not received timely 
voting instructions, as well as shares it owns, in the same proportion as it 
votes those shares for which it has received voting instructions.

3.5       If and to the extent Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or if 
Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the 
Investment Company Act of 1940 or the rules thereunder with respect to mixed 
and shared funding on terms and conditions materially different from any 
exemptions granted in the Investment Company's mixed and shared funding 
exemptive order, then the Investment Company, and/or the Company, as 
appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rule 
6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent 
such Rules are applicable.

3.6       The Investment Company will comply with all provisions of the 1940 
Act requiring voting by shareholders, and in particular the Investment 
Company will either provide for annual or special meetings or comply with the 
requirements of Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Investment 
Company is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as 
well as with Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b).  Further, the 
Investment Company will act in accordance with the SEC's interpretation of 
the requirements of Section 16(a) with respect to periodic elections of 
directors and with whatever rules the SEC may promulgate with respect thereto.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                    ARTICLE IV.  SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION

4.1       The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the 
Investment Company or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other 
promotional material, or component thereof, in which the Investment Company, 
the Adviser, or the Underwriter is named, at least fifteen Business Days 
prior to its use.  No such material shall be used if the Investment Company 
or its designee object to such use within fifteen Business Days after receipt 
of such material.  Once any such material has been so furnished to the 
Investment Company or its designee and fifteen Business days have elapsed, 
such materials need not again be so furnished absent any subsequent changes 
to such material that affect the materials' discussion or presentation 
relating to the Investment Company, its advisor, the Underwriter, or any of 
their affiliates (other than the Company or persons that are deemed 
affiliates only by virtue of being controlled by the Company).  In 
particular, materials that have been changed merely to update performance or 
financial information need not be so furnished.

4.2       The Company shall not give any information or make any 
representations or statements on behalf of the Investment Company or 
concerning the Investment Company in connection with the sale of the 
Contracts other than the information or representations contained in the 
registration statement or prospectus for the Investment Company shares, as 
such registration statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented 
from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Investment 
Company, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the 
Investment Company or its designee or by the Underwriter, except with the 
permission of the Investment Company or the Underwriter or the designee of 
either.

4.3       The Investment Company, the Underwriter, or their designees shall 
furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Company or its designee, each 
piece of sales literature or other promotional material, or component 
thereof, in which the Company or its separate Accounts are named at least 
fifteen Business Days prior to its use.  No such material shall be used if 
the Company or its designee objects to such use within fifteen Business Days 
after receipt of such material.

4.4       The Investment Company and the Underwriter shall not give any 
information or make any representations on behalf of the Company or 
concerning the Company, each Account, or the Contracts other than the 
information or representations contained in a registration statement, 
prospectus or offering materials for the Contracts, as such may be amended or 
supplemented from time to time, or in published reports for each Account 
which are in the public domain or approved by the Company for distribution to 
Contract owners, or in sales literature or other promotional material 
approved by the Company or its designee, except with the permission of the 
Company.

4.5       The Investment Company will provide to the Company at least one 
complete copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of 
Additional Information, reports, proxy statements, sales literature and other 
promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action 
letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the 
Investment Company or its shares, contemporaneously with the filing of such 
document with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory 
authorities.

                                       7
<PAGE>

4.6       The Company will provide to the Investment Company at least one 
complete copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of 
Additional Information, reports, solicitations for voting instructions, sales 
literature and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, 
requests for no-action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that 
relate to the Contracts or each Account, contemporaneously with the filing of 
such document with the SEC or other regulatory authorities.  In the case of 
unregistered Contracts, in lieu of providing prospectuses and Statements of 
Additional Information, the Company shall provide the Investment Company with 
one complete copy of the offering materials for the Contracts.

4.7       For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase "sales literature or 
other promotional material" includes, but is not limited to, advertisements 
(such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, 
or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, 
videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, electronic media, or 
other public media), sales literature (i.e., any written communication 
distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, including 
brochures, circulars, research reports, market letters, form letters, seminar 
texts, reprints or excerpts of any other advertisement, sales literature, or 
published article), educational or training materials or other communications 
distributed or made generally available to some or all agents or employees, 
and registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of Additional 
Information, shareholder reports, and proxy materials.

                          ARTICLE V.  POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

5.1       The parties acknowledge that Investment Company has received a 
"mixed and shared funding "exemptive order from the SEC granting relief from 
various provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules 
thereunder to the extent necessary to permit Investment Company shares to be 
sold to and held by Variable Insurance Products separate accounts of both 
affiliated and unaffiliated participating insurance companies.  The exemptive 
order requires the Investment Company and each participating insurance 
company to comply with conditions and undertakings substantially as provided 
in this Article V.  The Investment Company will not enter into a 
participation agreement with any other participating insurance company unless 
it imposes the same conditions and undertakings as are imposed on the Company.

5.2       The Investment Company's Board of Trustees ("Board") will monitor 
the Investment Company for the existence of any material irreconcilable 
conflict between the interests of Contract owners of all separate accounts 
investing in the Investment Company.  An irreconcilable material conflict may 
arise for a variety of reasons, which may include: (a) an action by any state 
insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state 
insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, 
private letter ruling or any similar action by insurance, tax or securities 
regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or judicial decision in any 
relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the investments of the 
Investment Company are being managed; (e) a difference in voting instructions 
given by Contract owners; and (f) a decision by a participating insurance 
company to disregard the voting instructions of Contract owners.

5.3       The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts to the 
Investment Company's Board.  The Company will be responsible for assisting 
the Board in carrying out its duties in this regard by providing the Board 
with all information reasonably necessary for the Board to 

                                       8
<PAGE>

consider any issues raised. The responsibility includes, but is not limited 
to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever it has 
determined to disregard Contract owner voting instructions.  These 
responsibilities of the Company will be carried out with a view only to the 
interests of the Contract owners.

5.4       If a majority of the Board or majority of its disinterested 
Trustees, determines that a material irreconcilable conflict exists affecting 
the Company, then the Company, at its expense and to the extent reasonably 
practicable (as determined by a majority of the Board's disinterested 
Trustees), will take any steps necessary to remedy or eliminate the 
irreconcilable material conflict, including: (a) withdrawing the assets 
allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from the Investment Company 
or any Fund thereof and reinvesting those assets in a different investment 
medium, which may include another Fund of the Investment Company, or another 
investment company; (b) submitting the question as to whether such 
segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected Contract owners 
and as appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group (i.e., 
variable annuity or variable life insurance contract owners of one or more 
participating insurance companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, 
or offering to the affected Contract owners the option of making such a 
change; and (c) establishing a new registered management investment company 
(or series thereof) or managed separate account.  If a material 
irreconcilable conflict arises because of the Company's decision to disregard 
Contract owner voting instructions, and that decision represents a minority 
position or would preclude a majority vote, the Company may be required at 
the election of the Investment Company, to withdraw its separate accounts' 
investment in the Investment Company, and no charge or penalty will be 
imposed as a result of such withdrawal.  The responsibility to take such 
remedial action shall be carried out with a view only to the interests of the 
Contract owners.

          For the purposes of this Section 5.4, a majority of the 
disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether or not any 
proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict but 
in no event will the Investment Company or any investment adviser of the 
Investment Company be required to establish a new funding medium for any 
Contract.  Further, the Company shall not be required by this Section 5.4 to 
establish a new funding medium for any Contract if any offer to do so has 
been declined by a vote of a majority of Contract owners materially and 
adversely affected by the irreconcilable material conflict.

5.5       The Board's determination of the existence of an irreconcilable 
material conflict and its implications shall be made known promptly and in 
writing to the Company.

5.6       No less than annually, the Company shall submit to the Board such 
reports, materials or data as the Board may reasonably request so that the 
Board may fully carry out its obligations. Such reports, materials, and data 
shall be submitted more frequently if deemed appropriate by the Board.

                           ARTICLE VI.  FEES AND EXPENSES

6.1       The Investment Company and the Underwriter shall pay no fee or 
other compensation to the Company under this Agreement, except that if the 
Investment Company or any Fund adopts and implements a plan pursuant to Rule 
l2b-1 to finance distribution expenses, then the Underwriter may make 
payments to the Company or to the underwriter for the Contracts if and in 
amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in writing and such payments will be 
made out of 

                                       9
<PAGE>

existing fees otherwise payable to the Underwriter, past profits of the 
Underwriter, or other resources available to the Underwriter.  No such 
payments shall be made directly by the Investment Company. Currently, no such 
payments are contemplated.

6.2       All expenses incident to performance by the Investment Company 
under this Agreement shall be paid by the Investment Company.  The Investment 
Company shall ensure that all its shares are registered and authorized for 
issuance in accordance with applicable federal law and, if and to the extent 
deemed advisable by the Investment Company, in accordance with applicable 
state laws prior to their sale.  The Investment Company shall bear the 
expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Investment 
Company's shares, preparation and filing of the Investment Company's 
prospectus and registration statement, proxy materials and reports, setting 
the prospectus in type, setting in type and printing the proxy materials and 
reports to shareholders (including the costs of printing a prospectus that 
constitutes an annual report), the preparation of all statements and notices 
required by any federal or state law, and all taxes and fees on the issuance 
or transfer of the Investment Company's shares.

6.3       The Company shall bear the expenses of distributing the Investment 
Company's prospectus, proxy materials, and reports to owners of Contracts 
issued by the Company.

                           ARTICLE VII.  DIVERSIFICATION

7.1       The Investment Company will at all times invest money from the 
Contracts in such a manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be treated as 
variable contracts under the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations issued 
thereunder.  Without limiting the scope of the foregoing, the Investment 
Company will at all times comply with Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury 
Regulation 1.817-5, relating to the diversification requirements for variable 
annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts and any amendments or other 
modifications to such Section or Regulations.

                           ARTICLE VIII.  INDEMNIFICATION

8.1       INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY

8.1(a).   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Investment 
Company and each member of the Board and officers and each person, if any, 
who controls the Investment Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 
1933 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this 
Section 8.1) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities 
(including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the 
Company) or litigation (including legal and other expenses), to which the 
Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, regulation, at 
common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities 
or expenses (or action in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the 
Company's sale or acquisition of the Investment Company's shares or the 
Contracts and:

          (i)    arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or 
alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in any Registration 
Statement, prospectus or other offering materials for the Contracts or 
contained in the Contracts or sales literature for the Contracts (or any 
amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are 
based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material 
fact required to be stated therein or 

                                       10
<PAGE>

necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this 
agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such 
statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in 
reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by 
or on behalf of the Investment Company for use in any Registration Statement 
or prospectus for the Contracts or in the Contracts or sales literature (or 
any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale 
of the Contracts or Investment Company's shares; or

          (ii)   arise out of or as a result of statements or representations 
(other than statements or representations contained in the Registration 
Statement, prospectus or sales literature of the Investment Company not 
supplied by the Company, or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of 
the Company or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or 
distribution of the Contracts or Investment Company shares; or

          (iii)  arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue 
statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement, 
prospectus, or sales literature of the Investment Company or any amendment 
thereof or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state 
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make 
the statements therein not misleading if such a statement or omission was 
made in reliance upon information furnished to the Investment Company by or 
on behalf of the Company; or

          (iv)   arise as a result of any failure by the Company to provide 
the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or

          (v)    arise out of a result from any material breach of any 
representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or arise out 
of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company, 
as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.1(b) and 
8.1(c) hereof.

8.1(b).   The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification 
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or 
litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may 
arise from such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross 
negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason 
of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations or duties under 
this Agreement or to the Investment Company, whichever is applicable.

8.1(c).   The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification 
provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless 
such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in writing within a 
reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving 
information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such 
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice 
of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Company 
of any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it 
may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought 
otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision.  In case any 
such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Company shall be 
entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such action.  
The Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with 
counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action.  After notice from the 
Company to such party of the Company's election to assume the defense 
thereof, the Indemnified Party shall 

                                       11
<PAGE>

bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the 
Company will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal 
or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in 
connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of 
investigation.

8.1(d).   The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company of the 
commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in connection with 
the issuance or sale of the Investment Company shares or the Contracts or the 
operation of the Investment Company.

8.2       INDEMNIFICATION BY THE UNDERWRITER

8.2(a).   The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company 
and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls 
or is controlled by the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 
Act (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 
8.2) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including 
amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Underwriter) or 
litigation expenses (including legal and other expenses) to which the 
Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, at common law or 
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses 
(or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or 
acquisition of the Investment Company's shares or the Contracts and;

          (i)    arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or 
          alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the 
          Registration Statement or prospectus or sales literature of the 
          Investment Company (or any amendment or supplement to any of the 
          foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the 
          alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be 
          stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not 
          misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not 
          apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or 
          such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in 
          conformity with information furnished to the Underwriter or 
          Investment Company by or on behalf of the Company for use in the 
          Registration Statement or prospectus for the Investment Company or 
          in the sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or 
          otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or 
          Investment Company shares; or

          (ii)   arise out of or as a result of statements or representations 
          (other than statements or representations contained in any 
          Registration Statement, prospectus, other offering materials or 
          sales literature for the Contracts not supplied by the Underwriter 
          or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the Investment 
          Company, Adviser, or Underwriter or persons under their control, 
          with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or 
          Investment Company shares; or

          (iii)  arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue 
          statement of a material fact contained in any Registration 
          Statement, prospectus, other offering materials or sales literature 
          covering the Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement 
          thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a 
          material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make 
          the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such 
          statement or omission was made in reliance upon information 
          furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Investment Company; 
          or

                                       12
<PAGE>

          (iv)   arise as a result of any failure by the Investment Company 
          to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms 
          of this Agreement (including a failure, whether unintentional or in 
          good faith or otherwise, to comply with the diversification 
          requirements specified in Article VII of this Agreement); or

          (v)    arise out of or result from any material breach of any 
          representation or warranty made by the Underwriter in this 
          Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach 
          of this Agreement by the Underwriter; as limited by and in 
          accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.2(b) and 8.2(c) hereof.

8.2(b).   The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification 
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or 
litigation to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason 
of such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross 
negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason 
of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties 
under this Agreement or to the Company or each Account, whichever is 
applicable.

8.2(c).   The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification 
provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless 
such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Underwriter in writing within 
a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving 
information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such 
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice 
of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the 
Underwriter of any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any 
liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action 
is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision.  In 
case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the 
Underwriter will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the 
defense thereof.  The Underwriter also shall be entitled to assume the 
defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action.  
After notice from the Underwriter to such party of the Underwriter's election 
to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and 
expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Underwriter will 
not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other 
expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with 
the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

8.2(d).   The Company agrees promptly to notify the Underwriter of the 
commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its 
officers or directors in connection with the issuance or sale of the 
Contracts or the operation of any Account.

8.3       INDEMNIFICATION BY THE INVESTMENT COMPANY

8.3(a).   The Investment Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the 
Company and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who 
controls or is controlled by the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of 
the 1933 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this 
Section 8.3) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities 
(including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the 
Investment Company) or litigation expenses (including legal and other 
expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any 
statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, 

                                       13
<PAGE>

damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or 
settlements result from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct 
of the Board or any member thereof, are related to the operations of the 
Investment Company and:

          (i)    arise as a result of any failure by the Investment Company 
          to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms 
          of this Agreement (including a failure to comply with the 
          diversification requirements specified in Article VII of this 
          Agreement); or

          (ii)   arise out of or result from any material breach of any 
          representation or warranty made by the Investment Company in this 
          Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach 
          of this Agreement by the Investment Company, as limited by and in 
          accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.3(b) and 8.3(c) hereof.

8.3(b).   The Investment Company shall not be liable under this 
indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, 
liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party 
as such may arise from such Indemnified Party's will misfeasance, bad faith, 
or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or 
by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations and 
duties under this Agreement or to the Company, the Investment Company, the 
Underwriter or any Account, which ever is applicable.

8.3(c).   The Investment Company shall not be liable under this 
indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an 
Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the 
Investment Company in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or 
other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall 
have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party 
shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but 
failure to notify the Investment Company of any such claim shall not relieve 
the Investment Company from any liability which it may have to the 
Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on 
account of this indemnification provision.  In case any such action is 
brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Investment Company will be 
entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof.  The 
Investment Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with 
counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action.  After notice from the 
Investment Company to such party of the Investment Company's election to 
assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and 
expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Investment Company 
will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other 
expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with 
the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

8.3(d).   The Company and the Underwriter agree promptly to notify the 
Investment Company of the commencement of any litigation or proceeding 
against it or any of its respective officers or directors in connection with 
this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts, with respect to the 
operation of any Account, or the sale or acquisition of shares of the 
Investment Company.

                                       14
<PAGE>

                            ARTICLE IX.  APPLICABLE LAW

9.1       This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof 
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington.

9.2       To the extent they are applicable, this Agreement shall be subject 
to the provisions of the 1933, 1934 and 1940 acts, and the rules and 
regulations and rulings thereunder, including such exemptions from those 
statutes, rules and regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may 
grant and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance 
therewith.

                        ARTICLE X.  TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

10.1      This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the 
first to occur of:

          (a)    termination by any party for any reason by sixty (60) days 
advance written notice delivered to the other parties; or

          (b)    termination by the Company by written notice to the 
Investment Company and the Underwriter with respect to any fund based upon 
the Company's determination that shares of such Fund are not reasonably 
available to meet the requirements of the Contracts; or

          (c)    termination by the Company by written notice to the 
Investment Company and the Underwriter with respect to any Fund in the event 
any of the Fund's shares are not registered, issued, or sold materially in 
accordance with applicable state or federal law or such law precludes the use 
of such shares as the underlying investment media of the Contracts issued or 
to be issued by the Company; or

          (d)    Termination by the Company by written notice to the 
Investment Company and the Underwriter with respect to any Fund in the event 
that such Fund ceases to qualify as a Regulated Investment Company under 
Subchapter M of the Code or under any successor or similar provision, or if 
the Company reasonably believes that the Investment Company may fail to so 
qualify; or

          (e)    termination by the Company by written notice to the 
Investment Company and the Underwriter with respect to any Fund in the event 
that such Fund fails to meet the diversification requirements specified in 
Article VII hereof; or

          (f)    termination by either the Investment Company or the 
Underwriter by written notice to the Company, if either one or both of the 
Investment Company or the Underwriter respectively, shall determine, in their 
sole judgment exercised in good faith, that the Company or its affiliated 
companies has suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations, 
financial condition, or prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the 
subject of material adverse publicity; or

          (g)    termination by the Company by written notice to the 
Investment Company and the Underwriter, if the Company shall determine, in 
its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that either the Investment Company 
or the Underwriter has suffered a material adverse change in its 

                                       15
<PAGE>

business, operations, financial condition, or prospects since the date of 
this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity.

10.2      Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Investment 
Company and the Underwriter shall at the option of the Company, continue to 
make available additional shares of the Investment Company pursuant to the 
terms and conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the 
effective date of termination of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as 
"Existing Contracts").  Specifically, without limitation, the owners of the 
Existing Contracts shall be permitted to reallocate investment in the 
Investment Company, redeem investments in the Investment Company, or invest 
in the Investment Company upon the making of additional purchase payments 
under the Existing Contracts.

10.3      The Company shall not redeem Investment Company shares attributable 
to the Contracts (as opposed to Investment Company shares attributable to the 
Company's assets held in any of the Accounts) except (i) as necessary to 
implement Contract Owner initiated transactions, or (ii) as required by state 
or federal laws or regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of 
general application (hereinafter referred to as a "Legally Required 
Redemption").  Upon request, the Company will promptly furnish to the 
Investment Company and the Underwriter the opinion of counsel for the Company 
(which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Investment Company and 
the Underwriter) to the effect that any redemption pursuant to clause (ii) 
above is a Legally Required Redemption.  Furthermore, except in cases where 
permitted under the terms of the Contracts, the Company shall not prevent 
Existing Contract Owners from allocating payments to a Fund that was 
otherwise available under the Contracts without first giving the Investment 
Company or the Underwriter sixty (60) days notice of its intention to do so.

                                ARTICLE XI.  NOTICES

          Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or 
certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth 
below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in 
writing to the other party.

           If to the Investment Company:

                     909 A. Street 
                     Tacoma, Washington 98402 
                     Attention:  Karl J. Ege, Esq.

           If to the Company:

                     720 East Wisconsin Avenue 
                     Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202-4797 
                     Attention: 
                                -------------------------

           If to the Underwriter:

                     909 A. Street 
                     Tacoma, Washington 98402 
                     Attention:  Karl J. Ege, Esq.

                                       16
<PAGE>

                            ARTICLE XII.  MISCELLANEOUS

12.1      All persons dealing with the Investment Company must look solely to 
the property of the Investment Company for the enforcement of any claims 
against the investment Company as neither the Board, officers, agents or 
shareholders assume any personal liability for obligations entered into on 
behalf of the Investment Company.

12.2      Subject to the requirements of legal process and regulatory 
authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and 
addresses of the owners of the Contracts and all information reasonably 
identified as confidential in writing by any other party hereto and, except 
as permitted by this Agreement, shall not disclose, disseminate or utilize 
such names and addresses and other confidential information until such time 
as it may come into the public domain without the express written consent of 
the affected party.

12.3      The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of 
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof 
or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

12.4      This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more 
counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same 
instrument.

12.5      If any provisions of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid 
by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the 
Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

12.6      Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party and all 
appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, 
the NASD and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities 
reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any 
investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions 
contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, each 
party hereto further agrees to furnish the California Insurance Commissioner 
with any information or reports in connection with services provided under 
this Agreement which such Commissioner may request in order to ascertain 
whether the variable life insurance operations of the Company are being 
conducted in a manner consistent with the California Variable Life Insurance 
Regulations and any other applicable law or regulations.

12.7      The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement 
are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and 
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to 
under state and federal laws.

12.8      This Agreement or any of the rights and obligations hereunder may 
not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of all parties 
hereto; provided, however, that the Underwriter may assign this Agreement or 
any rights or obligations hereunder to any affiliate of or company under 
common control with the Underwriter, if such assignee is duly licensed and 
registered to perform the obligations of the Underwriter under this Agreement.

                                       17
<PAGE>

12.9      The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the 
Investment Company or its designee copies of the following reports:

          (a)    the Company's annual statement prepared under statutory 
accounting principles, as soon as practical and in any event within 90 days 
after the end of each fiscal year;

          (b)    the Company's quarterly statement (statutory), as soon as 
practical and in any event within 45 days after the end of each quarterly 
period; and

          (c)    any financial statement, proxy statement, notice or report 
of the Company sent to stockholders or policyholders, as soon as practical 
after the delivery thereof; and

12.10     The Master Trust Agreement dated 11 July 1996, as amended from time 
to time, establishing the Investment Company, which is hereby referred to and 
a copy of which is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of 
Massachusetts, provides that the name Russell Insurance Funds means the 
Trustees from time to time serving (as Trustees but not personally) under 
said Master Trust Agreement.  It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that 
the obligations of the Investment Company hereunder shall not be binding upon 
any of the shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees or agents of the 
Investment Company, personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the 
Investment Company as provided in its Master Trust Agreement.  The execution 
and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Trustees of the 
Investment Company and signed by the President of the Investment Company, 
acting as such, and neither such authorization by such Trustees nor such 
execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to have been made by 
any of them individually or to impose any liability on any of them 
personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Investment Company 
as provided in its Master Trust Agreement.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have caused this 
Agreement to be executed in its name and on behalf by its duly authorized 
representative and its seal to be hereunder affixed hereto as of the date 
first written above.

                                      THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                      COMPANY


ATTEST:                               BY: 
- -----------------------------------   ---------------------------------------
Secretary                             Title:

                                      RUSSELL INSURANCE FUNDS


ATTEST:                               BY: 
- -----------------------------------   ---------------------------------------
Secretary                             President

                                      RUSSELL FUND DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

                                       18
<PAGE>


ATTEST:                               BY: 
- -----------------------------------   ---------------------------------------
Secretary                             President






                                       19
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A

                                    ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Account                                Date of Resolution of Company's
                                               Board that established the Account
<S>                                            <C>
NML Variable Annuity Account A                 February 14, 1968
NML Variable Annuity Account B                 February 14, 1968
NML Variable Annuity Account C                 July 22, 1970
Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account      November 23, 1983
</TABLE>



                                       20
<PAGE> 

                                   SCHEDULE B

                                   CONTRACTS

1.     Contract Form Numbers:

<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
     Variable Life:
          RR.VJL.(1298)                 RR Series Variable Joint Life
          RR.VEL.(0398)                 RR Series Variable Executive Life
          QQ.VCL                        QQ Series Variable CompLife
          MM 15                         MM Series Variable Whole Life
          MM 16                         MM Series Variable Single Premium Life
          MM 17                         MM Series Variable Extraordinary Life

     Individual Variable Annuity:
          QQV.ACCT.A QQV.ACCT.B         QQ Series VAs
          MM V 1A MM V 1B MM V 1        MM Series VAs
          LL V 1A LL V 1B LL V 1        LL Series VAs
          KK V 1A KK V 1B KK V 1        KK Series VAs
          JJ V 1A JJ V 1B               JJ Series VAs

     Group Variable Annuity
          NPV.1C                        NN Series GPA
          MP V 1C                       MM Series GPA
          LL V 1C                       LL Series GPA
          KK V 1C                       KK Series GPA
          JJ V 1C                       JJ Series GPA
</TABLE>

2.     Funds currently available to act as investment vehicles for the 
above-listed contracts:

<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
     Russell Insurance Funds:           Multi-Style Equity Fund
                                        Aggressive Equity Fund
                                        Non-U.S. Fund
                                        Core Bond Fund
                                        Russell Real Estate Securities Fund
</TABLE>

                                       21

<PAGE>
                                   Exhibit B(8)(b)
                                          
                                          

                                 February __, 1999


The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
720 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, WI   53202

     Re:  Administrative Service Fee

Gentlemen:

     The purpose of this letter is to confirm certain financial arrangements
between Frank Russell Investment Management Company ("FRIMCo"), the investment
adviser to Russell Insurance Funds, a registered investment company (the
"Trust"), and The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company ("NML") in
connection with NML's investment in the Trust.  FRIMCo or its affiliates will
pay an administrative services fee to NML equal, on an annualized basis, to
0.10% of the aggregate net assets of the Trust attributable to NML (other 
than assets attributable to NML employee and agent qualified plans).  Such fee
shall be paid quarterly (on a calendar year basis) in arrears for as long as NML
owns shares  in the Trust.

                              Sincerely,



                              FRANK RUSSELL INVESTMENT           
                              MANAGEMENT COMPANY


                              By:
                                  -------------------------
                                  Lynn L. Andersen
                                  Chief Executive Officer

Agreed to and accepted:

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE
  INSURANCE COMPANY


By:
   -------------------------
     Mark G. Doll
     Senior Vice President



<PAGE>

                         Exhibit B(9)

                                   February 25, 1999



Board of Trustees
The Northwestern Mutual Life
  Insurance Company
Milwaukee, WI  53202

Gentlemen:

     As Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of The
Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (the "Company") I have general
supervision of the Law Department of such Company and its legal affairs.  In
such capacity I have supervised the corporate proceedings relating to the
operation of NML Variable Annuity Account A (the "Account") pursuant to the
provisions of the Wisconsin Statutes and the issuance and proposed issuance in
connection therewith of variable annuity contracts (the "Contracts").  I have
also participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement on Form N-4
(the "Registration Statement") to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the Contracts.  In
addition, I have examined such other documents and such questions of law as, in
my judgment, are necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion.  Based
on the foregoing, it is my opinion that:

     1.   The Company is a duly organized and validly existing mutual life
          insurance corporation under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, duly
          authorized under such laws to issue and sell life insurance and
          annuity contracts.

     2.   The Account is a separate account of the Company duly created and
          validly existing pursuant to Wisconsin law.

     3.   The issuance and sale of the Contracts have been duly authorized by
          the Company and duly approved by the Commissioner of Insurance of the
          State of Wisconsin.  When issued and sold in compliance with
          applicable local law and in the manner stated in the Prospectus
          constituting a part of the Registration Statement, the Contracts will
          be valid and legally binding obligations of the Company in accordance
          with their terms.

     I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement.

                                   Very truly yours,
                                   
                                   /s/ JOHN M. BREMER
                                   -------------------------
                                   John M. Bremer

<PAGE>
                                    Exhibit B(10)
                                          
                          CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS




     We hereby consent to the use in the Statement of Additional Information
constituting part of this registration statement on Form N-4 (the "Registration
Statement") of our report dated January 25, 1999, relating to the financial
statements of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company, and of our report
dated January 25, 1999, relating to the financial statements of NML Variable
Annuity Account A, which appear in such Statement of Additional Information, and
to the incorporation by reference of such reports into the Prospectus which
constitutes part of this Registration Statement.  We also consent to the
reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Statement of Additional
Information.













PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Milwaukee, Wisconsin
February 25, 1999



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission